150-Day Battle for Strong and Prosperous State Underway

first_img News NewsEconomy SHARE News 150-Day Battle for Strong and Prosperous State Underway Facebook Twitter AvatarJung Kwon Ho North Korea Market Price Update: June 8, 2021 (Rice and USD Exchange Rate Only) center_img RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHOR News By Jung Kwon Ho – 2009.05.06 5:14pm Shenyang, China — It has been reported that the North Korean authorities have instructed committees of the Party to undertake a “150-day battle” to achieve enhanced production targets. The instruction was conveyed to the entire membership of the Workers Party in a secret letter from the Central Committee of the Party in March. A source from North Pyongan Province told The Daily NK on the 4th, “The 150-day battle will progress from May 10th, the foundation day of the Workers’ Party, to October 10th. The fundamental aims are the construction of houses, the normalization of farming and railroads and enhancing the activities of local factories and mines.” A source from North Hamkyung Province also reported the same information, saying that, “A decree from the Central Committee of the Party was handed down entitled, ‘On carrying out the 150-day battle.’ However, the details have not been reported.” The reason why Pyongyang is encouraging members of the Workers Party to embark on the 150-day battle is nothing less than its own salvation; to build a “strong and prosperous state” by 2012 in the current situation where foreign aid is decreasing due to several recent, provocative acts including the missile launch of April 5th. Sources analyze that the authorities have decided, not for the first time, to try and squeeze fresh production achievements from the manpower of the citizens. One of the sources said, “The backdrop to the 150-day battle is to prepare an economic breakthrough to achieve their purpose: completion of the strong and prosperous state by 2012. There is also another meaning: that we are trying to form the foundations to live by ourselves, standing up to the U.S. sanctions against us.” The Workers Party handed over the secret letter, “Announcement to members of the Party,” on March 10, immediately after the delegates’ election to the Supreme People’s Assembly. In the letter, it suggested detailed tasks to complete a strong and prosperous socialist state by 2012. The precise production goals for the strong and prosperous state announced in the letter were to generate 7.76 million kilowatts of electricity a year, produce 33 million metric tons of metal, 13 million metric tons of coal and 7 million metric tons of food, move 72 million metric tons of freight and, additionally, modernize the economy and technology-intensive industries. North Korea has suggested such targets and undertaken citizen renovation campaigns when it has faced difficulties before. The most obvious cases were the “100-day battle” of 1978 and the “200-day battle” which took place 10 years later. During the “200-day battle” of 1988, the North Korean authorities completed facilities for the 13rd World Festival of Youth and Students, the first phase of construction of both the Suncheon Vinylon Complex and Sariwon Kalium Fertilizer Factory, and the construction of a 100 kilowatt hydraulic power plant and extension at the Kim Chaek Steel Mill. There are signs that North Korea is running into serious difficulties with its corn harvest US dollar and Chinese reminbi plummet against North Korean won once againlast_img read more

Wreaths in Use for Propaganda

first_img News By Lee Seok Young – 2011.12.22 12:37pm Wreaths in Use for Propaganda AvatarLee Seok Young News Wreaths to memorialize the death of Kim Jong Il are being sent to North Korea across the Sino-North Korea border and being used there in propaganda emphasizing that Kim Jong Il was a global inspiration, a source told Daily NK yesterday. According to a Yangkang Province source, Party and administrative officials, trading enterprise workers, traders visiting China and persons on legally sanctioned visits to family have been sending back wreaths, and in at least one case this has been done under orders.The source explained, “According to one National Security Agency (NSA) man, an order was handed down by the provincial Party to workers at provincial NSA security command that oversees anti-espionage and border issues instructing them to get wreaths from China.” Although delegations cannot pass North Korean customs, the source added, wreaths are being accepted.A North Hamkyung Province source agreed, saying, “I saw a wreath that had Chinese writing on it that probably came in through Namyang Customs House.”In turn, the wreaths are apparently being set up at the foot of statues of Kim Il Sung, according to the source, who said, “Through Party organizations they are propagandizing the idea that ‘You can feel in the sending of wreaths by foreigners that comrade Kim Jong Il was a global father figure.’” Facebook Twitter NewsEconomycenter_img RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHOR There are signs that North Korea is running into serious difficulties with its corn harvest North Korea Market Price Update: June 8, 2021 (Rice and USD Exchange Rate Only) SHARE US dollar and Chinese reminbi plummet against North Korean won once again News last_img read more

Neither Mission nor Prudence in Kim’s Expression

first_img Facebook Twitter News SHARE AvatarPark Seong Guk Entire border patrol unit in North Hamgyong Province placed into quarantine following “paratyphoid” outbreak RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHOR News Neither Mission nor Prudence in Kim’s Expressioncenter_img News By Park Seong Guk – 2012.02.09 11:12am Kim Jong Nam has revealed more about the rule of Kim Jong Eun and his view of the future of North Korea in previously unreleased e-mails between he and Tokyo Shimbun editor Yoji Komi .“In that young man’s expression I can see neither the mission nor the prudence of a man who has become the successor to a troubled country like North Korea, nor the expression of a man worrying about a future vision for the state,” Kim is quoted as saying in one of the correspondences.“In North Korea, the amount people who are earning money have to pay in bribes to high-ranking officials in order to survive is rising. A corrupt system like this absolutely will collapse. It reminds me of the Soviet Union right before it collapsed,” he reportedly goes on. “The people’s trust in the North Korean leadership collapsed thanks to the currency redenomination,” he also comments in an e-mail dated December 13th, shortly before the death of Kim Jong Il on the 17th. “An ageing leader, an inexperienced successor and a sunk economy… nations surrounding North Korea can’t help seeing it as dangerous.”“North Korea passed responsibility onto Party Planning and Finance head Park Nam Ki and executed him, but the people all know perfectly well that the currency redenomination could not have been done by a mere cadre,” he adds.Kim also offers a withering critique of the North Korean regime’s propagandist media in a November exchange, saying of Workers’ Party publication Rodong Shinmun, which is now available in print and online in both Korean and English, “They don’t have enough paper to print it so people can’t read it. For the electronic version you need to have a computer, but how many North Korean people actually have one… and even if they do, there is no electricity so how are they going to use it.”The formerly unreleased set of e-mails are to be officially released by Japanese monthly magazine Bungeishunju in its March edition, but were revealed by South Korean daily newspaper Donga Ilbo today. There are signs that North Korea is running into serious difficulties with its corn harvest News North Korea tries to accelerate building of walls and fences along border with Chinalast_img read more

Rodong: Kim Has Signed Off on War Plans

first_imgNews Facebook Twitter Rodong: Kim Has Signed Off on War Plans News News Entire border patrol unit in North Hamgyong Province placed into quarantine following “paratyphoid” outbreak There are signs that North Korea is running into serious difficulties with its corn harvest SHAREcenter_img North Korea, having declared its readiness to nullify the Korean War Armistice Agreement one day and then threatened Seoul and Washington with nuclear destruction the next, has warned in a front page Rodong Shinmun editorial that Kim Jong Eun has already approved Chosun People’s Army operational plans.The daily propaganda publication of the Chosun Workers’ Party, Rodong Shinmun declared in the editorial, entitled ‘Let’s Safeguard the People’s Divine Independence and Achieve Final Victory’, “Every arm of the military and every soldier is waiting for the order to charge forth, in a state of frenzy for the decisive battle with the enemy.” It added, “The satellite launch and underground nuclear test conducted last year and this demonstrated to our enemies that our revolutionary armed forces can turn invasion bases into a sea of fire no matter where in the world they are. It is the Mt. Baekdu way to respond to any enemy that threatens us with nuclear weapons with various more powerful, our-style nuclear attack methods.”“Our battle strategy has already been approved [by Kim Jong Eun],” it stressed. “Our ten million soldiers and citizens are full of the will to destroy the enemy.”Rodong Shinmun published no fewer than 15 articles today involving threats to South Korea and the U.S. All were related to ongoing joint ROK-U.S. military exercises, which the North Korea leadership considers to be a provocation. Such threats are issued annually during similar exercises, although this year has seen a marked rise in aggressive rhetoric, leading some commentators to fear that North Korea has been emboldened by its successful nuclear test on February 12th and is beginning to implement a more threatening strategy against the South. By Kang Mi Jin – 2013.03.07 6:38pm North Korea tries to accelerate building of walls and fences along border with China News Kang Mi JinKang Mi JinKang Mi Jin is a North Korean defector turned journalist who fled North Korea in 2009. She has a degree in economics and writes largely on marketization and economy-related issues for Daily NK. Questions about her articles can be directed to [email protected] RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHORlast_img read more

Lessons from Germany for transitional justice in NK

first_imgNews Image: TJWG Lessons from Germany for transitional justice in NK North Korea tries to accelerate building of walls and fences along border with China By Daily NK – 2015.08.03 5:58pm SHARE Ordinary Pyongyang residents have not received government rations since mid-April News AvatarDaily NKQuestions or comments about this article? Contact us at [email protected]media.net. Facebook Twitter RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHOR News North Korea’s apprehension of citizenswithout due process of law, its systematic political prison camps, and myriadother violations of human rights are gradually gaining more attention from theinternational community. And so, within this social milieu, a group of NGOsconvened to shed light on how to bring about justice for North Korean human rights victims. Transitional Justice Working Group (TJWG),National Human Rights Commission of Korea (NHRCK), Social Science Korea (SSK)Human Right Forum, and Heart for Korea (HEKO) hosted a joint symposiumentitled, “Transitional Justice Measures in Germany and Crimes Against Humanityin North Korea,” in Seoul on July 28th. This conference sought to devise methods for South Korea and the international community to approach andcombat the systematic violation of human rights by North Korean securityentities. At the forefront of discussions taking place at theconference was the topic of Germany’s treatment of the legacies of human rightsabuses committed by former East German policing organs. Upon reunification of the country, West Germany extended relative tolerance to human rightsperpetrators of East Germany; this tolerance was ascribed to what was deemed as patentrepentance on the part of the former governing party of East Germany, the Socialist Unity Party of Germany (SED).“The Ministry for State Security of EastGermany had committed a multitude of human rights violations; however, only ahandful of commanders were punished while lower-ranking officers who simply followedsuperiors’ commands were pardoned,” Park Sang Bong, the head of GermanReunification Research Institute, explained at the event. Daily NK followed up after the event withHubert Younghwan Lee, head of TJWG, who added, “Sadly, it commonly happens inmany societies in transition that the majority of perpetrators are not heldfully accountable because, among other reasons, politicians are often afraid ofpunishing those who can mobilize a group that resists transition. Politiciansbelieve that strong punishments might further exacerbate internal political conflictsand thus hinder the processes for reconciliation and peace. However, impunityoften comes at the expense of truth and justice for victims of serious abuses” Nevertheless, reunification is not the onlyviable channel to see justice for those who have long suffered frommethodical oppression of their most basic human rights. Koo Jeong Woo,associate professor at Sungkyunkwan University, explained, “North Korea hassigned various human rights treaties. It ratified the International Covenant onCivil and Political Rights in 1981, the Convention on the Rights of the Childin 1990, Convention on the Rights of the Persons with Disabilities in 2013,etc. That gives the international community the legal foundation to hold NorthKorea accountable for its violations of these treaties.” Lee expounded on this assertion, pointing out that while Germany offers useful insight in terms of a reunification scenario on the Korean Peninsula, a different window of opportunity may open for socio-political change in North Korea– even without reunification. “To be prepared for such acase, we need to pay attention to many other countries where transitionhappened internally,” he said. News Hamhung man arrested for corruption while working at a state-run department storelast_img read more

State monopolizes blueberry harvest for export

first_img News By Daily NK – 2016.08.24 6:39pm RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHOR News State monopolizes blueberry harvest for export Proposal to shift “general markets” to “specialized markets” finds little support among N. Korean leaders SHARE The authorities in northerly Ryanggang Province have mobilized local students and civilians to pick blueberries for export in order to raise much-needed foreign currency. The stringent oversight surrounding this year’s harvest is drawing complaints from residents of other regions, who are disallowed from participating and therefore deprived of the potential profits.“As in years past, the authorities have called on everyone from elementary school students to college students, workers, farmers, and soldiers to harvest the berries. But this year, people from other provinces are not allowed to participate,” said a source in Ryanggang Province told Daily NK. This news was corroborated by multiple sources in Ryanggang Province.Blueberries, which are used as an ingredient in a variety of foodstuffs, are one of the specialties of the Mt. Paektu region and grow throughout the province. The fruit is then sold cheaply to foreign-currency earning enterprises or processing plants in the local region, where it is processed and exported, namely to China.Historically, residents were allowed to keep any surplus berries to use at their discretion, provided they fulfilled their state-mandated quota. The allure of potential profits drew in annual crowds from across the country.This year, however, with sanctions occluding a number of once viable foreign-currency earning channels, the leadership is desperate to export a larger percentage of the harvest and prevent it from trickling into domestic markets, according to the source.To this end, State Security Department and Ministry of People’s Security personnel have cordoned off pockets with high concentrations of the lucrative fruit with signs stating “off limits for civilians.” Patrol units cover swaths of the surrounding areas to perform random identification checks and send non-Ryanggang residents back from whence they came, and if they are discovered with blueberries on their person, confiscate the supply.“Ryanggang residents are the ones mobilized for berry picking, so they’re still able to make some money from it, but those from other regions have to make sure they’re not caught by monitoring agents,” he explained. “In the past, agents would turn a blind eye to outsiders, but this year—presumably because they’re short on the foreign currency front– they’re being very strict about cracking down.”This is especially distressing for those hailing from far-flung corners of North Korea, some of whom sell the residential rights to their homes to fund the trip to Ryanggang Province, assuming they will recoup their losses with berry sales; however, the heightened regulations and overall political climate looming over this year’s harvest suggest that for many, if not most, the gamble will not pay off.For most, however, the potential benefits still outweigh the outsized risks. “1 kg of blueberries trades for 5-6 RMB and predicted to steadily rise. As a result, [people from outside Ryanggang Province] are expected to take their chances playing cat and mouse with the patrol agents,” he concluded. center_img NewsEconomy AvatarDaily NKQuestions or comments about this article? Contact us at [email protected] North Korea Market Price Update: June 8, 2021 (Rice and USD Exchange Rate Only) US dollar and Chinese reminbi plummet against North Korean won once again News Facebook Twitterlast_img read more

Prof Kim Young Soo evaluates Moon’s North Korea policy

first_img Prof Kim Young Soo evaluates Moon’s North Korea policy Tracking the “unidentified yellow substance” being dried out near the Yongbyon Nuclear Center By Daily NK – 2017.08.25 4:25pm SHARE UMG: Although there is no response yet from the North, I imagine that diverse forms of exchange and dialogue will resume. Where should the Moon government focus its efforts?Kim: Humanitarian aid comes to mind as one possibility to bring the two sides closer together. Resolving the suspended engagement projects – namely the Kaesong Industrial Park and the Kumgang Mountain tourism area – might be an important place to start. Moon Jae In approached North Korean International Olympic Committee Representative Ung Chang with ideas for cooperation, but Ung thought they were naive. I think that Kaesong and Kumgang are not the primary issues. North Korea is the root of the problem. In the past, it was ambiguous whether the projects were important or not, but now it is clear. The most fundamental point is to avoid mutual slander and hostile policies. That is why Moon Jae-In recommended starting with easier things first during his Berlin speech. Everything becomes politicized. I don’t think that Kaesong and Kumgang will be the first knots to be untied. UMG: As international sanctions against the North continue to get stronger, we have yet to see indications that they will have their intended effects. Some raise the argument that it will not be feasible to achieve the desired result without more buy-in from China. And some people are skeptical about the efficacy of sanctions in general. What’s your position? Sanctions are effective against countries that are dependent on the international community, but not effective in the short term for places where loyalty to the leadership is high. North Korea is very adaptable. At this point, only about 4 in every 100 sanctions measures have had their intended effect. The regime is working hard to avoid the negative fallout of all of these measures. They can change the names of people and companies, split and rebrand companies, and conduct trade illicitly.  Finally, secondary sanctions have been brought up. Now that the US has designated China’s Bank of Dandong as an institution of primary money laundering concern, the situation has become more severe. The price of gasoline has risen and then fallen. So there has been some sort of effect. Specifically targeting Kim Jong Un and his inner circle is another way to hurt the regime. It’s humiliating for them, and that’s the biggest effect.   UMG: Seeing as previous strategies have failed to elicit major changes in the North, what do you think the Moon administration should focus on to achieve success? Moon Jae In has focused on dialogue, but I think if he changes that phrase to improving relations it will really hit home more. It will feel more calming. Another unfortunate element of the strategy is that, until now, contacts between the North and South have been very unilateral. The central government takes the central stage in dialogue. Just as it is important to have the minor vessels supporting the main arteries in delivering blood throughout the body, it would be beneficial to have more input and less restrictions on NGOs and local governments. The South Korean government has a new Minister of Unification, but does it really make a difference in terms of policy? If anything goes wrong, the Unification Ministry gets the blame. I thought that this government would support NGOs and individuals that aim to pursue exchange programs like family reunions with the North. If the South really believes that the North isn’t a hostile country, why control such contacts so thoroughly? The methods being pursued are just as restrictive as previous administrations. It seems that the central government does not want to lose its leadership role in spearheading improving relations with the North. But the administration is emphasizing democratization. It would be fine if Moon let these people and groups take the initiative. If anything went wrong, the government could take responsibility. Why is the administration still trying to establish talks with Kim Jong Un? We have to win the hearts and minds of the North Korean people. America didn’t succeed in this regard with the Iraqi people, which made things difficult.   RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHOR AvatarDaily NKQuestions or comments about this article? Contact us at [email protected] Analysis & Opinion Pence Cartoon: “KOR-US Karaoke” Analysis & Opinion Analysis & Opinion Analysis & Opinion Is Nuclear Peace with North Korea Possible? North Korea’s trade volume increased last year despite the intensification of international sanctions. It has become clear that participation by the Chinese government will play a central role in ongoing efforts to reign in North Korea’s destabilizing behavior. For further insights into this dynamic, we spoke to Sogang University Professor Kim Young Soo (pictured left).Unification Media Group (UMG): South Korea’s President Moon announced 100 tasks that he will seek to address during his five-year term. These include a pledge to denuclearize North Korea and establish peace on the peninsula, promises that were repeated during his election campaign and during his Berlin speech. What has been your evaluation of his progress?  Kim Young Soo (Kim): The Moon Jae-In administration has set out its goals, but now the issue comes down to the implementation of the plans. Government spending on diplomacy and security is comparatively smaller than for the economic sector, but still has some weight. The problem is whether they can execute the plans as they’ve been drawn up. Trial and error will steer the ship. Instead of criticizing the plans, let’s look at how they may get implemented. We’ve been through many different governments, and it’s unlikely that Moon’s policies will veer far away from the charted course. Right now, the government is assessing the information from past processes of trial and error. The list of 100 tasks has all sorts of pledges in it, but many of these will probably not eventuate. In the end, the most important indicators of the leadership’s strength will be: How effectively does Moon lead?How much support do the people give him?How much cooperation can he secure from neighboring countries?These are the factors that we carefully need to assess. UMG: Moon has announced that he wants to use negotiations to denuclearize the North by 2020. How realistic is this goal? Kim: Since the presidency of Kim Dae Jung, our government has talked about halting the North’s nuclear program but Pyongyang has always rejected these attempts. The first thing we need to look for is whether or not the North’s nuclear weapons will be considered negotiable or not. When it comes to a negotiation, it’s necessary to understand your counterpart’s position. Negotiation is a process of give and take. If negotiations are not conducted in this way, it’s unlikely that nuclear weapons can be addressed through talks. UMG: The early launch of the North Korean Human Rights Foundation – which has been stuck in political mire – was also mentioned. Do you think that President Moon will take on the same stance towards the Foundation that previous liberal governments have? Kim: I think the fact that the launch was mentioned as a goal in and of itself is a sign of just how hard it’s going to be to get the Foundation up and running. The composition of the council is supposed to be divided between the ruling party and the minority party. Now that the South Korean government is pushing for momentum behind North-South dialogue, it’s hard to simultaneously pursue the human rights issue. It’s like using fire and water at the same time. What is the possibility of setting up dialogue if the South does something that the North clearly detests? I don’t think human rights are at the forefront of this administration’s agenda. UMG: The Moon Presidency is pursuing a two-track policy using pressure to try to restart negotiations – but might this be a counterproductive strategy? Kim: There’s no need to have one exclusive track. The hard part will be deciding on the right course based on the circumstances. But for North Korea, the multi-track approach is not favorable. North Korea is severely isolated and minimally dependent on the outside world, so the more contacts with the outside world it has, the harder it becomes for the regime to maintain control. So the Pyongyang leadership might actually prefer when the South maintains a strong policy against it. There is actual meaning to the ideas of “change through contact,” and “one step at a time.” We should focus on these ideas. We have to show the outside world why the two track solution is preferable, even if there is criticism. If the South was able to establish military dialogue with the North, as requested, that would have been a real accomplishment to support the two track approach. From the government’s perspective, it’s a shame it didn’t work out. UMG: North Korea hasn’t made a direct response to the South’s offer to conduct military dialogue. Why do you think the Kim regime is rejecting Moon Jae In’s offer to connect? Kim: First of all, the North’s goals are quite different from the South’s. North Korea wants to retain their nukes and the South wants it to disarm. Kim Jong Un seized the opportunity of the G20 summit in Berlin to advise his diplomats to find a way to establish a peace treaty. Since the 1970s, North Korea has been looking for a way to open bilateral dialogue with the US. Kim Jong Un is still feeling out the Moon administration and as of yet, there has not been any North Korean state media articles specifically criticizing Moon himself. In the midst of this, Kim Jong Un has received the new title of Party Chairman. This is a significant change. Kim Jong Un has absolute power over the decision making process, and no one else has the authority to initiate alternative decisions. Now that nuclear weapons have been publicly announced, it would be counter-revolutionary and anti-party to suggest denuclearization. Looking at the internal power dynamic, it is easy to see how complicated the issue is for the North.   Facebook Twitterlast_img read more

Fragile peace on the Korean peninsula – can it last?

first_img SHARE Analysis & Opinion Analysis & Opinion Tensions on the Korean peninsula have simmered in the midst of a flurry of diplomatic engagement after North Korea accepted a South Korean government invitation to participate in the Pyeongchang Winter Olympic Games, which begin this week. These were the first bilateral high level talks to occur between the two countries in two years. However, despite the improvements, the possibility remains that the North could engage in further provocative behavior.    North Korea’s eagerness to participate in the Olympics has led observers to believe that the Olympics will be peaceful, but questions remain as to whether that fragile peace will last after the event ends. For further insights, Daily NK recently interviewed Yoon Duk Min, former director of the Korea National Diplomatic Academy (picture shown left). Yoon noted that it is extremely fortunate that the Olympic Games will be peaceful owing to the North’s participation, “but it is extremely difficult to foresee what will occur after the Games draw to a close.” Asked about the risk factors in the equation, Yoon explained that North Korea has demonstrated its intention to complete its development of intercontinental ballistic missiles and they will need to conduct at least two or three more tests to advance towards this goal. “The possibility is high that the North will engage in provocative actions after the Olympics,” he said.  “After North Korea completes its nuclear weapons program, it will then try to negotiate with the US. The North will ask the US to treat it like Pakistan, acknowledging it as a de facto nuclear power. The likelihood is high that it will use its ability to strike the US mainland to strengthen its negotiating position.”“Despite its severe economic difficulties, North Korea conducted 25 ballistic missile tests and its 6th nuclear test last year,” Yoon added. “The North has tried to gain recognition as a nuclear power by squandering one to two billion US dollars of foreign currency to develop these weapons programs while ignoring the needs of its people. Since Kim Jong Un declared that the North has completed its nuclear program, it’s clear that he will try to negotiate with the US after the Olympics.”           The North’s strategy, according to Yoon, is ultimately to gain recognition as a nuclear power. It will try to bargain with the US, promising not to conduct any more ICBM tests that demonstrate a range that could strike the US on the condition that Washington overlooks the North’s continued possession of its existing nuclear weapons. With this in mind, Yoon estimates that the chances are high that North Korea could try to engage in diplomatic talks with the US this year. “The situation on the peninsula after the Olympics end will depend on North Korea. Because the situation could deteriorate if North Korea engages in another provocation, the international community’s task is to deliberate on how we can safely achieve denuclearization of the North,” Yoon pointed out.Yoon argues that South Korea should work proactively through the ironclad US-Korea relationship and reach out to the international community, including China, to come up with a solution to achieve denuclearization. It is important for the South Korean government to focus not only on improving North-South relations and engaging in inter-Korean dialogue, but also to serve as the lead in solving the North Korean nuclear problem.    “The international community is watching the manner in which South Korea is approaching the denuclearization of the North. They are waiting to see the extent to which the South is resolving the problem. The South should prioritize peninsular peace and denuclearization over North-South dialogue. As a member of the international community, it has this responsibility,” Yoon concluded. Pence Cartoon: “KOR-US Karaoke” Facebook Twitter AvatarDaily NKQuestions or comments about this article? Contact us at [email protected] Is Nuclear Peace with North Korea Possible? center_img Analysis & Opinion Tracking the “unidentified yellow substance” being dried out near the Yongbyon Nuclear Center Analysis & Opinion RELATED ARTICLESMORE FROM AUTHOR By Daily NK – 2018.02.07 11:55pm Fragile peace on the Korean peninsula – can it last?last_img read more

OSC sets dates for Maple TMX hearing

The Ontario Securities Commission has scheduled two days of public consultation to consider the proposed restructuring of the trading landscape in Canada, the regulator said Friday. The OSC has slated a policy hearing for December 1 & 2 to consider the application by Maple Group Acquisition Corp., which is seeking to consolidate the trading business by acquiring TMX Group Inc., Alpha Trading Systems LP, and Alpha Trading Systems Inc. Maple is also seeking to integrate the clearing side of the market by acquiring The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited and, indirectly, CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc. Quebec’s Autorité des marchés financiers has scheduled hearings for November 24 and 25 to consider Maple’s application from its perspective. AMF sets dates for Maple TMX acquisition hearing The deal, which raises significant public policy issues, also needs approval from the securities regulators in Alberta and British Columbia, as well as the federal Competition Bureau. The OSC says that at its hearing, it will consider submissions responding to a notice issued by OSC staff on October 7, the application itself, various undertakings that Maple will be making as part of its proposals, and any other issues that arise in connection with the proposals. OSC seeks input on Maple Group takeover of TMX Group Submissions on the initial notice are due by November 7. The OSC plans to issue another notice by November 21, outlining the list of witnesses seeking to appear at the hearing. OSC to reconsider Kingship’s acquisition plans Brookfield Asset Management to buy 19.9% stake in American Equity Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Share this article and your comments with peers on social media James Langton Keywords Mergers and acquisitionsCompanies TMX Group Ltd., Ontario Securities Commission, TMX Group Inc. Competition Bureau won’t challenge Maple TMX deal Related news read more

TSX, Wall Street headed for positive pre holiday open

Toronto stock market dips on weakness in the energy and financials sectors TSX gets lift from financials, U.S. markets rise to highest since March Keywords Marketwatch Related news Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Oil futures climbed above the $100 mark before inching lower as improved growth in the U.S. is expected to boost demand for crude. The February crude contract was up 27 cents to $99.80 a barrel. The February gold contract slid $1.30 an ounce and the March copper contract was up five cents to $3.47. Investors were set to hear figures on Canada’s gross domestic product growth in October on Friday morning. On Wall Street, Dow futures were up 55 points at 12,158 and S&P 500 futures were higher by 6.7 points at 1,255.8. Nasdaq futures were ahead 8.75 points to 2,269.5. Trading volume is expected to be low Friday and into next week as many traders take a break over Christmas and New Year. The TSX and most global markets are closed Monday for Christmas, while Toronto markets will remain closed on Tuesday for Boxing Day. Investor sentiment has been cheered up in recent weeks by evidence of a rebound in the U.S. _ the world’s biggest economy and a crucial export market for many countries in Asia. On Thursday, data showed the number of people applying for unemployment benefits dropped last week to the lowest level since April 2008, the third week in a row that applications fell. The Conference Board reported that its measure of future economic activity jumped last month, the second straight gain. Investors were also encouraged by an agreement in the U.S. Congress to extend a payroll tax cut for two months. China’s benchmark in Shanghai gained 0.9% to 2,204.78 and Hong Kong’s Hang Seng rose 1.4% to 18,629.17. Japan’s financial markets were closed for a public holiday. Chinese shares were pushed higher by the announcement of government plans to begin construction of as many as eight million subsidized homes, half of which should be completed next year. Shares in cement, power, and real estate companies led gains. Credit ratings agency Fitch said it expects growth in Asia’s developing economies will slow slightly next year but still expand by a robust 6.8%, which should help bolster the region’s wealthier nations. S&P/TSX composite hits highest close since March on strength of financials sector The Toronto stock market was set for a rise Friday as oil moved higher, briefly shooting above $100 a barrel, and sentiment improved on signs the U.S. economy is moving in a positive direction. The Canadian dollar gained 0.25 of a cent to 98.18 cents US. Canadian Press Facebook LinkedIn Twitter read more

Financial Horizons to acquire Audis Canada

Keywords Managing General AgenciesCompanies Financial Horizons Group Inc. Related news IE Staff Two MGAs acquired by Financial Horizons Group Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Managing general agencies (MGAs) Financial Horizons Inc. and Audis Canada Ltd. have signed letters of intent to join forces, the companies announced on Wednesday. Under the deal, Kitchener, Ont.-based Financial Horizons will purchase 100% of the shares of Winnipeg-based Audis Canada in exchange for cash and shares in Financial Horizons’ parent company, Granite Global Solutions. The transaction is expected to close by Oct. 31, 2012. Empire Life becomes minority shareholder in Ontario MGA Audis is one of the largest MGAs in Western Canada, representing more than 1,000 independent financial and insurance advisors. It has offices in Winnipeg and Calgary. Once the deal is complete, Financial Horizons Inc. will have more than 5,500 brokers, more than $4.2 billion in segregated fund assets and more than $300 million of life premium in force. “This is another major step in the growth of Financial Horizons,” said John Hamilton, president and CEO of Financial Horizons. “The addition of Audis gives the company representation across Canada.” Financial Horizons operates with three divisions in Canada: an Ontario and Atlantic division; a Quebec division; and a Western Canada division. Dan Powell, president of Audis Canada, will act as president of the Western Canada division. The management team, office locations, and staff of Audis Canada will essentially remain unchanged, the companies said. For the immediate future, Audis will continue to operate under the Audis Canada banner. “This is a very positive move for our brokers,” said Powell. “I have been looking for an organization that shared my priority of providing our brokers with the best service in the industry and Financial Horizons shares that priority. This is a great opportunity for all of the Audis staff and brokers, and it further enhances our relationships with the life companies.” PPI announces brand refresh Facebook LinkedIn Twitter read more

Debt still a problem for Canadians: PwC

Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Furthermore, many Canadians don’t intend to put off any big purcases, the survey suggests, even though they struggle to control their debt. For example, roughly 65% of Canadians are willing to postpone purchasing a car, down from nearly 70% last year. Similarly, the survey found that roughly 55% of respondents would consider putting off the purchase of a new house or starting renovations compared with the over 60% of people who were willing to do so in 2012. With debt levels remaining so high, PwC warns that it isn’t just consumers who should be cautious but financial institutions as well. “With the average Canadian debt sitting at more than 160% of disposable income, the current trend is unsustainable—both for consumers and the banks who lend to them,” said John MacKinlay, national financial services consulting leader at PwC in a statement. “We advise Canadians to take a hard look at their discretionary spending and prepare to make some tough choices.” Companies PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP Despite resolutions to the contrary many Canadians are failing to lower their personal debt, according to a survey released by Toronto-based PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) on Tuesday. The PwC Consumer Lending Survey found that while 60% of Canadians said they intended to reduce their debt in 2012 only 23% did so successfully. Roughly a quarter of those people did not come close to meeting their debt elimination goals. Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Fiona Collie read more

Investor Education Fund launches mortgage calculator

IE Staff IEF developed this calculator on the heels of its 2013 Home Equity as a Source of Retirement Income survey, released earlier this year. Getting real about the house A key finding from the survey was that one-quarter of homeowners over 50 expect to have debt on their principal residence after they retire, with a median debt of $71,000. “When planning your mortgage, it is essential to consider how much debt you can afford to take on, while still being able to save and invest for your long- and short-term goals,” says Tom Hamza, president of IEF, the leading Canadian authority on financial literacy, financial education and research. “Even small changes to the interest rate and payment schedule can save thousands of dollars over the life of the mortgage,” adds Hamza. Consumer debt driven by new mortgages, but credit card debt at six-year low The Investor Education Fund (IEF) website has introduced a new mortgage calculator to its arsenal of one-stop tools and calculators. GetSmarterAboutMoney.ca‘s mortgage calculator enables users to calculate their monthly mortgage payments and immediately see the impact of changes to mortgage term, amortization, interest rates and payments on the lifetime cost of mortgage. Most significantly, the calculator examines scenarios of payment, extra payment and affordability all at the same time. FSRA consults on standards for residential mortgage lending OSFI proposes new stress test for uninsured mortgages Related news Keywords Websites,  MortgagesCompanies Investor Education Fund Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Facebook LinkedIn Twitter read more

Disclosure not enough for investors

Related news Facebook LinkedIn Twitter As the debate around fees continues, in Canada and the world, disclosure will become only one part of the answer rather than the whole solution, according to Susan Wolburgh Jenah, president and CEO of the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada. “In the area of investor education,” said Wolburgh Jenah speaking as part of a panel at the 2013 IFIE-IOSCO Global Investor Education in Toronto on Thursday, “we can’t just assume that disclosure is the default position. It’s simply not — on its own — an effective enough tool to people.” Rebuilding investor trust is key Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Keywords Financial literacyCompanies International Forum for Investor Education, Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada Election kicks off two-day global conference IIROC to host IFIE-IOSCO Investor Education Conference Fiona Collie IIROC to publish glossary of designations BCSC likes Facebook Instead, industry members and regulators must look for ways to reach out to investors through media that make sense to them. For example, Wolburgh Jenah pointed to social media and the Internet as the best ways to communicate with younger people. As well, regulators, both in Canada and globally, are starting to “push the envelope,” said Wolburgh Jenah, by saying that in some instances disclosure is not enough when recommending certain products or strategies to clients and other measures may be required. Furthermore, Wolburgh Jenah said that while little has been decided on in this area, having a conversation about disclosure at all is a big step. “The fact that there is an open, constructive debate going on around these issues is a real sea change,” she said. read more

CC&L Financial opens New York office

IE Staff Related news Hasenauer will be responsible for developing distribution of CC&L Financial Group’s institutional asset management services in the United States. He has hired Gary Simonette as vice president of institutional sales as part of the planned growth initiative for the firm in the U.S. marketplace. Hasenauer and Simonette worked together at Aviva Investors until May of this year. Hasenauer most recently served as Managing Director and Head of Institutional Sales at Aviva Investors North America, where he was responsible for direct sales and client service to the institutional marketplace in the U.S. and Canada. Prior to that, he led the sub-advisory business for Credit Suisse Asset Management in the Americas. He graduated with a B.A. from Williams College and an M.B.A in finance from Fordham University. CC&L Financial Group is the largest independent and privately owned asset manager in Canada. Its affiliate investment managers collectively manage over $46 billion in assets. TD getting new head of private wealth, financial planning Toronto-based Connor, Clark & Lunn Financial Group Tuesday announced that Eric Hasenauer has joined the firm as senior vice president and head of U.S. institutional sales. Having just opened a U.S.-based office for Connor Clark & Lunn (USA) in New York, Hasenauer reports to Warren Stoddart, co-CEO for CC&L Financial Group. Facebook LinkedIn Twitter CETFA elects new board leader Share this article and your comments with peers on social media PenderFund names new SVP for investments Keywords AppointmentsCompanies Connor Clark & Lunn Financial Group Ltd., Clark & Lunn Financial Group read more

BMO chief economist reviews 2013’s economic surprises

first_img Keywords Economic forecasts As 2013 winds down, Bank of Montreal chief economist Doug Porter released his list of the five most interesting and, at times, surprising economic developments from the year. He also gives his five “fearless” predictions for 2014. In descending order, here is Porter’s list of the interesting and the surprising of 2013: 1. The U.S. government managed the biggest one-year decline in the budgetary deficit on record. In a single year, the shortfall plunged US$400 billion to US$680 billion. 2. Despite the doomsayers, the Canadian housing market added to economic growth in 2013 as sales rose rather than fell, and prices increased rather than corrected. 3. The euro was the strongest major currency in the world in 2013. The weakest? The South African rand, hammered by a steep drop in gold prices. 4. Gold suffered its first price decline in 13 years, tumbling about 28 per cent. 5. The U.S. stock market was on track to outperform bonds by the widest margin in 50 years as the New York market heads for one of its best years since the 1990s and U.S. 10-year treasuries weakened for only the fifth time in 30 years. Porter’s expectations for 2014: 1. The economic gap between Central Canada and the West will narrow as Ontario stands to gain most from the pick-up in the U.S. economy. In what Porter calls “a stretch” — Ontario may beat out Saskatchewan in growth. 2. The U.S. will lead the G7 in growth. Possibly, the U.S. employment rate will drop below Canada’s for the first time since the start of the 2008-09 recession. 3. The Bank of Canada will stay put on interest rates. That’s an easy one, but the stretch, says Porter, is that no major central bank will change interest rates in 2014. 4. The U.S. Federal Reserve ends QE3 (the latest instalment of quantitative easing) and the markets don’t panic. The stretch call is that the TSX will finally begin to compete with New York for gains. 5. Inflation will continue to be non-existent in the industrialized world. It’s possible that troubled Italy will keep price increases more modest than even the U.S. and Germany. Related news Stagflation is U.S. economists’ biggest fear, SIFMA says Economy lost 68,000 jobs in Maycenter_img Share this article and your comments with peers on social media OECD raises outlook for Canadian economic growth this year Canadian Press Facebook LinkedIn Twitterlast_img read more

Feds trust CCMR will withstand Quebec court challenge

first_img The federal government is confident that its plan for a national securities regulator will stand up in a court of law, according to Finance Minister Joe Oliver. “We believe that the structure that we’ve established for the Co-operative Capital Markets Regulator (CCMR) is consistent with the 2011 Supreme Court [of Canada (SCC)] decision, so we’re very comfortable it will withstand the constitutional challenge,” said Oliver at an event in Toronto on Thursday. “It’s been structured in a way to respond to all the directions that the Supreme Court laid out.” Tessie Sanci Budget promises funding for national regulator effort Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Sparks fly between SRO leaders at IFIC conference CMRA does not violate constitution, Supreme Court rules The federal finance minister was responding to the Quebec provincial government’s announcement earlier on Tuesday that it intends to bring the current plan for the CCMR before the Court of Appeal of Quebec for a ruling on its constitutionality. The province is using a 2011 SCC ruling, which found that securities regulation is mainly within provincial jurisdiction. That decision indicated it would be open to the federal government and participating provinces creating a co-operative model that respects provincial jurisdiction but still allows policy-makers to handle national issues, such as systemic risk. Quebec is concerned about two key points in the current plan for the CCMR, which includes a new federal law that would apply even to provinces that opt out of participation in the national regulator; and that Ottawa would have a veto within the new authority. This is a “situation that is unacceptable if the division of powers is to be respected,” according to the province’s statement announcing its constitutional challenge. Oliver called the CCMR an important initiative for the country that will enhance the regulation of Canada’s capital markets. “That regulation is not broken by any means. It’s sophisticated, but it can, in fact, be improved,” he added. “We see advantages for the capital markets in terms of enhanced investor protection, more effective enforcement and better oversight of systemic risk.” The CCMR is to launch in the autumn of 2016, with rules and revised legislation for the new body expected to be published this summer. Thus far, Ontario, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island and the Yukon are the provinces and territory participating in the CCMR. Keywords National securities regulator Related newslast_img read more

iA Financial launches new version of lifetime retirement income option

first_img Keywords Group retirement savings plansCompanies Industrial Alliance Insurance and Financial Services Related news Franklin Templeton introduces five-year increments to target date lineup Quebec City-based Industrial Alliance Insurance and Financial Services Inc. (iA Financial Group) Tuesday announced the launch of an improved version of SecurOption – Lifetime Retirement Income, the guaranteed lifetime retirement income option of its group retirement plans. Offered in the iA Financial’s DPSPs and group RRSPs, SecurOption allows members to build guaranteed lifetime retirement income the amount of which is known in advance, through their accumulation plan. The new version provides an increase to the annuity based on the amount as well as the complete integration of data in all its tools. “SecurOption addresses our clients’ dire need for income security,” says Renée Laflamme, executive vice president, group benefits and retirement solutions, in a statement. “Many members of defined contribution retirement plans have less tolerance to risks related to financial markets, worry about outliving their savings, and look for new ways to ensure a guaranteed retirement income supplement for their retirement.” The new version of SecurOption is described in detail at securoption.com/advisor. CLHIA delays implementation of Guideline G19 by six monthscenter_img Share this article and your comments with peers on social media IE Staff Facebook LinkedIn Twitter BMO Investments introduces funds for group RRSPs, DIY investorslast_img read more

BMO InvestorLine, Aequitas NEO Exchange form partnership

first_img The arrangement gives BMO InvestorLine clients access to real-time quotes and direct online trading of Toronto-based Invesco Canada Ltd.’s PowerShares DWA Global Momentum Index exchange-traded fund (ETF), the NEO Exchange’s only listing. That ETF is the “forerunner of more NEO Exchange-listed ETFs soon to be announced,” according to a statement released on Tuesday. BMO InvestorLine is the first bank-owned online broker to partner with the exchange in order to provide its self-directed investors the ability to trade NEO-listed securities directly through a discount brokerage platform. “It is a tremendous testimony to our continued focus on ensuring that our clients have the ability to trade and access quotes across all Canadian securities, regardless of where they are listed,” says Julie Barker-Merz, president of BMO InvestorLine, in a statement. Photo copyright: Bloomberg BMO’s adviceDirect launches premium service Tessie Sanci Biden’s pick for SEC flags trading-app gimmicks for scrutiny Related news BMO InvestorLine Inc. and Aequitas NEO Exchange Inc., both based in Toronto, have formed a partnership that gives clients of the discount brokerage access to the securities listed on the NEO exchange. center_img Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Keywords Discount brokeragesCompanies BMO InvestorLine, Aequitas NEO Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Family of novice investor who killed himself sue Robinhoodlast_img read more

Immigration fuels Canada’s population growth

first_img Immigration likely to miss targets again in 2021: RBC Related news Driven by an increase in immigration to record levels, Canada’s population surged by 1.2% over the past year, Statistics Canada announced on Wednesday. According to preliminary estimates, Canada’s population was 36.3 million as of July 1, StatsCan says. This represents an increase of 437,815 during the year, which is the highest population increase since 1988/1989, when the population grew by 485,034. Share this article and your comments with peers on social media James Langton “This acceleration in population growth was mainly attributable to the record number of immigrants (320,932) who arrived in the country,” says the national statistical agency in a news release. “The arrival of Syrian refugees since November 2015 contributed to the increase in immigration in Canada.” The previous record for immigration was set in 2009/2010, when 270,581 people migrated to Canada. “The country had not received such a large number of immigrants in a single annual period since the early 1910s during the settlement of Western Canada,” StatsCan adds. The population also continues to age, StatsCan reports, with the average age rising 0.1 years to 40.6 years old. The proportion of those aged 65 and older also rose by 0.4 percentage points to 16.5% of the total population. center_img Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Immigrants, not reckless lending, are driving Canada’s housing boom: NBF RBC report says immigration slowdown threatens Canadian economy Keywords Immigrants last_img read more

SEC sanctions offshore binary options trading firm

first_img Australian court finds against binary options firm Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Related news The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has sanctioned Israel-based EZTD Inc., an offshore binary options trading firm, and ordered it to pay more than US$1.7 million for “misleading investors into trading binary options over the internet.” ETZD has agreed to forfeit approximately US$1.5 million in revenue obtained from U.S. customers and pay a US$200,000 penalty. It also no longer sells binary options in the U.S. market. The firm, which was not registered, failed to disclose that investors are much more likely to lose money, rather than to earn money, trading on its platforms, according to the SEC’s order. In addition, the SEC notes that less than 3% of the approximately 4,000 U.S. investors that opened accounts with the firm generated any profits. “EZTD’s revenue was largely derived from customer trading losses, yet EZTD emphasized the profitability of trading in binary options,” says Stephanie Avakian, deputy director of the SEC’s division of enforcement, in a statement. “Companies dealing in binary options must disclose more than general statements about investment risk so investors in these instruments understand that the odds are stacked against them.” The SEC also warned that there may be other firms out there committing similar violations and issued an investor alert warning about the risk of dealing with unregistered, offshore firms, and detailing red flags that may signal binary options fraud. “We continue to receive numerous investor complaints involving binary options websites,” says Lori Schock, director of the SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy, in a statement. “If you have trouble withdrawing your money from an online binary options trading platform, be aware that you may be the victim of a scam and should not give the platform any more money.” Canadian regulators also have repeatedly issued their own warnings about unregistered binary options trading firms soliciting investors here. Aussies join binary options bancenter_img OSC sanctions binary options enabler Keywords Binary optionsCompanies Securities and Exchange Commission Share this article and your comments with peers on social media James Langton last_img read more

Understanding mindset the key to client relationships

first_img Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Scott Greenberg Video Player is loading.Play VideoPlayMuteCurrent Time 0:00/Duration 3:16Loaded: 0.00%0:00Stream Type LIVESeek to live, currently behind liveLIVERemaining Time -3:16 1xPlayback RateChaptersChaptersDescriptionsdescriptions off, selectedCaptionscaptions settings, opens captions settings dialogcaptions off, selectedAudio Tracken (Main), selectedFullscreenThis is a modal window.Beginning of dialog window. Escape will cancel and close the window.TextColorWhiteBlackRedGreenBlueYellowMagentaCyanTransparencyOpaqueSemi-TransparentBackgroundColorBlackWhiteRedGreenBlueYellowMagentaCyanTransparencyOpaqueSemi-TransparentTransparentWindowColorBlackWhiteRedGreenBlueYellowMagentaCyanTransparencyTransparentSemi-TransparentOpaqueFont Size50%75%100%125%150%175%200%300%400%Text Edge StyleNoneRaisedDepressedUniformDropshadowFont FamilyProportional Sans-SerifMonospace Sans-SerifProportional SerifMonospace SerifCasualScriptSmall CapsReset restore all settings to the default valuesDoneClose Modal DialogEnd of dialog window.Close Modal DialogThis is a modal window. This modal can be closed by pressing the Escape key or activating the close button.center_img Share this article and your comments with peers on social medialast_img read more

IOSCO flags risks of OTC leveraged products

first_img James Langton The International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) is sounding the alarm about complex, leveraged over-the-counter (OTC) products being sold to retail investors. Amid rule overhaul, SEC to review protections for complex products Related news Keywords LeverageCompanies Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development IOSCO issued report on Wednesday that flags risks related to the marketing and sale of complex OTC leveraged products, such as rolling-spot forex contracts, contracts for difference (CFDs), and binary options, to retail investors. The report, which is based on a survey of IOSCO members, indicates that regulators are concerned that retail investors may not be able to assess the risks associated with these products, or to withstand the losses that they may suffer in these products. Several studies have shown that, “a large majority of investors in these complex products lose money, giving rise to investor complaints,” IOSCO says in a statement. Not only can the products perform poorly, but regulators also cited difficulties related to clients withdrawing their funds, and aggressive, or misleading, marketing and sales practices. IOSCO members are also particularly concerned by the cross-border offering of these sorts of products, noting that these, “cross-border promotional campaigns are often aggressive and/or misleading in some jurisdictions.” Another cross-border concern is jurisdictions that ban the sale of these products to domestic investors but don’t take regulatory action if the investors are foreign. Regulators often struggle to track unlicensed foreign firms that may provide false addresses or use anonymous domain registrations for their websites. “The survey results indicate that many unlicensed firms are scams,” IOSCO says. Feedback sought on incentives for order routing Separately, IOSCO on Wednesday published a consultation paper on the practice of paying for order flow, and the use of other sorts of order routing incentives, and how regulators around the world are addressing these issues. The paper provides an overview of the practices used by regulators to oversee the incentives for order routing, and the conflicts this creates. The consultation paper examines the regulatory conduct requirements for brokers or firms to manage conflicts of interest associated with routing orders and obtaining best execution. It also assesses how these requirements interact with market practices in different jurisdictions to affect order routing incentives, and how these incentives influence the behaviour of brokers towards their clients. The paper is based on a survey of regulators and their efforts to address these sorts of incentives, which includes compensation paid between brokers and third parties, order internalization practices, and the provision of goods and services that are bundled with execution services, such as broker research. The paper does not propose the immediate adoption of any reforms in this area, but it does call on firms to consider the findings of the report. It also seeks feedback on whether IOSCO should undertake any further work in this area. Comments on the paper are due by Feb. 21, 2017. Photo copyright: polygraphus/123RF IIROC warns about risky ETFs in choppy markets Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Unsuitable leveraging results in fine, ban for ex-fund rep Share this article and your comments with peers on social medialast_img read more

IFIC introduces advisor centre portal

first_img New course eases fund reps’ access to alt funds The Toronto-based Investment Funds Institute of Canada (IFIC) launched a new advisor centre portal on its website on Wednesday to help advisors stay current on important industry topics. IFIC introduces advisor centre portal Share this article and your comments with peers on social media CFA Institute launches ESG credential globally “Today’s financial advisor works in a rapidly changing environment marked by changing client needs, ongoing regulatory developments and innovations in technology,” says Paul Bourque, president and CEO of IFIC, in a statement. “Our new advisor centre provides insights and tools to help advisors keep on top of these changes so they can better help their clients understand their investments and make informed decisions.” The advisor centre offers resources connected to key topics, which include mutual fund fees, serving vulnerable investors, hot regulatory topics and tools and tips meant to help advisors with the implementation of the second phase of the client relationship model. In addition, advisors can filter the resources by type, which allows for easy access to infographics, presentations, summaries and more. The new portal also connects advisors directly to the website of Mississauga, Ont.-based IFSE Institute, IFIC’s education arm. “Continuing education and ever-increasing proficiency are high priorities for all IFIC members,” says Bourque. “The advisor centre creates a one-stop gateway to a wealth of information and practical tools to help our members and the advisor community pursue those goals.” The portal, which is mobile device-friendly, is available on IFIC’s website. Photo copyright: sebra/123RF Keywords Continuing educationCompanies Investment Funds Institute of Canada IIROC launches consultation on competency requirements for reps Tessie Sanci Related news Facebook LinkedIn Twitterlast_img read more

IIROC to allow restricted reps to trade in exempt securities

first_imgJames Langton The Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (IIROC) has issued an exemption to allow investment dealers that employ mutual fund reps to also allow certain reps to trade in exempt securities. Historically, IIROC has allowed investment dealers to employ mutual fund-only reps for up to 270 days, ostensibly while they upgrade their proficiency to full-service status. New exemption aimed at savvy investors in Alberta, Saskatchewan Related news PwC alleges deleted emails, unusual transactions in Bridging Finance case Share this article and your comments with peers on social mediacenter_img At its meeting on Sept. 13, the IIROC board granted relief to dealers from the requirement to trade only in mutual funds, such that individuals employed by dealer and registered as both dealing representative (mutual fund dealer) and dealing representative (exempt market dealer) who transfer to the IIROC platform may continue to trade and advise in exempt market securities upon transfer, IIROC says in a notice. “The board determined that this exemption is not prejudicial to the interests of [dealers], their clients or the public. Specifically: transitioning clients, who hold exempt market securities, to the IIROC platform is in the public interest since IIROC has robust rules and a mature supervisory regime and oversight. An uninterrupted relationship between clients and their financial representative is also in the [dealers’], the clients’ and the public’s interest,” the notice says. The risk of client harm during the transition period is mitigated by the fact that the reps are registered with the provincial regulators, the notice says, and that IIROC dealers have their own supervisory structures, which are subject to IIROC’s oversight. Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Keywords Exempt marketCompanies Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada BFI investors plead for firm’s salelast_img read more

Financial sector key to solving Canada’s productivity problem: report

first_img Facilitating financial services innovation is key solving Canada’s productivity problem, according to a report published Tuesday from the C.D. Howe Institute.The report from the Toronto-based think-tank, Productivity and the Financial Sector – What’s Missing?, calls for policy reform to enable greater innovation in the Canadian financial sector, with the ultimate goal of enhancing economic productivity. Outlook for global financial sector improves ECB sees elevated risks to financial stability in Europe Related news Office buildings in Toronto’s financial district niloo138/123RF James Langton Productivity in the financial services sector is being “held back by a policy approach that does not properly evaluate the link between competition and productivity,” argues the report, as well as a regulatory structure that doesn’t adhere to international standards in certain respects.For example, the report highlights the lack of a national securities regulator, the mix of federally- and provincially-regulated financial institutions, and the lack of a federal market conduct regulator for insurers, as some of the key differences between Canada and other jurisdictions.“Closing these gaps and ensuring investors understand how co-ordination in Canada works should improve our ability to attract foreign capital,” the report says.“Political and constitutional considerations restrict what governments can do, but some achievable goals include improving intergovernmental sharing of market data related to, for example, the analysis of financial stability in capital markets and strengthening links between market-conduct regulators across provinces and functions.”Moreover, the existing rules in the financial sector “are not well tailored to smaller players,” the report says.It argues that adopting a “functional” approach to regulation could serve to remove barriers to the development of fintechs, while also preserving consumer protection.As well, policymakers should pursue regulatory oversight that is proportionate to functional risk, the report says. “If a particular function’s failure is unlikely to pose a risk to the system, oversight need not be as strict as in the case where failure puts the system in jeopardy,” it suggests.Indeed, policymakers should consider whether Canadian regulators should incorporate a “more explicit productivity mandate,” according to the report which could incorporate some of the “innovative ideas” coming out of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, with its focus on competition and productivity.“Removing the regulatory and policy obstacles would result in enhanced productivity, which in return will generate sustainable economic growth,” the report concludes.Also readOutlook 2018: Prospects for the Financial Services Sector Look to the financial sector to boost productivity: CD Howe Keywords Financial services industry Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Share this article and your comments with peers on social medialast_img read more

Canadian home sales fall in February, average price down

first_img Canadian Press Economy lost 68,000 jobs in May Leading indicators signal steady rebound: OECD On a month-over-month basis, national home sales in February were down 9.1% compared with January.The national average price for homes sold in February was $468,350, down 5.2% from the same month in 2018.Excluding the Greater Vancouver and the Greater Toronto Area, two of the country’s most active and expensive markets, the national average price was just under $371,000.In its updated outlook for the year, the association says it expects home sales in Canada to pull back by 1.6 per cent to 450,400 in 2019, a change that would mark the weakest annual sales since 2010. Sales in 2020 are forecast to gain two per cent to 459,400. Related news The Canadian Real Estate Association says home sales in February fell compared with a year ago and the average selling price also moved lower.The association says sales last month were down 4.4% compared with February of 2018. Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Household debt-to-income ratio fell in first quarter: Statscan Keywords Housing,  Economic indicators Architecture of the colorful houses on the steep streets of St John's, Newfoundland, Canada ggw/123RF Facebook LinkedIn Twitterlast_img read more

Inflation hits Bank of Canada 2% target for second straight month

first_imgCompared with a year earlier, consumers paid less in July for gasoline, internet services and traveller accommodation, the report said.Prices showed strength in other areas, including an 18.9% increase in the cost of fresh vegetables compared to July 2018. The consumer price index also found higher costs, year-over-year, for auto insurance, mortgage interest and passenger vehicles.The overall 2% reading for July came in a few ticks above market expectations.Royce Mendes, senior economist for CIBC Capital Markets, said the higher-than-predicted number was supported by a temporary spike in airline fares that he attributed to a methodological change by Statistics Canada. It also occurred last year, he said.“The rise in inflation is really just a bit of a flash in the pan and, as a result, won’t do much to alter the thinking at the Bank of Canada,” Mendes said.He added the bank is more preoccupied at the moment with economic growth, the impacts of the U.S.-China trade war and weakening global conditions than risks to the inflation outlook. The central bank’s next policy meeting is scheduled for Sept. 4.The Canadian economy has continued to perform well despite mounting international concerns.The report Wednesday also showed that core inflation, which excludes volatile items like gasoline, was once again close to target last month.The average of Canada’s three gauges for core inflation, which are considered better measures of underlying price pressures, was 2.03%, up slightly from a revised reading of 2% in June.On their own, the headline and core numbers don’t put immediate pressure on the inflation-targeting Bank of Canada to adjust interest rates. The central bank can move the interest rate as a tool to try and promote or cool off inflation.But amid deteriorating global economic conditions related to the trade war, some economists have predicted governor Stephen Poloz will reduce interest rates this fall — and perhaps as early as Sept. 4. Other major central banks have already signalled a more dovish turn on monetary policy.BMO chief economist Douglas Porter said at the very least Wednesday’s stronger-than-expected inflation reading “dims the odds of a September surprise” from the Bank of Canada, but that October’s option remains open.“Inflation in Canada remains remarkably stable right around the Bank of Canada’s target, and looks to remain there for a spell,” Porter wrote in a research note to clients.“With their measures of core also holding tight around the target, inflation is giving the bank no free pass to trim rates, although it’s also not so high as to block the door completely.”Porter added that the Bank of Canada’s decision on rates will come down to its assessment of how trade risks will affect domestic growth.A closer look at the inflation data for July shows gas prices took less of a year-over-year fall than in the previous month’s report. The smaller drop applied more upward pressure on the headline number as consumers paid more for gas in July compared with June.By omitting pump prices, the agency said last month’s overall annual inflation number was 2.4%.Prices, the report said, increased in all eight of its major categories compared with a year earlier. However, annual price pressures in the services index slowed last month to 2.4%, down from 2.8%.By region, consumer prices slowed the most in Manitoba and British Columbia, the report said. Statistics Canada attributed the deceleration in Manitoba to the July 1 drop in the province’s retail sales tax.On a month-to-month basis, the agency said consumers paid 2.5% less for telephone services in July compared with June. The drop followed pricing changes across the industry as wireless companies faced tougher competition.The agency said the decrease in phone plan costs was offset somewhat by higher price tags on devices like smartphones and tablets. From June to July, the price of these devices rose 42.5%. Andy BlatchfordCanadian Press Canadian annual inflation hit the Bank of Canada’s ideal target for a second straight month, providing a stretch of price stability that’s unlikely to weigh heavily on next month’s interest-rate decision.The inflation number came in at 2% last month, Statistics Canada said Wednesday, which kept it right at the mid-point of the central bank’s range of 1% to 3%. Another jump in prices tightens the squeeze on U.S. consumers 123RF Household debt-to-income ratio fell in first quarter: Statscan Related news Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Keywords Inflation,  Economic indicators Stagflation is U.S. economists’ biggest fear, SIFMA says Facebook LinkedIn Twitterlast_img read more

Canadians’ financial confidence dims: IG survey

first_imgThe survey — conducted by Ipsos with a sample of 2,600 respondents from across Canada between Sept. 23 and 30 — found that overall confidence in the stock market and the Canadian and global economies was more or less unchanged from last year.“What contributed to the small decline year-over-year, are areas related to personal finance,” the report found.“While this year’s result showed a small decrease, the good news is that the main factors which contributed to it are well within all Canadians’ control to change,” Jeff Carney, president and CEO of IG Wealth Management, said in a statement.The survey found that both seniors (aged 65 and over) and recent immigrants to Canada (people who have been in Canada for less than three years) are more confident than the national average. The index reading for seniors came in at 64, and recent immigrants recorded a 66 on the index.“It’s encouraging to see that both seniors and newcomers scored higher than the national average when it comes to their level of financial confidence, especially since both groups have many unique challenges,” Carney said.“For example, many Canadians are so focused on saving for retirement that they don’t realize how complicated retirement can be including developing an RRSP withdrawal strategy and taxation optimization. And those who are new to Canada face a variety of challenges, including understanding new financial systems, savings, taxation and getting access to credit to get their families settled,” he noted.The credibility interval for an online survey of 2,600 respondents is ±2.3 percentage points, 19 times out of 20. Companies outperform on digitization, prepare for further growth Survey finds 10% of Canadians plan to leave their advisor Facebook LinkedIn Twitter James Langton Related news How remote work is changing the industry and advisors Businessman balancing bear bull financial managing stock market illustration lightwise/123RF Keywords Surveys,  Wealth managementCompanies IG Wealth Management While their confidence in the stock market and the economy hasn’t wavered, Canadians are feeling a bit less confident about their personal finances, according to a new survey from IG Wealth Management.The Winnipeg-based firm reported results from its latest IG Financial Confidence Index survey, which saw its overall reading decline by three points from 59 to 56. Share this article and your comments with peers on social medialast_img read more

Funds shuttered at Invesco Canada, Purpose Investments

first_imgSubject to approval, the closures will be effective Aug. 7 and investors will receive a 60-day notice next month. All four funds are closed to new investors, while existing investors can make purchases until July 24.Toronto-based Purpose Investments Inc. also announced a fund closure on Friday. Effective July 20, the asset manager will terminate the Purpose Pension Portfolio Fund.The decision to shutter that fund, and redeem all issues and shares of its various series, was made because of its “relatively low assets under management and the costs associated with maintaining a fund of this size,” the company said in a release.Shares of the portfolio fund are no longer available for purchase. Purpose looks to fill retirement income gap with longevity fund Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Toronto-based Invesco Canada Ltd. is closing four funds.Those funds are: Invesco Canadian Core Plus Bond Class; Invesco Short-Term Income Class; Invesco Energy Class and Invesco Resources Fund. Related news Keywords Mutual fundsCompanies Invesco Canada Ltd., Purpose Investments Inc. IG Wealth amends product shelf IE Staff Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Franklin Templeton launches new real asset fund Close of businesswoman making announcement in paper trumpet 123RFlast_img read more

Alberta downgraded to AA- by Fitch

first_img Keywords Credit ratingsCompanies Fitch Ratings Related news High debt levels threaten banks’ strong results: Fitch The rating agency said that it expects Alberta to record a deficit of around $20 billion in fiscal 2021, up from the $6.8 billion deficit originally anticipated in the provincial budgetFitch is also forecasting a 7.5% decline in nominal GDP for the province in 2020, followed by 4.7% growth in 2021, and 3.7% after that.Alongside the downgrade, Fitch lowered its rating outlook on Alberta from stable to negative, citing the risk that added stressors could lead to a further deterioration in credit quality.“The negative outlook is based on the potential that the risks identified in the rating case scenario are not sufficiently addressed by policy actions likely to be taken by the province through fiscal 2025,” it said. On the heels of downgrading Canada’s AAA sovereign rating last week, Fitch Rating is reducing Alberta’s rating to AA- from AA, citing the effects of Covid-19 on the province’s balance sheet.Fitch said it downgraded Alberta due to “sharply higher provincial borrowing” during the current economic crisis, and the future recovery, which will raise its debt-to-GDP ratio. Facebook LinkedIn Twitter James Langton Share this article and your comments with peers on social media Sovereign defaults hit record level in 2020: Fitch Climate tide turns against oil companies: Moody’slast_img read more

Canadian home sales climb again, set record for August: CREA

first_img Companies outperform on digitization, prepare for further growth Canada posted record home sales and prices in August, but the increase was uneven, as the housing market levelled off in some regions.Home sales in August climbed 6.2% compared with July to hit a record for the month, with gains led by the Greater Toronto Area and B.C.’s Lower Mainland, the Canadian Real Estate Association said on Tuesday. Canadian Press Compared with a year ago, sales in August were up 33.5%. CREA noted, however, unlike the countrywide home sales spike in June and July, sales in August were up in about 60% of local markets.“One change in August is that some regional disparity is starting to show again, after all markets were rebounding in unison in recent months,” wrote Robert Kavcic, BMO senior economist, in a note to clients.“(Sales) were driven by gains in Toronto and surrounding markets, as well as Vancouver/Victoria, but others like Calgary and Regina have ebbed…We suspect this regional split will re-establish itself as the dust settles.”The national average home price also set another record in August at more than $586,000, up 18.5% compared with a year ago. Excluding Greater Vancouver and the Greater Toronto Area, two of Canada’s most active and expensive housing markets, lowers the national average price by about $122,000.Ottawa, Montreal and Moncton saw some of the biggest surges in home prices last month, but prices were nearly flat in Calgary, Edmonton and St. John’s, CREA said.Royal LePage CEO Phil Soper attributed the climbing prices with a housing shortage, calling the 18.5% uptick “unhealthy.”CREA said that it would only take 2.6 months to sell the houses currently on the market, as housing inventory fell to a record low, especially in Ontario.“Both number of homes people are buying and the number of newly listed homes are rising significantly. This cannot hide the fact that August 2020 was the worst on record for available housing,” Soper said.After fears about listing their houses during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, more sellers are returning to the market. CREA said that in August, new supply outpaced the rise in sales for the first time since May.Home sales in Canada came to a near halt in the spring due to the Covid-19 pandemic, but have surged through the summer, helped by pent up demand and low mortgage rates. CREA said in addition to a record for August it was the sixth-highest monthly sales figure of any month.The record-busting sales activity means the housing market has caught up to last year’s levels, despite weeks of inactivity this spring. Year-to-date, sales in August were up 0.8% from the first eight months of 2019, CREA said.But Shaun Cathcart, CREA’s senior economist, said comparing 2020 with 2019 sets a “low bar.”“[The] first half of 2019 wasn’t really anything to write home about,” said Cathcart.“[With] eight months now in the books and activity showing signs of moderating in September, 2020 is looking like it will go down as a fairly middling year overall — weaker than in a non-Covid world but quite a bit better than we would have given it back in April.”Soper agreed that 2020’s sales numbers look strong, in part, because the 2019 market was “unusually slow” amid a set of new laws that pressured housing for about 18 months, ending last August. Now, 2020 is set to be another extraordinary year, as banks begin collecting deferred mortgage payments and jobless rates threaten to languish for the rest of the year.“The residual impact of rising unemployment and the end of mortgage deferrals should have a dampening affect demand overall, and bring some balance to the market by the end of the year. The real question is what happens in the spring of 2021,” Soper said. Miniature House on A Financial Graph iStock Related news Household debt-to-income ratio fell in first quarter: Statscan Alberta’s economic outlook on the rise: ATB Financial Keywords Real estate,  Economy Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Share this article and your comments with peers on social medialast_img read more

Investors unfazed by market turmoil: survey

first_imgwoman with laptop jacoblund/iStock Survey finds 10% of Canadians plan to leave their advisor Keywords Risk profile,  Surveys Companies outperform on digitization, prepare for further growth Related news Facebook LinkedIn Twitter How remote work is changing the industry and advisors Share this article and your comments with peers on social media IE Staff Covid-19 may have caused a market crash in March, but it hasn’t had much of an effect on investors’ self-reported risk tolerance.A new survey conducted for the Canadian Securities Administrators (CSA) found that 37% of investors said they had a “very” or “fairly” aggressive risk tolerance in 2020 — up from 35% in 2017. Sixty per cent of respondents said they were conservative investors — down from 63% in 2017. “Despite the economic environment in 2020, it’s encouraging that Canadian investors’ confidence and risk tolerance has remained relatively steady,” Louis Morisset, chair of the CSA and president and CEO of the Autorité des marchés financiers, said in a statement.The survey asked respondents to choose between four hypothetical investment portfolios.A plurality of respondents (31%) chose Portfolio B, with a potential rate of return between -7% and +20% over a one-year period. More than one-quarter (28%) of respondents chose Portfolio A, the most conservative option, with a potential annual rate of return of between -2% and 13%.Fourteen per cent chose Portfolio C (rate of return: -13% to 28%), and 7% chose Portfolio D (rate of return: -20% to 37%). Nineteen per cent of respondents said they didn’t know which portfolio to choose.Overall, 48% of respondents said they had reviewed their risk tolerance within the past year, down from an all-time high of 62% in 2006. Fifty-five per cent said they reviewed their risk tolerance frequently, while 43% said they were non-frequent reviewers.Advisor background checksThe survey found that 33% of investors who have a financial advisor did a background check on their advisor — up from 31% in 2017.Investors were most likely to rely on advisor references, including reviews and recommendations from others (19%), followed by information provided by a bank (14%). Thirteen per cent said they relied on online searches or recommendations from friends, family and co-workers.Four per cent said they researched their advisors on LinkedIn, and 2% said they used Facebook. Three per cent said they looked up their advisors through a provincial or federal securities regulator, down from 4% in 2017.The 2020 CSA Investor Index Survey was conducted online by Innovative Research Group from Aug. 24 to Sept. 8. The survey included responses from 7,537 adults across Canada. Results were weighted by age, gender and province or territory, as well as an August national telephone survey of 1,223 adult respondents.last_img read more

Fiduciary duty breach caught by whistleblower

first_img“The whistleblower in this matter provided key evidence that supported charges related to a breach of fiduciary duties owed to investors,” said Jane Norberg, chief of the SEC’s Office of the Whistleblower. “This award highlights the impact whistleblower information has on the SEC’s ability to enforce the federal securities laws and the value whistleblowers can offer to the investing public.”Separately, the SEC also announced that Norberg is leaving the agency later this month.Norberg served as the whistleblower office’s first deputy chief, and took over as chief in 2016.Under her watch, the SEC streamlined the awards review and adjudication process, and managed an expansion of its staff.The office’s deputy chief, Emily Pasquinelli, will serve as acting chief after Norberg leaves.So far, the SEC has awarded a total of US$762 million to 148 whistleblowers since 2012. In the first six months of fiscal 2021, it has already paid out US$200 million to 40 tipsters under the program, surpassing the record set in fiscal 2020.These whistleblower cases have generated more than US$3.1 billion in sanctions, including more than US$1.8 billion in disgorgement, with $760 million of that total returned to harmed investors, the agency reported. Keywords Whistleblowers,  Enforcement,  Fiduciary dutyCompanies Securities and Exchange Commission Mouth mechanic turned market manipulator Whistleblower lightwise/123RF James Langton Facebook LinkedIn Twitter Share this article and your comments with peers on social media A tipster who reported a breach of the fiduciary duty owed to investors has received a multi-million dollar award from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) whistleblower program.The SEC paid a whistleblower US$2.5 million for an initial tip and ongoing assistance to the regulator’s investigation that helped lead to a successful enforcement action. PwC alleges deleted emails, unusual transactions in Bridging Finance case Related news BFI investors plead for firm’s salelast_img read more

Winners of Library Service’s Reading Competition Participate in Motorcade

first_imgFacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Winners of the St. Mary leg of the Jamaica Library Service’s National Reading Competition were presented to the people of the parish on Thursday(July 27) during a motorcade from Highgate to Port Maria.Those participating in the motorcade were Roshawn Thompson of Port Maria Primary School, winner of the six to eight category; Malessa Henry of Trinity Primary School, winner of the nine to 11 category; Patrice Christie of St. Mary High School, winner of the 12 to 14 age group; Sheson James, winner of the 15 to 20 age group and Dacio Harrison, winner of the 21 and over group.They will go on to represent St. Mary in the national finals, which will be held in September.Keisha Campbell, Contest coordinator for St. Mary, said that the reading competition, held between April and June, was aimed at encouraging residents to develop the habit of reading.Miss Campbell said the assignment given to the competitors varied in accordance with their ages and comprised: writing a letter about books read during the competition; completing cross word puzzles; rewriting stories to create different endings; book and script reviews; comprehension exercises; and the paraphrasing of stories read during the competition.She congratulated the winners and also commended the other participants, noting that in addition to the prizes received by the winners, certificates of participation were presented to all the competitors.Miss Campbell said she was “highly encouraged” by the enthusiasm of the people of St. Mary towards the competition and expressed confidence that the programme would achieve its objective of encouraging more people to read. RelatedWinners of Library Service’s Reading Competition Participate in Motorcade RelatedWinners of Library Service’s Reading Competition Participate in Motorcade Winners of Library Service’s Reading Competition Participate in Motorcade UncategorizedAugust 2, 2006center_img RelatedWinners of Library Service’s Reading Competition Participate in Motorcade Advertisementslast_img read more

No Evidence of Fallout From Caricom Special Visa

first_imgAdvertisements RelatedNo Evidence of Fallout From Caricom Special Visa FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Minister of Tourism, Entertainment and Culture, Hon. Aloun Ndombet Assamba, has said there was no evidence of cancellations in tourist bookings as a result of the CARICOM Special Visa, which has been put in place for the 2007 ICC Cricket World Cup (CWC).“To date, we have no evidence of any cancellations due to the need for obtaining a visa.we have evidence of very buoyant bookings,” Mrs. Assamba said, as she addressed a press conference yesterday (Jan. 9) at the New Kingston offices of the Jamaica Tourist Board.She noted that the Ministry was working very closely with tour operators, travel agents, travellers and the immigration department, to ensure that there was no fallout from the process.“We know that whenever there are changes, there is a lot of resistance to change, but the visa is a fact of life. We are working with all our partners internally and externally to ensure that we do not have any falloffs in visitor arrivals,” she told journalists.With its implementation delayed by a month, the visa regime will take effect from February 1 to May 15 in CWC host countries of Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Dominica, Guyana, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Grenada, St. Lucia and Trinidad and Tobago and Jamaica.Nationals of all countries except Canada, France, Germany, Japan, Ireland, Italy, South Africa, Spain, the Netherlands, United Kingdom, the United States and all CARICOM nationals except Haiti, will be required to obtain the CARICOM Special Visa to enter the host countries during the four-month period.President of the Jamaica Hotel and Tourist Association, Horace Peterkin, said recently that the visa requirement had resulted in losses to some local hotels, as visitors have cancelled their bookings to travel to destinations, which do not require visas. He however welcomed the one-month delay in its implementation. RelatedNo Evidence of Fallout From Caricom Special Visacenter_img RelatedNo Evidence of Fallout From Caricom Special Visa No Evidence of Fallout From Caricom Special Visa UncategorizedJanuary 10, 2007last_img read more

National Independent Investigative Authority to be Established

first_imgFacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail A National Independent Investigative Authority (NIIA) will be established to strengthen the investigative capacities of the state against corruption, and trans-national organised crime.Minister of National Security, Dr. Peter Phillips made the announcement in his contribution to the 2007/08 Sectoral Debate in the House of Representatives yesterday (June 13).“The authority will undertake investigations on its own initiative, on receipt of a complaint by any person in writing or by referral from another public body, and will have available to it, all the relevant investigative powers, and will be appropriately supervised by an independent entity appointed by the Governor General,” he explained. The NIIA will investigate actions taken by any public servant, public body, and person, who may be implicated in the course of the investigations, if the action constitutes: a threat to integrity of the operation of the public body; an act of corruption; an abuse of powers; an abuse or infringement of human rights; an abuse of public trust; a financial crime or a trans-national or serious organised crime. RelatedNational Independent Investigative Authority to be Established RelatedNational Independent Investigative Authority to be Established Advertisementscenter_img National Independent Investigative Authority to be Established UncategorizedJune 14, 2007 RelatedNational Independent Investigative Authority to be Establishedlast_img read more

Energy Policy Being Fast Tracked

first_imgAdvertisements Energy Policy Being Fast Tracked UncategorizedFebruary 24, 2008 RelatedEnergy Policy Being Fast Tracked RelatedEnergy Policy Being Fast Trackedcenter_img RelatedEnergy Policy Being Fast Tracked FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Minister of Energy, Mining and Telecommunications, Clive Mullings has said that efforts are being made to have Government’s Energy Policy promulgated into law before the end of the 2007/08 legislative year on March 31.In an interview with JIS News, Mr. Mullings said the Policy was tabled in Parliament as a Green Paper, which facilitated a series of consultations, which were held over the last four to six weeks.“We went from St. Thomas to Portmore, the University (of the West Indies), we were in Westmoreland, and Mandeville, among other places. In those meetings and consultations, we took note of all the concerns and suggestions, distilled them, and that will come to inform the Energy Policy to move (it) from a Green Paper to a White Paper, and then have it promulgated into law,” Mr. Mullings explained.The consultations, Mr. Mullings said, were co-ordinated by team members from units within the Ministry. He described the participants who attended as being “very enthusiastic,” raising concerns about renewable energy options, particularly solar, the cost of electricity, and energy conservation measures. Consequent on the feedback, he said that, “what we have to do now is table the White Paper, and then we move on from there.”“So, we are trying to fit it (promulgation of Energy Policy) in this legislative year. If not, (then) as soon as the new (2008/09) legislative year starts in April,” the Minister added.On a related matter, Mr. Mullings disclosed that he would be making a Cabinet submission on Monday February 25) regarding a proposed Conservation Policy. This, he pointed out, would set in motion a public education programme islandwide, once the submission is approved.“Having commenced the process with the Energy Policy, what we need to do now is the public education sensitization, so that we can have true conservation ‘buy-in’, which is absolutely crucial.The submission will be made to Cabinet and the outcome of (discussions on) this will determine the way forward in terms of the framework,” Mr. Mullings informed.He also pointed out that there would be symbiotic links between the Energy Policy and the proposed Conservation Policy and attendant public education thrust.“What we need to do now, until we move to that White (Energy Policy) Paper, is to bring into effect those recommendations as it relates to building codes and others. In terms of sensitization, it is largely how we can ramp up the issue of conservation, for that takes in a whole lot in terms of trying to influence lifestyles,” Mr. Mullings said.last_img read more

Students of May Day High Graduate from Summer Programme

first_imgAdvertisements RelatedStudents of May Day High Graduate from Summer Programme RelatedStudents of May Day High Graduate from Summer Programme Students of May Day High Graduate from Summer Programme UncategorizedAugust 26, 2008center_img RelatedStudents of May Day High Graduate from Summer Programme FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Some 32 students from the May Day High School in Manchester were presented with certificates on August 22, for participating in a summer programme run by TEACH Caribbean, a group of Jamaican Rhodes Scholars, who graduated from Oxford University in the United Kingdom (UK).The programme, which began in 2006, is called Jamaica Math Science and English Project (JaMSE). It seeks to improve quality education offered by non-traditional high schools in rural areas, using innovative methods and curricula, taught by graduates from the British university.Mathematics teacher at May Day High School, Earl Lillie, said the summer programme has helped the students, as their proficiency in the subjects has improved.“We are grateful to the partners and the teachers, and the feedback that I am getting is that the students’ marks in Mathematics, Science and English, have increased significantly during the summer programme. With this success in mind, it is hoped that the programme will be extended to schools throughout Jamaica. The entire May Day family says thanks to all who made it possible for our students to benefit from this wonderful programme,” Mr. Lillie said, at the presentation ceremony.President of TEACH Caribbean, Mariame McIntosh, told the gathering that she has gained from the country and wanted to give back, hence the formation of her group. “All that I am, and what I have become, really started in my formative years in Jamaica,” she said.Miss McIntosh said the programme is making strides, based on reports from the schools. “Students, please continue to be as engaged as you are, continue to perform and one day you might be here talking to others on how you have been helped by this programme,” she said.In his greetings, Member of Parliament for Central Manchester, Peter Bunting, noted that the initiative has encouraged him, and he would be providing support from the Constituency Development Fund (CDF).“This programme encourages me to continue some of the work that I do as Member of Parliament. And it reinforces a point that must be made over and over, that the fact that one is from humble beginnings, should not be a hindrance to them excelling in a chosen field, and with you as students being exposed to the best minds in the world, and with you making the best of the knowledge imparted here, Jamaica will continue to shine on the world stage,” Mr. Bunting said.Meanwhile, Janet Jobson, a teacher with this year’s programme, said the four-week experience in Jamaica was rewarding, “We go home each day feeling very inspired after we review the work of our students and the experience was rewarding,” she said.Local sponsors of the programme included, GraceKennedy Foundation, Windalco and Jamalco.last_img read more

Jamaica overtakes Cancun as Third Most Popular Destination for Canadians

first_imgFacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Jamaica has overtaken Cancun as the third most popular destination for Canadians.Between January and September this year, the number of stopover visitors from Canada was 190,000, the same number recorded for all of 2007.Minister of Tourism, Edmund Bartlett, has said that Jamaica would now be working to overtake the Dominican Republic as the number two destination for Canadians, and then Cuba, the number one spot.Addressing Jamaica’s travel partners in Vancouver, Canada, on October 16, the Minister thanked them for their assistance in making Jamaica a favourite destination for Canadians.Commending the Regional Director of the Jamaica Tourist Board (JTB), in Canada, Sandra Scott and her team, the Minister said a projection of 250,000 Canadian visitors to Jamaica by the end of the year and 300,000 visitors for 2009, is not far-fetched.“We are projecting 300,000 persons, because we have the capacity to do it. Even at its present size, Jamaica’s potential is well beyond 300,000 visitors annually from Canada,” he said.Minister of Tourism, Edmund Bartlett (right), in discussion with Executive Director of Jamaica Vacations (JAMVAC), Lionel Reid and Past President of the Jamaica Canadian Cultural Association of British Columbia (JCCABC), MaryAnn Thompson, at a function where he addressed Jamaica’s travel partners in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, on October 16 at the Sutton Place Hotel.The Minister pointed out that there would be a total of 53 flights per week from Canada to Jamaica, and that the country has the capacity in terms of rooms and attractions to support the increase.Despite the current economic crunch and financial difficulties being experienced around the world, and the sensitivity of the tourism industry to external shocks, Mr. Bartlett said tourism usually “bounces back and bounces back quickly.”The Minister invited everyone present to visit “tallawah Jamaica, where the finest rum is brewed and the people are iconic,” and experience for themselves “why 42 per cent of our visitors annually are repeat visitors, and why we have visitors who have come to Jamaica for 35 and 40 years.”He said that although Jamaica has a perception as a destination with safety issues, the island keeps having record arrivals every single year, because a visitor is a treasure and “we embrace visitors even when we are a little aggressive with each other or intolerant of each other.”“Destination Jamaica is the safest destination for visitors in the world. Our record of visitor safety is impeccable. That is why I repeat once you go, you know. We have learnt you must entertain strangers, because in doing so, you may be entertaining angels,” he said.Marketing Representative for the JTB in Western Canada, Sahara Abu-Ulbeh, brought the travel partners up-to-date on recent developments and future happenings in Jamaica’s tourism industry. Several partners made presentations, including representatives from Air Canada Vacations, Sandals, SuperClubs, Transat Holidays, Thomas Cook, Total Vacations, and WestJet Airlines.Accompanying the Minister were Director General in the Ministry of Tourism, Carole Guntley and Executive Director of Jamaica Vacations (JAMVAC).Lionel Reid. RelatedJamaica overtakes Cancun as Third Most Popular Destination for Canadians RelatedJamaica overtakes Cancun as Third Most Popular Destination for Canadians Jamaica overtakes Cancun as Third Most Popular Destination for Canadians UncategorizedOctober 22, 2008center_img RelatedJamaica overtakes Cancun as Third Most Popular Destination for Canadians Advertisementslast_img read more

H.E. Xi Jinping, Vice-President of the People’s Republic of China Visits 11th to 14th February 2009

first_imgRelatedH.E. Xi Jinping, Vice-President of the People’s Republic of China Visits 11th to 14th February 2009 H.E. Xi Jinping, Vice-President of the People’s Republic of China Visits 11th to 14th February 2009 Foreign AffairsFebruary 2, 2009 RelatedH.E. Xi Jinping, Vice-President of the People’s Republic of China Visits 11th to 14th February 2009 FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Vice-President of the People’s Republic of China, H.E. Xi Jinping, will pay an official visit to the island from 11th to the 14th February, 2009.The Vice-President will meet with the Governor General, His Excellency, the Most Honourable Professor Sir Kenneth Hall, Prime Minister Hon. Bruce Golding, The Leader of the Opposition, the Most Honourable Portia Simpson Miller, the President of the Senate, Senator Dr. the Honourable Oswald Harding, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Honourable Delroy Chuck.Prime Minister Golding will hold discussions with Vice-President Xi on bilateral and multilateral issues as well as on international political developments.Agreements are expected to be concluded in the areas of agriculture, finance, education and infrastructural development.The Vice-President and members of his delegation will hold private meetings with Chinese company representatives, members of the Chinese community and staff of the Chinese Embassy.The Vice-President will visit the University of the West Indies, Mona, where an unveiling ceremony for a Confucius Institute will take place.He will also visit Montego Bay where he will be presented with the Keys to the City by the Mayor, His Worship Councillor Charles Sinclair. While in Montego Bay, he will break ground for the Montego Bay Convention Centre, a project partially funded through a Chinese loan.center_img RelatedH.E. Xi Jinping, Vice-President of the People’s Republic of China Visits 11th to 14th February 2009 Advertisementslast_img read more

St. Ann parish Council Staging Series of Public Meetings

first_imgRelatedSt. Ann parish Council Staging Series of Public Meetings RelatedSt. Ann parish Council Staging Series of Public Meetings St. Ann parish Council Staging Series of Public Meetings Local GovernmentMarch 5, 2009 RelatedSt. Ann parish Council Staging Series of Public Meetingscenter_img FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail The St. Ann Parish Council is staging a series of town hall meetings to hear the concerns of residents and to discuss ways in which service to communities can be improved.Secretary/Manager at the St. Ann Parish Council, Clinton Gordon, said that the meetings were in keeping with the need to reach out to communities and to encourage greater participation by residents in local government.“Transparency, equity and participation are hallmarks of the new face of governance in local government. Eminent in that operation is how we involve our citizens in the process, how we interact with them, how we hear from them and how we communicate with them,” he stated.He was addressing the second in the series of meetings held recently at the Anglican Church Hall in St. Ann’s Bay, where councillors, heads of departments and representatives of utility companies were on hand to respond to the queries and concerns of residents.The main concern of residents at the meeting was the poor state of roads in areas such as Charles Town, Seville Heights and Windsor Heights.Superintendent of Roads and Works, Ivor Earl, assured the residents that the Council was aware of the problem and was working to correct the situation. He explained that priority was being given to the “worst off” areas.“We are aware of the problems but we ask that you, the residents, be patient as we do our best to make things better. Everybody wants their roads to be repaired and we understand that, but we cannot repair everybody’s road at the same time, so that is why we have to work on the roads as they appear on our list for attention,” he stated.Eva Murdock, a resident of St. Ann’s Bay and former Council member, told JIS News that she was happy that the Council was conducting the meetings and reaching out to the people across the parish.She however expressed disappointment with the low turnout of residents. “Ever so often, community members complain about the problems they face and when the opportunity arises for them to come and air their views they do not turn up,” Mrs. Murdock lamented, noting that the meeting was nevertheless informative and it was evident that persons benefited tremendously from the dialogue. Advertisementslast_img read more

Young People Urged to Do Their Part to Ensure Food Security

first_imgRelatedYoung People Urged to Do Their Part to Ensure Food Security RelatedYoung People Urged to Do Their Part to Ensure Food Security Advertisements Young People Urged to Do Their Part to Ensure Food Security AgricultureMarch 16, 2009center_img FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Jamaica’s youth are being encouraged to plant backyard gardens to ensure reliable food supply as the global crisis worsens.Delivering the keynote address at the Clarendon 4-H Clubs Annual Parish Achievement Day and Expo at the Denbigh Showgrounds in the parish on March 11, Detective Corporal Dane Brown of the May Pen police, told the youngsters they were not too young to be a part of the initiative to ensure food security.“If we are to have food security, we will have to return to the soil. We will have to be using up the space in our backyard, we’ll have to return to farming, we’ll have to set up a little patch…you are not too young to understand that there is a real problem in the world as it relates to food,” he stated.He informed the students that an insufficient food supply would negatively affect the total population, leading to various problems, which would ultimately affect the country’s development.“Where we do not have sufficient food to feed ourselves, then you, the children, will not be able to learn. There will be all kinds of problems such as malnutrition, you can’t learn. If we are going to have real food security, we are going to have to grow what we eat and eat what we grow,” he pointed out.Several displays of agricultural produce, processed foods, and craft items were put on by the various schools and agencies which participated, including Ebony Park HEART Academy, the Coffee Industry Board, National Youth Service (NYS) and the Drug Abuse Secretariat. RelatedYoung People Urged to Do Their Part to Ensure Food Securitylast_img read more

Renewable Energy Website Providing Critical Information

first_imgRelatedRenewable Energy Website Providing Critical Information Renewable Energy Website Providing Critical Information TechnologyApril 25, 2009 RelatedRenewable Energy Website Providing Critical Information RelatedRenewable Energy Website Providing Critical Informationcenter_img FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Chairman of the Scientific Research Council (SRC), James Moss-Solomon, has disclosed that the Caribbean Information Platform on Renewable Energy (CIPORE) has received over 100, 000 hits since it was enabled at the beginning of April.The website, located at www.cipore.org, was officially launched yesterday (April 24), at the Scientific Research Council, on Hope Road, Kingston.CIPORE is the information and communication system for the exchange of renewable energy information for the region. Information on the website is available in the four major languages of the Caribbean; French, Spanish, English and Dutch.However, Mr. Moss-Solomon said CIPORE is more than a website. “I like to think of it as a developmental tool, because it is providing more than just specific information, it is giving you a broader view across the region as to what is really happening,” he pointed out.The platform includes an information centre with articles and speeches on renewable energy, a projects database, legislation, statistics, and energy calculator. There is also a communications centre, which features a directory, forums, chat rooms and access to host live meetings with up to 20 persons online from anywhere in the world. Other features are: a demonstration centre; country pages for each participating territory; and a news section devoted to Renewable Energy developments in the region.Uploading of information to CIPORE will be done from the National Focal Points (NFPs) in the 13 participating territories.Programme Manager for the CARICOM Secretariat’s Energy Unit, Joseph Williams noted that CIPORE is an important tool that could be used to harmonise energy initiatives across the region. “The entrance of the CIPORE will necessarily mark the exit of ignorance as far as renewable energy is concerned,” he added.Mr. Williams also noted that potential investors and entrepreneurs could use the website as a tool for improving their businesses. CIPORE emerged out of a Memorandum of Understanding between the SRC and CARICOM, which was signed on September 26, 2008. The Caribbean Energy Information System,which is headquartered at the SRC, won the consultancy to develop the platform, which was also funded by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). Advertisementslast_img read more

Minister Tufton for Agriculture Investment Seminar in New York

first_imgRelatedMinister Tufton for Agriculture Investment Seminar in New York RelatedMinister Tufton for Agriculture Investment Seminar in New York RelatedMinister Tufton for Agriculture Investment Seminar in New York Minister Tufton for Agriculture Investment Seminar in New York AgricultureMay 6, 2009center_img FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Minister of Agriculture and Fisheries Hon. Dr. Christopher Tufton, will highlight opportunities for investment in Jamaica’s agricultural sector at a seminar slated for May 12 in New York City USA.Themed, ‘Farming is Back’, the session, which is being organised and hosted by the Jamaican Consulate in New York, will focus on production, post harvest processing, greenhouse technology, among other areas. There will also be an interactive segment with questions and answers.The seminar is part of the Government’s aim to engage the Diaspora in investment opportunities as part of efforts to boost agricultural production and improve food security.“Members of the Diaspora are being invited to participate and take advantage of a golden opportunity to invest in Jamaica, as working together in developing viable and exciting projects in agriculture will redound to our mutual benefit,” said Consul-General to New York, Geneive Brown Metzger.She noted that Jamaica’s total agricultural export is less than US$200 million, indicating there is an urgent need for the country to take advantage of the extended American ethnic market, estimated to be worth $142 billion.The Jamaican Government is promoting investment in greenhouse technology to boost agricultural production and is training young farmers in greenhouse skills, under a Modified Environment Agriculture certification programme, which is being supported by the United States Agency for International Development (USAID).In his show of support for the programme, Dr. Tufton said that he is confident that as long as the available technology is properly utilised, the country could see significant increases in domestic food crops within the next few years.The seminar is expected to get underway at 7:00 p.m. and due to space constraints, interested persons are being urged to call the Consulate General at 212-935-9000, extension 20 or 21, on or before Monday, May 11. Advertisementslast_img read more

65 Labour Day Projects Registered in St. Mary

first_imgRelated65 Labour Day Projects Registered in St. Mary Related65 Labour Day Projects Registered in St. Mary Advertisements FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail A total of 65 projects have so far been registered with the St. Mary Labour Day Committee, as preparations for Labour Day in the parish get into high gear.Parish Manager for the Social Development Commission (SDC), in St. Mary, Janet Rose-Bryan, said the projects include road repairs, the cleaning-up of communities, the refurbishing of Government buildings, the painting of basic schools and the bushing of roadways.The parish project will be the beautification of Port Maria, with special emphasis on Hudson Street, Stennet Street, and the Trinity area of the town.Mrs. Rose Bryan said the registered projects are spread across various communities of the parish, adding that they are being spearheaded by a wide cross-section of community organisations, including church groups, youth organisations, parent teachers associations, police youth clubs and citizens associations.She explained that the parish project will be spearheaded by the St. Mary Parish Council, in partnership with the St. Mary Chamber of Commerce, and pointed out that the work to be carried out will involve the planting of trees, the planting of roadside barriers, the painting of no parking signs and the bushing of roadways.Mrs. Rose-Bryan said that every effort will be made to finish the work on Labour Day, and that projects not completed on the day will continue with the objective of bringing them to a successful conclusion as early as possible.center_img Related65 Labour Day Projects Registered in St. Mary 65 Labour Day Projects Registered in St. Mary CultureMay 22, 2009last_img read more

Keep Hope Alive – GG

first_imgKeep Hope Alive – GG Governor GeneralSeptember 18, 2009 RelatedKeep Hope Alive – GG RelatedKeep Hope Alive – GG Advertisementscenter_img RelatedKeep Hope Alive – GG FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Governor-General, His Excellency the Most Hon. Sir Patrick Allen, took his ‘I Believe’ message to the parish of Hanover yesterday (Sept. 17), urging residents, who gathered at the Anglican Church Hall in Lucea, to keep hope alive in these challenging times.“I believe that despite our challenges, our setbacks and our despair, we are a nation, which has been blessed with a rich heritage, abundant resources and the prospect of a bright future,” he stated.“We are a people of hope, and we must keep hope alive at all times,” he added.Noting that Hanover has the potential to make a significant contribution to national development, he cited opportunities in tourism, including promoting the culture of the parish, in addition to unique products, cuisine and places of interest.The Governor-General, who was accompanied by Her Excellency Lady Allen, visited the Hopewell High and Rhodes Hall High Schools, where, in separate addresses, he encouraged the students to have confidence in themselves, strive to make a good impression within their schools, and leave such a legacy, that they will always be remembered in a positive way.He also urged the leadership of the schools to “believe in our young people, train them, have faith in them, that they will not betray the values that we have put in them; values of fairness, morality, and justice.”He also stopped at the Hanover Parish Library, where he officially declared open an exhibition on the life and works of cultural icon, Hon. Louise Bennett Coverley.At that brief ceremony, he underscored the importance of the preservation of the nation’s heritage, for the benefit of future generations.The Governor-General’s visit to Hanover formed part of a scheduled tour of all parishes across the island.last_img read more

Minister Charles Names New IDT Chairman

first_imgMinister Charles Names New IDT Chairman LabourOctober 9, 2009 RelatedMinister Charles Names New IDT Chairman RelatedMinister Charles Names New IDT Chairman FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Attorney-at-law, Noman Wright Q.C. has been appointed as the new chairman of the Industrial Disputes Tribunal (IDT).The announcement was made by Minister of Labour and Social Security, the Hon. Pearnel Charles, in the House of Representatives on Tuesday (October 6), as he piloted a Bill amending the Labour Relations and Industrial Disputes Act (LRIDA) which will, finally, allow non-unionised workers access to the IDT.“We believe that the wealth of legal experience which Mr. Wright has garnered will be an asset to the IDT, and will increase its capacity to offer quality service to the Jamaican workforce,” Mr. Charles told the House.He said that Mr. Wright’s reputation of being “fair and thorough” should also increase confidence in the impartiality of the Tribunal.Mr. Charles said his Ministry has also discussed with the Jamaica Employers Federation (JEF) and the Jamaica Confederation of Trade Unions (JCTU), the possibility of appointing Clinton Davis, a former deputy chairman of the IDT, and Charles Jones, former Chief Personnel Officer in the Office of the Services Commission, as deputy chairmen of the Tribunal.“Collectively, these men will offer their expertise to the IDT and assist in improving the efficiency of the Tribunal,” Mr. Charles said.Mr. Wright’s appointment became effective on October 1. Mr. Jones and Mr. Davis are likely to be appointed on November 1. Mr. Davis is expected to deal specifically with the non-unionised workers’ issues.Mr. Charles said that these developments are part of his ministry’s efforts to strengthen the IDT, to effectively respond to major changes anticipated with the new provisions of the LRIDA currently before Parliament. These provisions will allow the Minister to appoint more deputy chairmen to facilitate the establishment of more panels to hear disputes, and allow for the expeditious settlement of disputes.The former chairman of the IDT was trade unionist Donovan Hunter. Former Permanent Secretary in the Ministry of Labour and Social Security, Anthony Irons, is the current Deputy Chairman.center_img RelatedMinister Charles Names New IDT Chairman Advertisementslast_img read more

Take Blessings of 2009 into New Year – GG

first_imgAdvertisements Take Blessings of 2009 into New Year – GG Governor GeneralJanuary 6, 2010 RelatedTake Blessings of 2009 into New Year – GG RelatedTake Blessings of 2009 into New Year – GGcenter_img FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Governor-General, His Excellency the Most Hon. Sir Patrick Allen, has called on Jamaicans to be optimistic and to carry the blessings of 2009 into the New Year.“Let us brighten the future with past blessings…take the blessings of the past year into the New Year and stop being pessimistic, stop being downcast, stop being fearful and fretful, because (God) will take care of you,” he said in his address at a national prayer gathering held today (January 6) at the National Arena in Kingston.He noted that despite the forebodings, hardships, and predictions, 2009 had “tremendous blessings” as there were no hurricanes or earthquakes and despite the fact that times are hard, there was food to eat.The Governor-General also implored persons to be more loving towards each other, noting that so many people are depressed, despondent and just need somebody to encourage them.Governor-General, His Excellency the Most Hon. Sir Patrick Allen (left) addresses the Power of Faith Ministries’ national prayer gathering held at the National Arena in Kingston on Wednesday, January 6.“We have to help somebody, encourage somebody, share with somebody, care for somebody, be a good neighbour to somebody,” he said.Staged by The Power of Faith Ministries of Portmore, the prayer gathering, dubbed ‘Heal the Family – Heal the Nation’, was held under the theme: ‘This is the Turning Point’.The Governor-General went on to praise the work of the Ministry and its leader, Bishop Dr. Delford Davis, and noted his appreciation of the fact that heads of churches and umbrella groups were united in the cause to heal the nation.“This unity, which is being shown here in the church, must be modelled to the rest of the nation, because we play a very significant role, and the nation is looking to the church for this type of leadership. When the church is united, the nation will also be united, because we are connected with the nation in every nook and cranny,” he said. RelatedTake Blessings of 2009 into New Year – GGlast_img read more

Shaw Promises Fiscal Responsibility Framework this Year

first_imgRelatedShaw Promises Fiscal Responsibility Framework this Year RelatedShaw Promises Fiscal Responsibility Framework this Year Advertisements Shaw Promises Fiscal Responsibility Framework this Year Finance & Public ServiceJanuary 20, 2010center_img RelatedShaw Promises Fiscal Responsibility Framework this Year FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail As part of its management of public expenditure, the Government will enact legislation, before the end of 2010/11, to put in place a fiscal responsibility framework.This as it anticipates final approval from the IMF executive Board for a standby loan facility of US$1.25 billion this month.In a presentation in the House of Representatives on Tuesday (January 19), Minister of Finance and the Public Service, Hon. Audley Shaw, said the legislation, which will give way to the Fiscal Responsibility Framework (FRF), is part of the objective of the fiscal consolidation strategy which is focussed on streamlining expenditure and reforming the public sector.Fiscal consolidation is one of the three pillars that are fundamental to the Government’s economic pogramme, Mr. Shaw said.“The overall objective is to operationalise the key principles of prudent fiscal management, in order to ensure that the institutional framework is consistent with achieving the Government’s short-and medium-term fiscal targets,” he pointed out.The FRF will, therefore, provide for clearly articulated fiscal policies, including medium-term fiscal framework; greater transparency through various reporting requirements; more stringent accountability in the management of public funds; and better oversight of fiscal policy and the management of such funds.“The FRF will provide for improved public financial management, through expanding the coverage of the budget to all general Government institutions, enshrining the principle of no spending without prior budget appropriation; and requiring approval by Parliament of the budget of each of the self-financed public bodies,” he explained.The legislation committee has considered two bills: the Financial Administration and Audit (Amendment) Act; and the Public Bodies Management and Accountability (Amendment) Act, 2010.These Acts seek to establish the legal framework for the FRF, and to empower the Minister to improve the management of public finances by addressing current weaknesses in the fiscal policy and administrative systems in the country.The law will provide for specific principles of fiscal management and the fiscal targets to be achieved in the medium term; the annual tabling of a fiscal policy paper with the national budget, as well as the presentation of an accompanying debt management strategy; fiscal discipline in budget preparation and execution; prior approval from the Minister for borrowing by public bodies; and independent assessment by the Auditor General on the Government’s adherence to the principles of fiscal prudence.last_img read more

Financial Regulations to Target Capital Adequacy

first_imgRelatedFinancial Regulations to Target Capital Adequacy Financial Regulations to Target Capital Adequacy Finance & Public ServiceMarch 4, 2010 RelatedFinancial Regulations to Target Capital Adequacy FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail The Financial Services Commission (FSC) and the Bank of Jamaica (BOJ), the main regulators of the financial services sector will shortly address issues of capital adequacy and margin requirements for securities dealers, as recommended by the International Monetary Fund (IMF).According to Deputy Executive Director of the FSC, George Roper, while the changes to capitalisation and margin requirements cannot be specified at this time, the existing framework is to be reviewed, with technical assistance provided through the IMF.In an interview with the Jamaica Information Service (JIS) the FSC Executive sought to allay the fears of securities dealers, that the increased regulatory role of the FSC and the BOJ will constitute overregulation of the sector.With respect to the BOJ, he explained that there was a growing trend for central banks, worldwide, to broaden their mandate in financial surveillance for purposes of monitoring financial system stability, given their role as lenders of last resort.In the case of the FSC, he noted that the regulators were aware of the issue of overregulation and the need to address it in a coordinated manner.“The issue of overregulation can be addressed through appropriate coordination and reporting mechanisms, and will involve close collaboration among the FSC, the BOJ and the Ministry of Finance and the Public Service,” he said.“There are already established processes for formal collaboration, but the operation of the BOJ’s financial stability mandate would require additional operational protocols,” he advised.With respect to the allusion in the IMF Memorandum of Understanding that some securities dealers are not well capitalised, while others have become overleveraged as a result of lax controls, Mr. Roper explained that the capital adequacy of dealerships had improved in 2009 for the sector as a whole, and was above current regulatory benchmarks.He added that the IMF’s diagnosis of the financial sector problems are indications of the need for improvement in the FSC’s existing regulatory framework, rather than as a widespread failure on the part of licensees to meet regulatory requirements.“Currently, the FSC relies on two indicators of capital adequacy for the securities dealers, namely the ratio of capital to total assets and the ratio of ‘tier one’ and ‘tier two’ capital to risk weighted assets. The FSC requires that securities dealers maintain capital sufficient to satisfy certain minimum thresholds. Based on the latest quarterly filings from licensees, as at the end-September 2009, the ratio of capital to total assets for securities firms taken as a whole stood at 9.6 per cent compared to an FSC minimum benchmark of 6 per cent. The ratio of tier one and tier two capital to risk weighted assets stood at 53.8 per cent compared to an FSC minimum benchmark of 10 per cent,” he emphasised.This outturn compares with ratios of capital to total assets and tier one and tier two capital to risk weighted assets of 8.2 per cent and 39.6 per cent, respectively at the end of December 2008, at the height of the global financial crisis.Mr. Roper also noted that, at any point in time, capitalization levels would always vary among licensed entities.“There is an established procedure to resolve issues of inadequate capital, by either requiring shareholders to inject additional capital, or requiring the entity to adjust its balance sheet to reduce the riskiness of its portfolios, according to an agreed timetable. In the event that the solvency of the entity is threatened and additional capital is not forthcoming, there are established powers available to the FSC under its governing statutes to seek an orderly resolution,” he said.Mr. Roper also advised that the FSC was currently undertaking a review of the relevant legislation for regulating collective investment schemes, with a view to strengthening the overall framework, as well as allowing for appropriate regulatory oversight for different types of collective investment schemes.With specific reference to the recent re-focus on the mutual funds market, Mr. Roper explained that in the past it had not been possible for locally established mutual funds to be established and marketed in Jamaica, due to certain inconsistencies with the mutual fund regulations, the Companies Act and the taxation regime.“The Government has now committed to removing these obstacles as part of the structural conditionalities under the Stand-by Arrangement agreed with the IMF. Notwithstanding these problems, current regulations allow for the registration and marketing of overseas-based mutual funds, and several such funds have been actively marketed to investors in Jamaica.”He also observed that the Government recently lifted the 11-plus year-old moratorium on the registration of new unit trust and unit trust products.This has opened the way for new locally-based collective investment schemes to be established. This development improves the outlook for more robust financial system stability, as it provides additional avenues for securities dealers to progressively re-align their business models, restructure their balance sheets to reduce their direct exposures to riskier instruments and to provide alternative avenues for the generation of income from fees and commissions.center_img RelatedFinancial Regulations to Target Capital Adequacy Advertisementslast_img read more

Dine Out Goldfields – week two

first_imgDine Out Goldfields – week two Our second ‘Dine Out Goldfields’ event will held this Saturday, 5 December from 5 to 9pm in the Maryborough CBD.The event will include pop-up dining areas, entertainment and a pop-up market.The Central Goldfields Art Gallery will also open its doors from 5 to 8pm as part of the event. Head along and enjoy the Community Arts Exhibition. A curator’s tour will be held at 5.30pm.The event series aims to support the local business community and encourage the community to get out and celebrate the festive season.‘Dine Out Goldfields’ will also be held in the Maryborough CBD on Saturday 19 December from 5 to 9pm.The initiative is funded by the State Government’s Local Councils Outdoor Eating and Entertainment Package and supports the work of the JumpStart High Street program. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:Arts, business, Central, Central Goldfields, Central Goldfields Shire Council, community, Government, local council, market, Maryborough, season, Victorialast_img read more

Continuing our plan to be a Renewable Energy Powerhouse

first_imgContinuing our plan to be a Renewable Energy Powerhouse Guy Barnett,Minister for EnergyToday’s release of the Tasmanian Renewable Energy Action Plan (TREAP) is an important milestone for our State and will cement our reputation as the renewable energy powerhouse of Australia.The TREAP clearly outlines how Tasmania will achieve our immense renewable energy potential, setting clear targets and actions that will build on Tasmania’s natural competitive advantages, attract large scale investment and significantly grow and expand Tasmania’s renewable energy sector into the future.We have already made significant progress in driving our renewable energy future since our draft action plan was released earlier this year.Tasmania is now 100 per cent self-sufficient in renewable energy, and we have legislated our world leading target to double our renewable generation to 200 per cent of our current needs by 2040.The Project Marinus and Battery of the Nation Memorandum of Understanding, signed with the Australian Government earlier this month, is another major milestone on Tasmania’s journey to being the renewable energy powerhouse of Australia.We have also completed the initial funding round of our $50 million Renewable Hydrogen Industry support package and commenced the rollout of the $16 million Energising Tasmania skills and training initiative, supporting the development of the skilled workforce our renewable energy future will need.As well as guiding our ongoing targets and renewable projects, the Action plan also includes:Establishing “Renewables Tasmania” to better plan, coordinate and promote the development of renewable energy and continue to oversee the management and regulation of our energy sector to deliver affordable, reliable and secure energy supplies;Developing a Tasmanian policy framework to coordinate the renewable energy growth required to achieve the Tasmanian Renewable Energy Targets and to support Tasmanian large-scale renewable energy projects;Developing a Tasmanian Renewable Energy Centre for Excellence with the potential to establish a world class centre for innovative research, training and collaboration required to support growth in the renewable energy sector;Developing an “Energy Customer Empowerment Blueprint” to ensure Tasmanian customers are empowered to manage their energy needs and take advantage of new technology and market offerings;A commitment to maximise the local Tasmanian business and employment opportunities from renewable projects as well as renewable development opportunities for the Antarctic.The Plan also includes our firm commitment to achieving the lowest regulated electricity prices in Australia for residential and small business customers by 2022. We are well on track to achieve this target, but we can and will do more.The Tasmanian Renewable Energy Action Plan will establish the platform to transform Tasmania from being Australia’s renewable energy powerhouse into a world leading provider of clean, reliable and affordable energy.The Tasmanian Renewable Energy Action Plan can be found here: www.renewablestasmania.tas.gov.au/TREAP /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:AusPol, Australia, Australian, Australian Government, business, electricity, employment, empowerment, Government, Investment, Minister, regulation, renewable, renewable energy, TAS, Tasmania, Tassie, technologylast_img read more

Holiday vigilance to protect older Australians in aged care

first_imgHoliday vigilance to protect older Australians in aged care The health and safety of older Australians should be a priority this holiday season with families urged to keep in contact with those most in need – but to take appropriate precautions.While restrictions have eased across Australia, providers and families living across the Northern Beaches and Penrith areas of Sydney must abide by the current visitation guidelines.Until further notice all staff and visitors at residential facilities must wear a surgical mask.Additionally, until at least Wednesday 30 December, all residential aged care facilities across the Northern Beaches LGA must exclude visitors, except those performing essential caring functions.Up to two people are permitted to visit loved ones in residential aged care facilities in Greater Sydney including the local government areas of Central Coast and Wollongong.The rule also applies for Greater Sydney residents visiting regional aged care facilities.There are no restrictions on people from regional NSW visiting residents in regional facilities.Updated advice for Residential Aged Care facilities and Home Care Service providers can be found here.Minister for Senior Australians and Aged Care Services, Richard Colbeck, said aged care providers and families were required to follow the relevant visitation guidelines to ensure loved ones could maintain contact.“We know where there is community transmission there is a serious risk of the virus spreading to aged care settings,” Minister Colbeck said.“It is a difficult time for residents, families, providers and staff at facilities across this region but it’s vital we prioritise and protect our most vulnerable.“Of course, we want families to maintain contact with their relatives in aged care, and a phone call or video call will mean a lot to those who can’t have visitors.“Staff and management will continue to provide compassion and understanding, while also being a strong line of defence for those in their care from the coronavirus.”Australian Government support for aged care providers in the Northern Beaches hotspot is already being provided, including asymptomatic testing, supplies of personal protective equipment as required, and workforce surge and support where needed.A new three-tier escalation plan, backed by the Australian Health Protection Principal Committee (AHPPC), outlines how providers can respond to the COVID-19 threat level in the local community and ramp the response up or down as needed.The AHPPC guidelines outline visitation recommendations providers can put in place if they are in a defined hotspot with localised outbreaks of cases (Tier 2) and when there is an outbreak of COVID-19 in the community (Tier 3).“Residents must be protected in the least restrictive manner and their health needs must be balanced with their personal wellbeing,” Minister Colbeck said.Additionally, Minister Colbeck said the Industry Code for Visiting Residential Aged Care Homes during COVID-19, developed in conjunction with consumer peak bodies sets out a nationally consistent, principles-based approach to maintaining residents’ visitation and communication – the Government welcomes the latest version of the code.In conjunction with the new visitation guidelines, it offers clarity for residents and families.“It is an important time of the year for families to re-connect, particularly as we return to COVID-normal environments with the current exception of the Sydney hotspots,” Minister Colbeck said.“The social distancing measures we have all adopted will protect our families.“Don’t visit if you are unwell, practise good hand and cough hygiene, and follow the advice available from staff at the aged care facility.”All aged care providers are urged to ensure their outbreak management plan is up to date and ready to be activated. They must also be alert to any staff or care recipients experiencing respiratory and flu like symptoms.The Visitation Guidelines for Residential Aged Care can be found here.The COVID-19 escalation tiers and aged care provider responses can be found here.The Older Persons COVID Support Line can offer information and support to seniors who need assistance or are feeling worried and isolated. The line can be reached on free call 1800 171 866.Mental health support is available to all Australians by calling Lifeline (13 11 14) or BeyondBlue (1800 512 348) and further resources are available on the Department of Health’s Head to Health website. /Media Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:aged care, AusPol, Australia, Australian, Australian Government, communication, community, coronavirus, covid-19, Department of Health, Government, health, health and safety, healthcare, home care, mental health, NSW, resources, Wollongonglast_img read more

Extraordinary public service at centre of New Year Honours List 2021

first_imgExtraordinary public service at centre of New Year Honours List 2021 The New Year Honours List 2021, published on Thursday 31 December, demonstrates the incredible efforts of hundreds of public sector and community workers throughout 2020 and beyond.The New Year Year Honours List is the most ethnically diverse honours list yet, with 14.2% of recipients coming from a Black, Asian or minority ethnic background.In a year that has truly tested the resolve and determination of those on the frontline, the New Year Honours List includes 1,239 recipients, recognised for their extraordinary contributions in all four nations of the United Kingdom.Public sector workers make up 14.8% of the list and include firefighters, medical professionals, teachers, police officers and local government workers – all of whom are being recognised for making a huge individual impact, and in particular in the response to COVID-19.An MBE goes to Special Chief Officer Mark Owen, who returned from retirement to lead the Special Constabulary’s response in North Wales.An MBE goes to Karen McDowell for services to the LGBTQ community and fire service in Northern Ireland.Charity Helpline Housing Adviser for Shelter Nadeem Khan receives a BEM – unable to return to the UK because of the Covid-19 pandemic, he worked from his personal laptop from a rooftop in Lahore, Pakistan delivering housing advice to over 500 people over three months via web chat to people over 5,000 miles away in the UK.Included in the List are 123 (10%) health and social care workers – from British Red Cross Ambulance Crew to care home managers – all have played a part in responding to the COVID-19 pandemic.A BEM goes to Cath Fitzsimmons from Greater Manchester, a former palliative care nurse who came out of retirement for COVID-19.Dr Azeem Alam, 28 years old from Harpenden, Herts receives the BEM for founding BiteMedicine, which provides free medical education for medical students, physician associates and aspiring doctors during COVID-19, teaching over 10,000 students worldwide via online, live webinars.Deputy Director of Nursing Jacky Copping, 55 from Beccles, Suffolk, receives an MBE for initiating Face Fit Testing at the James Paget University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust ensuring that frontline workers were properly protected against Covid-19.This Honours List highlights how Britain’s business sector has stepped up to deliver for the country during COVID-19. From small business owners diverting their resources or changing business models to support the response effort to supermarket workers making sure all their vulnerable customers were stocked up with essential items – this Honours List showcases 111 recipients (9%) being recognised for services to business and the economy.Publican Caroline Halfhide, aged 51 from Ash in Somerset receives MBE for changing her pub into a village shop for residents to drastically minimise the need for travel to nearby towns for food and essentials.Founder and CEO of Pembrokeshire Frame, Jennifer Sims, 76 years old, receives the BEM for launching #Bagsofcare Community Fridge Free Bags Scheme, providing hot meals and free bags of food to the vulnerable, the elderly and those struggling financially due to the pandemic.The majority of awards are for the contributions people have made in their communities. Of those receiving an award, 65% are recognised for their community work.Captain Emma Henderson, living in Moray in Scotland receives an MBE for founding Project Wingman, creating a first class lounge experience in hospitals in the UK for NHS workers.The oldest person on the list is Anne Baker from Salisbury in Wiltshire, who at 106 years old receives an MBE for fundraising for the NSPCC.She is closely followed by 104 year old Ruth Saunders, receiving an MBE for walking a marathon to raise money for Thames Valley Air Ambulance.The youngest recipient is 20 year old Samah Khalil, the Youth Mayor of Oldham. She receives a BEM for her work in empowering young people.Architect David Chipperfield is awarded a Companion of Honour, for services to architecture.Actor Sheila Hancock receives a damehood for services to drama and charity, as does conductor and musicologist Professor Jane Glover for services to music and make-up artist Patricia McGrath for services to the fashion, the beauty industry and to diversity.A damehood is also awarded to Angela Eagle MP for parliamentary and political service. The Right Honourables Geoffrey Cox QC MP and Thomas Clarke MP receive knighthoods for parliamentary and political service, and public and political service respectively.In sport, Director of Rugby at Exeter Chiefs Robert Baxter receives an OBE and Captain Joe Simmonds receives a MBE, both for services to Rugby Union Football. Former professional rugby player Rob Burrow receives an MBE for the awareness he has raised around motor neuron disease particularly during the pandemic. MBEs are also awarded to former England footballers Jimmy Greaves and Ron Flowers for services to football.Prime Minister Boris Johnson said:In a year when so many have made sacrifices to protect our NHS and save people’s lives, the outstanding efforts of those receiving honours today are a welcome reminder of the strength of human spirit, and of what can be achieved through courage and compassion.The 2021 New Year Honours offer us an opportunity to salute their dedication and recognise many who have gone above and beyond in their contribution to our country.As we begin a new year and continue to come together to fight this virus, may their service and stories be an inspiration to us all.The honours system continues to champion diversity at all levels and celebrates the breadth of service given by people from all backgrounds from all across the UK. Of the 1,239 people who receive an award:1,123 candidates have been selected at BEM, MBE and OBE level:397 at BEM476 at MBE250 at OBE803 (65%) of the recipients are people who have undertaken outstanding work in their communities either in a voluntary or paid capacity;603 women are recognised in the List, representing 49% of the total;14.2% of the successful candidates come from a BAME background;6.9% of the successful candidates consider themselves to have a disability (under the Equality Act 2010); and4% of recipients identified as being LGBT+.Read the full New Year Honours list and /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:architecture, Asia, Boris Johnson, community, Government, Ireland, medical education, Pakistan, Prime Minister, retirement, small business owner, supermarket, UK, UK Government, United Kingdom, universitylast_img read more

Statement by Minister Chagger on Tamil Heritage Month 2 January

first_imgStatement by Minister Chagger on Tamil Heritage Month 2 January From: Canadian HeritageJanuary is Tamil Heritage MonthToday marks the start of Tamil Heritage Month. It is a time to recognize and celebrate the many contributions Canadians of Tamil descent have made to Canada, as well as their extraordinary language and culture.Canada is the proud home of one of the world’s largest Tamil diasporas. Tamil Canadians have enriched, and continue to enrich, our national fabric through their many achievements in business, politics, and sports, to name a few areas. This month provides us an opportunity to show our appreciation for their invaluable contributions in building an even stronger and consciously more inclusive Canada. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:building, business, Canada, culture, Government, language, Minister, sports, worldlast_img read more

Statement from National Security Advisor Robert C. O’Brien Regarding National Maritime Cybersecurity Plan

first_imgStatement from National Security Advisor Robert C. O’Brien Regarding National Maritime Cybersecurity Plan The White HousePresident Trump has released the “National Maritime Cybersecurity Plan,” which sets forth how the United States government will defend the American economy through enhanced cybersecurity coordination, policies and practices, aimed at mitigating risks to the maritime sub-sector, promoting prosperity through information and intelligence sharing, and preserving and increasing the nation’s cyber workforce.President Trump designated the cybersecurity of the Maritime Transportation System (MTS) as a top priority for national defense, homeland security, and economic competitiveness in the 2017 National Security Strategy. The MTS contributes to one quarter of all United States gross domestic product, or approximately $5.4 trillion. MTS operators are increasingly reliant on information technology (IT) and operational technology (OT) to maximize the reliability and efficiency of maritime commerce. This plan articulates how the United States government can buy down the potential catastrophic risks to our national security and economic prosperity created by technology innovations to strengthen maritime commerce efficiency and reliability.The National Maritime Cybersecurity Plan unifies maritime cybersecurity resources, stakeholders, and initiatives to aggressively mitigate current and near-term maritime cyberspace threats and vulnerabilities while complementing the National Strategy for Maritime Security. The Plan identifies government priority actions to close maritime cybersecurity gaps and vulnerabilities over the next five years.This Administration continues to defend American workers and American prosperity while strengthening our national security. President Trump has taken numerous steps to bolster cybersecurity measures, promote American workers, defend American technology, and lead the world in technological innovation. Today’s release furthers the President’s successes at bridging the private and public technological and industrial sectors to benefit the American people and protect the American way of life.Read the National Maritime Cybersecurity Plan Here /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:america, american, cybersecurity, cyberspace, Economy, efficiency, Government, innovation, intelligence, maritime, President, resources, security, technology, United States, White House, worldlast_img read more

CIPO and European Patent Office to formalize their Patent Prosecution Highway program

first_imgCIPO and European Patent Office to formalize their Patent Prosecution Highway program From: Canadian Intellectual Property OfficeThe Canadian Intellectual Property Office (CIPO) and the European Patent Office (EPO) have announced that the Patent Prosecution Highway (PPH) program between the 2 offices will become permanent on January 6, 2021.The offices have agreed to extend the agreement, following the completion of a pilot program that started in January 2015.The PPH enables applicants filing a patent at either CIPO or the EPO to have their application processed faster at the other office. This helps increase the efficiency and quality of the patent-granting process by enabling the offices to benefit from each other’s work.Since its launch, the PPH has generated over 1,400 requests at CIPO (as of March 31, 2020) and over 200 requests at the EPO (as of September 30, 2020).More details about the program and its eligibility requirements are available on CIPO’s website.Quotes“I am pleased to continue our deep partnership with the EPO. Over the past 5 years, the PPH program between the EPO and CIPO has strengthened our offices’ ability to provide high-quality and timely intellectual property services to our clients and help businesses compete globally. We look forward to sustaining this valuable collaboration on a permanent basis and continuing to support clients of our patent systems.”– Konstantinos Georgaras, CIPO Chief Executive Officer (interim)“I am very pleased to announce the continuation of the PPH with CIPO as a permanent service to our users. We believe it will promote cross-filing activity in Europe and Canada, improve market access and bilateral trade, and benefit users of the patent system in both regions.”– António Campinos, EPO President /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:agreement, Canada, efficiency, Europe, european, Government, launch, market, patent, pilot, President, property, prosecution, quality, trade, websitelast_img read more

Lockdown loneliness, homeworking and financial worries impact mental health

first_imgLockdown loneliness, homeworking and financial worries impact mental health New research has found that the first coronavirus lockdown saw more people reporting common mental disorders in the UK, but that mental health began to recover once the lockdown eased. As the UK enters a further period of restrictions, this analysis highlights the particular issues that impacted on the mental health of adults in the UK during lockdown.Looking in detail at the reasons that could be behind mental health issues, the analysis shows that the increase in mental health disorders during the first lockdown appears to have been linked to people feeling lonely, having Covid symptoms, working from home, caring for children and struggling financially. Recovery is possible though, as the study also found that in subsequent months, the prevalence of common mental disorders among UK adults reduced to pre-pandemic levels.The study looked at over 13,000 interviews from a representative sample of UK adults in 2019-20 that measured people’s mental health before the pandemic and compared it to how their mental health had changed in monthly new surveys between April and July this year. Almost 30% of adults living in the UK who had not reported a common mental disorder before the pandemic reported experiencing one in April this year, but in May, this figure fell to under 13%.The researchers, from The University of Manchester and the University of Essex, believe people’s mental health may have improved by July as lockdown restrictions were lifted, and because people’s worries about work, money and the pandemic eased when the government announced its measures to protect jobs. However, they also suggest people may simply have adjusted to their new circumstances.Previous research has shown mental health and wellbeing declining during the pandemic, especially in April, but this research was able to look at specific causes of stress. It showed, for example:• no effect on mental health of having healthcare treatments cancelled or postponed• the immediate problem of paying bills also did not affect mental health, but broader financial concerns, both current and expected, did have an effect• the chance of having common mental disorders increased for the unemployed in July compared to June• by contrast, the chance of people who were furloughed suffering worsening mental health decreased steadily from April• spending more time on childcare or home schooling was associated with a small increase in the risk of suffering common mental disorders, at least until June• loneliness was the largest predictor of common mental disorders, and this pattern was fairly consistent from April to July.The researchers point out that it is important to keep monitoring people’s mental health as lockdowns continue, and economic uncertainty causes unemployment and redundancies to increase.“We haven’t seen the ‘devastating’ effects on mental health that some media reports suggested, and it may be that people’s mental wellbeing recovered by July because they simply got used to the stress of the pandemic and its social and economic effects – but it’s very important that we keep monitoring the situation to see the what happens in the long term, especially as restrictions on normal life continue,” Tarani added.“This is the first population representative study in the UK to analyse longitudinal changes in mental health,” said Michaela Benzeval, Director of Understanding Society. “These data show that the prevalence of common mental disorders was highest during the first lockdown, with more than one in three adults living in the UK reporting problematic levels of mental health.“As the pandemic and lockdown progressed, differences in mental health disorders emerged. Despite the lifting of many lockdown conditions by July and a decrease in the levels of many of the psychological and social stressors, common mental disorders continued to affect people who were lonely and those who were made redundant, had financial problems or had childcare or home schooling duties.” /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:childcare, children, coronavirus, Effect, Government, healthcare, Impact, loneliness, mental, mental health, research, Society, spending, UK, university, University of Manchesterlast_img read more

On electoral changes in Hong Kong

first_imgOn electoral changes in Hong Kong Hon Nanaia Mahuta, Minister of Foreign Affairs, New Zealand and Senator the Hon Marise Payne, Minister for Foreign Affairs and Minister for Women, Australia today issued the following joint statement:The Governments of Australia and New Zealand, like G7 counterparts, are deeply concerned that changes to Hong Kong’s electoral system passed by the National People’s Congress on 11 March further undermine rights and freedoms and the high degree of autonomy guaranteed by China to Hong Kong until 2047 under the Sino-British Joint Declaration.Australia and New Zealand have always wanted Hong Kong to succeed, given its role as a significant hub for finance, trade, and our communities overseas. This depends on Hong Kong continuing to enjoy a high degree of autonomy and respecting the rule of law.These changes run contrary to the ultimate aim of a Hong Kong Chief Executive elected through universal suffrage, weaken Hong Kong’s democratic institutions, and erode freedom of speech and association – all of which are set out in the Basic Law. This is a significant step which will further undermine Hong Kong’s autonomy.We urge the Hong Kong and Chinese authorities to uphold their commitments, allow genuine avenues for the people of Hong Kong to participate in their governance, and protect the role of the Legislative Council as a forum for the expression of diverse views and scrutiny of government. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:Australia, autonomy, China, chinese, Congress, Foreign Affairs, freedom of speech, G7, Government, Hong Kong, Marise Payne, Minister, Minister for Foreign Affairs, New Zealand, rule of law, womenlast_img read more

Our clear plan to secure Tasmania’s future is working

first_imgOur clear plan to secure Tasmania’s future is working Peter Gutwein,PremierOver 12 months on since the COVID-19 pandemic hit our shores, we are securing Tasmania’s future thanks to the decisive action we took to protect our community and the incredible efforts of all Tasmanians.We are now emerging from the crisis with optimism, with a strong economy and business confidence leading the nation, and a clear focus on securing Tasmania’s future.Our clear plan to secure Tasmania’s future is working to rebuild the economy and to create jobs, and to ensure we have the essential services that all Tasmanians need.The figures speak for themselves, with employment back up to pre-pandemic levels at 261,200.Jobs were up by 1.5 per cent in February, the largest monthly growth rate in the country.Unemployment is down – we now have the second lowest unemployment rate of the states at 5.7 per cent.The participation rate is back up to pre-pandemic levels. The youth unemployment rate is down to the third lowest of any State.Job vacancies are up 52 per cent over the year – the highest in the nation.Businesses are confident, and because they are confident, they are investing and hiring, with business investment in the December quarter growing by 8.2 per cent in the quarter, and 7.4 per cent higher than the year before.This has flowed through to our economy, with retail trade in January 9.3 per cent higher than last year, before the pandemic, and in the year to January, our merchandise exports were higher than the previous year, bucking the national trend.And, in January, building approvals were up by 40.3 per cent compared to January last year, and the number of construction loans in January was up – nearly triple the number 12 months earlier before the pandemic, and higher than the national growth over the same period.Building approvals were 3,538 in the 12 months to January 2021, 14.1 per cent more than the previous year.It all confirms our plan is working, and our landmark $5 billion infrastructure program will continue this momentum, underpinning 25,000 jobs and securing Tasmania’s future.But we know that we need to do more and that’s why I have accepted all 52 PESRAC recommendations that will help support Tasmania’s recovery from COVID-19.Our clear plan will deliver the essential services Tasmanians need in health, mental health, education, to increase housing supply, put downward pressure on rents, and will support even more Tasmanians to own their home.The contrast with Labor couldn’t be greater, with the Opposition having no clear plan for Tasmania’s future.And with the indecisive Opposition Leader Rebecca White constantly changing her mind on the key issues facing Tasmania, no one has any real idea what Labor actually stands for.We won’t be distracted by Labor’s inconsistency and negativity, we will continue implementing our clear plan to secure our State’s future, for all Tasmanians. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:AusPol, Australia, building, business, community, covid-19, Economy, education, employment, Government, infrastructure, Investment, mental health, optimism, pandemic, Premier, TAS, Tasmania, Tassie, unemploymentlast_img read more

New Wurdi Baierr Stadium officially open

first_imgNew Wurdi Baierr Stadium officially open Surf Coast’s new multipurpose indoor stadium – called Wurdi Baierr Stadium – is officially open.Pronounced word-ee bay-ear, and named after the Wadawurrung words for “‘big gathering place”, the stadium comprises four courts, a café, meeting rooms, change facilities, all abilities design features and additional car parking.Located in the community and civic precinct in the north of Torquay, the stadium offers a range of sports and fitness related activities, including basketball, netball, futsal, badminton, volleyball, exercise classes and kinder gym. It is also used by Surf Coast Secondary College.Senator Sarah Henderson, Member for South Barwon Darren Cheeseman and Surf Coast Secondary College Principal Erin Wright joined Surf Coast Shire Mayor Cr Libby Stapleton to formally open the $13.5 million facility today.The stadium was funded by the Surf Coast Shire Council ($5.5 million), the Australian Government, through the Building Better Regions Fund ($5 million), and the Victorian Government, via the Better Indoor Stadiums Fund ($3 million).Surf Coast Shire Mayor Cr Libby Stapleton said locals had already embraced the new stadium.“I’m hearing from so many people about the huge positive impact it’s already having, and how much it’s been needed. To have four courts all under the one roof means parents don’t have to drive into Geelong or go between venues when they have multiple kids playing sport,” she said.“It also means we now have a stadium open seven days a week – so more people can connect and get active more often,” Cr Stapleton said. Senator Sarah Henderson said Wurdi Baierr Stadium was a welcome addition to the area.“Backed by $5 million from the Morrison Liberal Government, the Wurdi Baierr Stadium is a wonderful asset for the Surf Coast community. This investment reflects our government’s determination to build better regions by providing essential sports and community infrastructure,” Senator Henderson said.Member for South Barwon Darren Cheeseman said sport was the lifeblood of local communities like Torquay and Jan Juc.“This fantastic new Wurdi Baierr Stadium will make a real difference to indoor sport and provide a real boost for the local community. Better sport and recreation facilities make it easier for Victorians to enjoy their local sport and recreation and lead healthy and active lifestyles,” Mr Cheeseman said. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:Australian, Australian Government, basketball, building, community, exercise, fitness, Geelong, Government, infrastructure, Investment, Jan Juc, local council, Morrison, Surf Coast, Surf Coast Shire, Torquay, Victorialast_img read more

RSPCA animal welfare scorecard shines a spotlight on regulation of slaughtering establishiments

first_imgRSPCA animal welfare scorecard shines a spotlight on regulation of slaughtering establishiments RSPCA WAFrom RSPCA Australia:The RSPCA has today released a detailed report and interactive map that highlights the current state of animal welfare regulation at Australian slaughtering establishments.The scorecard allows the public to compare, for the first time, the way governments regulate animal welfare in abattoirs, knackeries and poultry processors across the country – a move that will not only increase transparency but also strengthen the push for better and more consistent regulation.RSPCA Australia Chief Scientist Dr Bidda Jones said that the report and scorecard shone a spotlight on significant gaps in animal welfare regulation across the processing industry.“For a long time, the RSPCA has been concerned about the differences in how Australian slaughtering establishments are regulated between states and territories, and what this means for the welfare of animals at those facilities,” said Dr Jones.“Voluntary industry standards that go above minimum regulatory requirements can improve animal welfare outcomes when they’re in place.“But the public should be able to have confidence that all animals in Australia are handled and slaughtered humanely. With the current regulatory system, having that confidence is not always possible.“If we are going to have surety that animal welfare is being upheld at these establishments – which affect the lives of hundreds of thousands of animals every day – then better regulation is how we achieve it. This is crucial to improving the outcomes for Australian farm animals.”Dr Jones said the report and scorecard examine seven key measures: animal welfare requirements, audit frequency, auditor training, oversight, CCTV use, company training, and transparency.“One thing is clear from this report, and that is that in many areas – such as CCTV use – there’s still a long way to go before we can say that all animals slaughtered at Australian abattoirs, poultry processors and knackeries are handled and killed humanely.“There’s a lot the public doesn’t know about animal welfare in Australian slaughtering establishments – including even how many animals are being slaughtered.“That’s why the RSPCA has released this report and scorecard, to give the community a greater insight into exactly how animal welfare is being regulated at Australian abattoirs, knackeries and poultry processors.“We urge government and industry to take note of this report and scorecard. The resumption of progress on the development of the Australian Animal Welfare Standards and Guidelines for Livestock at Processing Establishments provides a crucial opportunity to put in place measures to genuinely improve animal welfare and meet the community’s expectations.” /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:animal, animal welfare, audit, Australia, Australian, CCTV, community, Government, industry, interactive map, livestock, meet, outcomes, regulation, RSPCA, RSPCA WAlast_img read more

Fisheries and Oceans Canada strengthens protections for inshore commercial licence holders on East Coast

first_imgFisheries and Oceans Canada strengthens protections for inshore commercial licence holders on East Coast From: Fisheries and Oceans CanadaThe inshore fisheries of Canada’s East Coast are often family-run businesses that drive rural, local, regional, and national economies. The fisheries are the pride of our coastal communities, and the Government of Canada is committed to supporting their growth and prosperity.Ottawa, Ontario – The inshore fisheries of Canada’s East Coast are often family-run businesses that drive rural, local, regional, and national economies. The fisheries are the pride of our coastal communities, and the Government of Canada is committed to supporting their growth and prosperity.In December 2020, Fisheries and Oceans Canada published amended regulations that aim to strengthen and protect the independence of licence holders in commercial inshore fisheries in Atlantic Canada and Quebec.These amended regulations address a longstanding request from independent inshore commercial licence holders to formalize a variety of policies that govern their licences, including:ensuring inshore commercial licence holders retain the benefits generated by fishing, and are the ones personally fishing that licence;supporting the Owner/Operator and Fleet Separation Policies by prohibiting certain types of corporations from holding licences in the inshore sector; andintroducing eligibility criteria that will prevent the Minister from issuing inshore licences to Independent Core licence holders that have transferred the use or control of the rights and privileges conferred by the licence to a third party.As of April 1, 2021, all of these amended regulatory provisions will come into force. Inshore Independent Core licence holders will be required to:confirm that they are compliant with the amended regulations by completing the new electronic Declaration of Inshore Regulations Compliance. This declaration is available via the National Online Licensing System (NOLS); andmaintain a crew registry of all the crew members working aboard the vessel on every fishing trip. This information must be maintained for a period of five years. Details of the information required will be outlined in commercial licence conditions.These new measures are in place to strengthen the independence of hard-working inshore licence holders and to ensure that economic benefits stay with them and within their communities.Quotes“The Inshore Regulatory Amendments coming into force marks the beginning of a stronger, more independent inshore fishery. By enshrining the policies of owner-operator and fleet separation into law, we’ll help ensure that the revenue from the fishery stays in our coastal and rural communities. Thank you to the harvesters whose advocacy and partnership have led to these changes that will bring greater prosperity and opportunity to Atlantic Canada.”The Honourable Bernadette Jordan, Minister of Fisheries, Oceans and the Canadian Coast GuardQuick factsIn June 2019, Canada modernized the Fisheries Act.In December 2020, Fisheries and Oceans Canada published amended regulations-amending the Atlantic Fishery Regulations, 1985 and the Maritime Provinces Fishery Regulations-taking further action to preserve and protect the independence of licence holders in commercial inshore fisheries in Atlantic Canada and Quebec. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:Canada, crew, Fisheries, fishing, Force, Government, Internet, Jordan, law, licence, maritime, Minister, online, Ottawa, revenuelast_img read more

Large cruise ships banned from entering Venice Lagoon

first_imgLarge cruise ships banned from entering Venice Lagoon UNESCO welcomes the Italian government’s decision to ban large cruise ships from the Venice Lagoon. The UNESCO World Heritage Committee urged Italy in 2014 to ban large ships and oil tankers from entering the Venice Lagoon. Sometimes weighing up to 40,000 tonnes, they undermine the Venice lagoon and its ecological balance. The decree-law announced by the Italian Government is a very positive step in the implementation of the recommendations made by the World Heritage Committee.While a UNESCO/ICOMOS/Ramsar Convention advisory mission, conducted in January 2020, considered that the redirection of cruise ships to a temporary terminal in the port of Maghera could be a temporary solution, the Organization will also remain attentive to the solutions put in place by Italy, which is considering, in particular, the possibilities of using the existing canals (the industrial canal to Port Marghera and the Canale Vittorio Emanuele III) to bypass the historic centre.In the spirit of the international safeguarding campaign launched after the historic floods in Venice in 1966, UNESCO will provide all the necessary assistance and support to Italy to protect the outstanding universal value of this World Heritage property in the long term.Venice, one of the most beautiful historic cities in the world and an emblematic World Heritage site since 1987, has been threatened on several fronts for many years. It faces complex and systemic problems, such as the impact of tides and underwater movements on the foundations of historic buildings, the negative human-induced effects on the ecosystem of its lagoon, and the transformation of its historic vernacular habitat for commercial and tourist reasons leading to the exodus of inhabitants, among other issues. Long before the COVID-19 crisis, mass tourism, especially cruise tourism, was also a major threat to the city and its environment. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:campaign, covid-19, crisis, Cruise, cruise ship, ecosystem, environment, Government, habitat, Impact, Italy, oil, property, tourism, Unesco, worldlast_img read more

Prime Minister’s statement on death of His Royal Highness Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh

first_imgPrime Minister’s statement on death of His Royal Highness Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh It was with great sadness that a short time ago I received word from Buckingham Palace that His Royal Highness The Duke of Edinburgh has passed away at the age of 99.Prince Philip earned the affection of generations here in the United Kingdom, across the Commonwealth and around the world.He was the longest serving consort in history,one of the last surviving people in this country to have served in the second world war at Cape Matapan, where he was mentioned in despatches for braveryand in the invasion of Sicily, where he saved his ship by his quick thinking and from that conflict he took an ethic of service that he applied throughout the unprecedented changes of the post war era.Like the expert carriage driver that he was he helped to steer the royal family and the monarchy so that it remains an institution indisputably vital to the balance and happiness of our national life.He was an environmentalist, and a champion of the natural world long before it was fashionable.With his Duke of Edinburgh awards scheme he shaped and inspired the lives of countless young peopleand at literally tens of thousands of events he fostered their hopes and encouraged their ambitions.We remember the Duke for all of this and above all for his steadfast support for Her Majesty The Queen.Not just as her consort, by her side every day of her reign, but as her husband, her “strength and stay”, of more than 70 years.And it is to Her Majesty, and her family, that our nation’s thoughts must turn today.Because they have lost not just a much-loved and highly respected public figure, but a devoted husband and a proud and loving father, grandfather and, in recent years, great-grandfather.Speaking on their golden wedding anniversary, Her Majesty said that our country owed her husband “a greater debt than he would ever claim or we shall ever know” and I am sure that estimate is correct.So we mourn today with Her Majesty The Queenwe offer our condolences to her and to all her familyand we give thanks, as a nation and a Kingdom, for the extraordinary life and work of Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:anniversary, commonwealth, conflict, death, Family, Father, Government, happiness, Minister, Prime Minister, prince, Queen, UK, UK Government, United Kingdom, wedding, worldlast_img read more

$22.7M to provide high-speed Internet access to close to 3,000 households in Memphrémagog RCM by

first_img$22.7M to provide high-speed Internet access to close to 3,000 households in Memphrémagog RCM by From: Innovation, Science and Economic Development CanadaThanks to a joint investment of $22.7M made as part of Canada-Quebec Operation High Speed, close to 3,000 households in the Memphremagog region will have access to Cogeco high-speed Internet services by September 2022. Marie-Claude Bibeau, Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food and Member of Parliament for Compton-Stanstead;Thanks to a joint investment of $22.7M made as part of Canada-Quebec Operation High Speed, close to 3,000 households in the Memphremagog region will have access to Cogeco high-speed Internet services by September 2022. Marie-Claude Bibeau, Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food and Member of Parliament for Compton-Stanstead; Lyne Bessette, Member of Parliament for Brome-Missisquoi; Gilles Bélanger, Parliamentary Assistant to the Premier of Quebec (high-speed Internet) and member of the National Assembly for Orford alongside Cogeco Connexion President, Frédéric Perron, made the announcement today. The investments announced will accelerate the deployment of reliable, high performing infrastructure in the following municipalities:Memphrémagog RCM:Austin, Ayer’s Cliff, Bolton-Est, Eastman, Hatley, Canton de Hatley, Magog City, Ogden, Canton d’Orford, Canton de Potton, Sainte-Catherine-de-Hatley, Saint-Étienne-de-Bolton, Canton de Stanstead, Stanstead City, Stukely-Sud.Over the next months, Cogeco will take an inventory of the targeted regions to ensure that no households will be left without service.Today, high-speed Internet services are considered indispensable, and there is global consensus on this. The digital economy and access to high-performing, reliable and affordable Internet service are now at the core of our communities’ economic and social growth. The projects funded under Canada-Quebec Operation High Speed are a key part of the digital shift in Quebec and will promote access to telemedicine, distance learning, entertainment, online sales and telework.Quotes“This announcement marks a major step forward in this file in Quebec. Thanks to this Ottawa-Quebec partnership, which also brings together Internet providers, we are going to break down the technical barriers with which we have had to deal since we’ve formed government. Together, we will ensure that every household and business in the Eastern Townships has access to high speed internet by the Fall of 2022”.– Marie-Claude Bibeau, Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food and Member of Parliament for Compton-Stanstead“I am so happy for the people of my riding who will finally be able to telecommute, grow their small businesses, study from home or virtually meet their loved ones. Today’s announcement is the result of incredible teamwork with our allies in the Government of Quebec. I cannot describe to you how satisfied I will be when every household in my riding is connected to high speed Internet. This is an issue I have worked hard on since being elected and I will continue to do so until our goal is achieved.”– Lyne Bessette, Member of Parliament for Brome-Missisquoi“Our ambitious goal is to provide high-speed Internet access to the entire population of Quebec by the fall of 2022. With today’s announcement, we are giving ourselves the means to achieve our ambitions. Thanks to the partnership agreement with Cogeco, it will be possible to deploy quality infrastructure in Memphremagog and thus guarantee access to high-performance Internet services. We are investing heavily to allow Quebec to be the leader in connectivity.”– Gilles Bélanger, Parliamentary Assistant to the Premier of Quebec (high-speed Internet)“For Cogeco, this is an unequivocal commitment to the Memphremagog region, and we are pleased to have an even stronger impact in our communities. We are delighted to be part of this major project that will mark the history of Quebec and its citizens in the regions. “– Frédéric Perron, President of Cogeco ConnectionQuick factsOperation High Speed is a joint initiative of the governments of Canada and Quebec to connect 148,000 households, particularly through unprecedented agreements with six of the biggest telecommunications companies.Operation High Speed will give Quebec the highest connectivity rate in Canada, at 99%.The goal is to reach 100% of households throughout Quebec by September 2022. However, there are still approximately 36,000 households for which no deployment plans have been established. These households are in areas that are particularly difficult to reach and sparsely populated. Technological solutions are currently being considered, and the strategy chosen to reach these households by September 2022 will be announced at a later date.The Government of Canada has allocated billions of dollars for Internet infrastructure in rural and remote areas, including $ 1.75 billion under the Universal Broadband Fund. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:Agriculture, Austin, broadband, Canada, Eastern, Government, infrastructure, internet infrastructure, Investment, operation, Orford, Ottawa, parliament, Small Business, speed, telemedicinelast_img read more

NRAR attends Tocal, Riverina and Norco Primex field days

first_imgNRAR attends Tocal, Riverina and Norco Primex field days Throughout April and May, officers from the Natural Resources Access Regulator (NRAR) will attend the Tocal, Riverina and Norco Primex field days to speak to the community about the NSW water rules.Tim Gilbert, NRAR’s Director of Regulatory Capability & Coordination, says the field days are an excellent opportunity for the regulator to talk directly with the water community about its operations.“At all three field days, we will have NRAR staff onsite to talk to attendees about our approach to water compliance. We have ‘boots-on-the-ground’ and ‘eyes-in-the-sky’ to ensure that water is used lawfully,” Mr Gilbert said.“Water is our most precious natural resource. We can only protect it when we all follow the rules.”NRAR’s staff will also discuss the regulator’s Know the Rules campaign, which encourages water users to learn about the state’s water laws. The first video in this campaign encourages water users to understand the conditions of their water licences and approvals.The field days will focus on other important topics including metering, harvestable rights, controlled activities, logbooks and floodworks.“We will be on the ground to listen to feedback from the community. It’s an opportunity for them to tell us what other tools or resources they would like to see and what we can do to make it easier for them to understand and follow the rules.”Staff will demonstrate the suite of e-tools available to water users and provide fact sheets and advice to help water users carry out self-assessments of their operations.NRAR’s staff will be at Tocal Field Days 30 April – 2 May, Riverina Field Days on 14 and 15 May, and at Norco Primex Field Days between 20 – 22 MayTo see the work NRAR does, go to its public register on the NRAR website industry.nsw.gov.au/nrar. Go to ‘Reports and data’, then ‘NRAR Public Register’. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:campaign, community, director, Government, industry, NSW, NSW Department of Industry, resources, video, Water, websitelast_img read more

Communities Uprooted by Recent Violence in Palma Require Greater Support

first_imgCommunities Uprooted by Recent Violence in Palma Require Greater Support IOMMore than 30,000 people displaced by recent violence in northern Mozambique face increased hardship as the humanitarian situation intensifies across Cabo Delgado province. Funds are urgently needed to respond to the emergency, which has displaced nearly 700,000 since the onset of violence in October 2017.IOM’s Director of Operations and Emergencies, Jeff Labovitz, visited Mozambique this week to express condolences to the families of those who lost loved ones in the recent attacks in Palma, and solidarity with displaced and affected communities in Cabo Delgado.“Cabo Delgado has seen unprecedented, rapidly increasing levels of displacement over the past year. Displaced people are vulnerable and in need of urgent and comprehensive humanitarian assistance,” said Labovitz.“IOM is working with UN and non-governmental partners and supports the Government of Mozambique to alleviate the suffering of people who’ve been suddenly driven from their homes and communities.”Labovitz met with humanitarian partners and government representatives, including from ministries and local authorities in the capital, Maputo, and in Cabo Delgado. He also visited resettlement sites in Metuge District and the Transit Site in Pemba, which hosts people recently displaced from Palma.He spoke with host families and with displaced people. Many expressed their desire to move to a safer place where they could resettle.At the Transit Centre Labovitz spoke with Rabia, a woman displaced from Palma who recounted her harrowing experience:“My husband was killed, but my two children and I survived. We moved between locations for several days without food or money. We made our way to Afungi and from there we boarded a flight to Pemba.”“I am going to persevere, but the situation is very difficult. I don’t know how I’m going to provide for my children without a space to live or equipment to start farming,” she added.IOM’s Displacement Tracking Matrix (DTM) continues to record, on a daily basis, increased numbers of people displaced from Palma to safer areas. Several days in the last month have seen more than 1,000 arrivals per day. Of the displaced, 75 per cent are women and children – including pregnant women and unaccompanied children – and more than 1,000 of the total have been elderly.“Remarkably the communities of Cabo Delgado – who themselves have increasing humanitarian needs – host the vast majority of displaced individuals. Support from the international community is needed to relieve some of this pressure and focus more attention and support,” continued Labovitz.He commended the government’s provision of land for displaced families in resettlement sites, which enable families to cultivate land and restart their lives. IOM-supported efforts to establish these sites aim to ensure more dignified living conditions for residents.IOM is working together with humanitarian partners to carry out multi-sectoral assessments in order to guide the delivery of humanitarian supplies, including in hard-to-reach areas. The situation in Cabo Delgado remains critical, especially in areas that, due to the security situation, are inaccessible to humanitarian actors.“Sadly, calls for greater funding for this emergency have gone largely unmet. We need to come together to ensure that people have access to water and sanitation, shelter and food and are protected from gender-based violence and other forms of abuse,” Labovitz said.IOM continues to provide support to people displaced from Cabo Delgado through the provision of psychosocial support, protection assistance, support and referrals for health services, shelter and non-food items, camp coordination and camp management. The Organization is also tracking populations and their needs through DTM to inform the response. Most recent displacement figures are available here.In 2021, IOM requires USD 58 million to support emergency and post crisis efforts in Mozambique under IOM Mozambique Crisis Response Plan, which includes USD 21.7 million to respond to immediate lifesaving humanitarian needs in northern Mozambique through this year’s Humanitarian Response Plan.IOM’s Global Crisis Response Platform provides an overview of IOM’s plans and funding requirements to respond to the evolving needs and aspirations of those impacted by, or at risk of, crisis and displacement in 2021 and beyond. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:children, community, director, Elderly, Emergency, Farming, Government, health services, Humanitarian, IOM, Maputo, Mozambique, security, U.S., UN, violencelast_img read more

Fee waiver extended for conservation tourism businesses

first_imgFee waiver extended for conservation tourism businesses Hon Dr Ayesha Verrall Tourism businesses operating on public conservation land will have another six months of fees waived to help them adjust to the downturn in international visitors in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, Acting Minister of Conservation Dr Ayesha Verrall has announced.“We acknowledge it has been a difficult year for tourism businesses, many of whom continue to face major challenges due to fewer international visitors,” Dr Ayesha Verrall says.“The fee waiver extension is about providing financial relief and support to around 1000 concessionaires and permit holders as the sector adapts to the extraordinary circumstances created by COVID-19.“It is part of a wider recovery plan, and alongside our Jobs for Nature programme it represents a substantial investment in our tourism industry and the people employed in it.“Concession fees support DOC’s vital work protecting Aotearoa’s special places and species.“The waiver will be reviewed again later this year to either confirm the reinstatement of fees on January 1 2022, or provide a further waiver if extraordinary circumstances warrant it.“For now, this decision provides certainty for operators as they plan for the year ahead,” Dr Ayesha Verrall said.Businesses that have received the waiver to date, will continue to have fees waived until 31 December 2021.When fees are reinstated DOC will continue to be flexible and provide payment options, such as deferred payment plans, for businesses who are struggling to pay their fees on time. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:conservation, covid-19, financial relief, Government, industry, Investment, jobs, Minister, New Zealand, pandemic, species, tourism, warrantlast_img read more

Every school with Reception class offered early language training

first_imgEvery school with Reception class offered early language training Every state school with a Reception class in England can now apply for training and resources through an early years catch-up programme funded by the Government, to support thousands more pupils with vital communication skills.Delivered by the Nuffield Foundation and backed by an extra £8 million of investment, recruitment has launched for the second wave of the Nuffield Early Language Intervention (NELI), a programme proven to be effective in raising outcomes in Reception-age children’s early language, communication and speech skills – particularly those who need the most support to overcome the disruption of the pandemic.Part of the Government’s major investment to build back better from the pandemic, it builds on last summer’s £9 million investment to launch the first wave of NELI, which means 62,000 four and five-year-olds are receiving extra support to get their education back on track after time spent away from the classroom.Visiting All Saints C of E Primary School in Merton, one of more than 6,600 schools already receiving the intervention through its first wave, Children and Families Minister Vicky Ford spoke to staff delivering the programme about the positive changes on Reception children’s confidence with language and communication and how the it has helped them re-engage with their classmates.Children and Families Minister Vicky Ford said:We know the first years of a child’s life can be the most formative, which is why this Government is making it a priority to make sure all children have the best start in life.Speaking and communicating with confidence sets a child up for success in life, so it’s vital that we support children to grow in confidence with these skills – especially those for whom English is not their first language or who have been more isolated during the pandemic than their peers.The early results from Nuffield are very encouraging and I encourage every school with a Reception class to sign up in this second phase.The £8 million expansion was announced by the Prime Minister in February as part of the new £700 million package to tackle lost learning, following the original £9 million investment as part of the National Tutoring Programme in June 2020.The expansion for the 2021-22 schools year will be managed and delivered by the Nuffield Foundation on the Government’s behalf, supported again by the University of Oxford and Oxford University Press.Developed by researchers at the Universities of Oxford, Sheffield and York, NELI helps young pupils identified as needing targeted language support, offering individual and small-group language teaching sessions to between three and six pupils, run by a trained teaching assistant or early years professional.Nearly 20,000 staff members have already received online training and the intervention is run over 20 weeks. Sessions with the children feature ‘Ted’ the NELI puppet for games that help them concentrate on their speaking, listening and learning.Angela Filsell, headteacher of All Saints’ Church of England Primary School, said:We are incredibly proud to welcome children from all communities to All Saints’, many of whom join us with little or no knowledge of English. Over the years, we’ve observed that many children in the later years of primary school struggle to write full and coherent sentences that feature good vocabulary choices, so we have looked at how we can improve that support.By electing to take part in the NELI programme we recognised the need to take a ‘bottom up’ approach in order improve speaking and listening skills, which in the long run increases children’s progress and attainment across the curriculum. This programme compliments, and is layered on top of, our wide curriculum offer, which includes elements of Talk for Writing. We are very proud of our child-led curriculum here.Eleven children were highlighted in the NELI screening process, which was easily accessed online. We run two groups three times each week, alongside additional one-to-one sessions. We’ve also invested time and made NELI a key priority. This commitment has yielded great results, even prior to the midway point being reached.A further outcome has been improved behaviour, as the children become less frustrated socially and can communicate their wants and needs. The online training for staff was engaging and Ted [the puppet used in NELI training] is a favourite with the children.Findings from the most recent trial of NELI funded by the Education Endowment Foundation found that children receiving the intervention made an extra three months additional progress in their oral language skills compared to children who did not.Josh Hillman, Director of Education at Nuffield Foundation, said:The disruption to early education caused by the pandemic is far from over, with opportunities for pre-school children to develop their language skills significantly reduced by restrictions on social interaction.Rigorous evaluations have proven that NELI helps children, including those from disadvantaged backgrounds and those with English as an additional language, to accelerate their language development and early literacy skills. We would encourage all schools who have not yet done so to register to receive the free training and resources to deliver this successful programme.Alongside the investment in NELI, the government also announced in February a £10 million investment for an early language programme to help nursery-age children affected by the pandemic. The Department for Education is separately investing £20 million in a professional development programme for staff working in pre-reception early years settings to boost standards in early language, literacy and maths among young children in disadvantaged areas.Children in reception year will also benefit from the government’s £650m catch up premium for schools, to ensure they have the support they need to make up for lost teaching time. Sir Kevan Collins has been appointed as Education Recovery Commissioner to help develop and implement long term solutions to help pupils most impacted by time out of the classroom.Schools can find out more information and complete their registration to receive NELI here. Places on the programme are limited and registration is offered on a first come first served basis. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:Commissioner, communication, disadvantaged, English, first year, Ford, Government, Investment, Merton, Oxford, Prime Minister, professional development, Sheffield, UK, UK Government, university, University of Oxford, Yorklast_img read more

One year after George Floyd: When will white Americans rise up for justice?

first_imgOne year after George Floyd: When will white Americans rise up for justice? A Los Angeles Police helicopter hovers as Joyce Robertson, foreground, clenches her fist in Los Angeles after a guilty verdict was announced at the trial of former Minneapolis police Officer Derek Chauvin for the 2020 death of George Floyd. (AP photo by Jae C. Hong)In the long and terrible history of violence against Black people in America, the police killing of George Floyd one year ago may someday stand as a historical marker: After all that the nation has been through, we may have imagined that we had made indelible progress, but the way that Minneapolis Police Officer Derek Chauvin planted his knee in Floyd’s neck was a blunt counterpoint.Following this instance of “grotesque and banal racialized violence,” UC Berkeley author and social justice scholar Savala Nolan was surprised by the upwelling of anger and revulsion among so many Americans across lines of race, class and culture. Tens of millions of people protested, the vast majority of them peacefully, and the outrage reached from the street outside of Cup Foods in Minneapolis, where Floyd was killed, to corporate boardrooms and the highest ranks of the U.S. military and government.Over the last several months, Berkeley News has examined racial justice in America in a series of stories.But for the death of George Floyd to have the power to advance racial justice, Nolan said, it falls to white people to understand what happened that day, and why it happened. White families and white communities will have to think more deeply and have difficult discussions about their own roles in racial oppression.“We’ve yet to have a sustained, determined, critical mass of white people demand and fight for an end to racial hierarchy, whatever that may cost them,” Nolan said. “We just haven’t seen that.”Savala Nolan is the executive director of the Thelton E. Henderson Center for Social Justice at the UC Berkeley School of Law. Her writing has been featured on NPR and in Vogue, Time, Forbes, Huffington Post and Health, among others. Her first book – Don’t Let It Get You Down: Essays on Race, Gender, and the Body – will be released by Simon & Schuster in July.This interview has been edited for length and clarity.Savala Nolan (Photo by Jim Block)Berkeley News: Do you recall your initial reaction to the police killing of George Floyd?Savala Nolan: I don’t. And my lack of recall isn’t incidental. These killings are so common, in our own lifetime and historically, that unless you’re at the epicenter of the event, they can blur together. It’s tough for me to distinguish the memory and emotion of learning about George Floyd’s murder from learning about what happened to Breonna Taylor, or Ma’Khia Bryant, or Daunte Wright, and so on.What I can tell you is that the common denominator is pain. I’m wary of saying that, because I wonder sometimes whether our culture is just a little too comfortable with Black pain, a little too acclimated. I don’t want to add to that familiar pile we all seem to pass and glance at, nodding our heads knowingly, before we move on with our day. But it’s also just a fact.What binds these killings together for me is a dark, physical sense of grief. Of being crushed. Of anger. Of an open wound being brutally reinjured.I can also tell you that I cannot and will not watch the video of Floyd’s death. I have seen split seconds of it when I couldn’t avoid it, but I wince. Reflexively, I turn away. Some people felt they needed to watch it to bear witness, to integrate it into themselves, and if it’s a Black person making that call, okay.But I don’t want to take it into myself, and I squirm away from the idea of seeing such a profoundly intimate moment in Floyd’s life – the moment his life was taken from him – while knowing so little else about him. That’s as true now as it was a year ago.When you consider the national reaction to the murder, is there anything that particularly strikes you or surprises you?It surprised me that the reaction, especially among non-Black people, was so swift and strong – not because it didn’t deserve a swift and strong reaction, but because there is nothing new about slow, public Black death at the hands of state power or quasi-state power.So why now? A lynching takes time; being beaten by cops takes time; bleeding out after being shot takes time. Several minutes at least. Have we forgotten this? Had we begun to think of death – Black death – as something so quick it was unstoppable? And did that false notion make the length of this event – the number of moments during which Floyd’s death could have been stopped – hit us differently? Had we forgotten that witnessing black death has often been integral to the enterprise of white supremacy? That both Black and white people have been meant to see Black death and draw lessons from it?Consider a lynching. Consider the popular postcards made of photographs of lynchings, which extended both the duration and public scope of the event as they were mailed around the country. I don’t have the answers to these questions. But I’m pondering them.Why, when the killing of George Floyd shares so much with other wrongful Black deaths, did it spark the conscience of so many non-Black people?What do you think that we, as a society, have learned from the police killing of George Floyd?It’s way too soon to tell. As a culture, we like to get to the ‘lesson learned’ part as quickly as possible, without necessarily doing the deep wrestling with the lesson itself. We want to do the flash-card style learning when this is really like an old-school math problem – show me your work. Especially with race – recall how quick some were to declare us ‘post-racial’ after Barack Obama was elected. So I get the question, but I believe it’s way too soon to say what we’ve learned. Collectively, we are still processing.But let me not totally refrain from answering. As a Black woman, what have I learned? Not much.I already knew these events happened regularly. I already knew they could be extraordinarily grotesque – nine minutes. And banal – the casualness of Officer Chauvin’s expression and body language. Perhaps there was more to be learned for the average white person – more of a bracing, slap-across-the-cheek moment, in which the reality of how regular, grotesque and banal racialized violence can be suddenly crystallized.And people who are neither white nor Black can fall into either camp – meaning, they can have more of a Black political consciousness and not have been surprised, or more of a white political consciousness and have been caught off guard.Let me add that not being surprised is different than not being moved. Of course, Black people, and others, were moved to tears, despair, protest and so on by Floyd’s tragic and preventable death. The regularity of these events does not diminish our grief. It intensifies it.Chauvin was handcuffed and take to prison after being found guilty in the murder of George Floyd. (Court TV photo via AP)A few weeks ago, a jury found Derek Chauvin guilty of murder and manslaughter. Among many people, it seemed, there was a sense: ‘Justice has been done, at last.’ But what’s your view? How should we understand the verdict?I view the verdict as a significant but very small moment of accountability. I don’t view it as justice. Justice is fair treatment. Justice was off the table the moment Floyd was killed, or somewhere in the nine minutes before then. Justice would mean Floyd going to work today, seeing spring flowers, breaking bread with his loved ones. Justice isn’t possible now that he’s dead.I think people may have been overjoyed and relieved after the verdict – as I was – simply because accountability is so rare. Black people, and those of us who aren’t Black but who have a progressive political consciousness, are used to perpetrators facing no consequences, or only the mildest of consequences, for violating our civil and human rights.In those few moments when we knew the jury had reached a verdict but did not know what it was, I sat on my couch with my entire body clenched, texting furiously with all the people I know who were also tense and clenched, some Black and some not, because we understand that no matter how clear and compelling the evidence, we cannot count on accountability.Right around the time Chauvin was being tried and then found guilty, there was a surge of incidents in which other white officers shot or killed other Black people. And I can’t help but wonder: Did the guilty verdict really resolve anything? After decades, after centuries, is it possible that we are instead going deeper into this crisis of racial antagonism and violence against Black people and other people of color?The verdict can’t resolve anything except the extent to which a single officer will be held legally accountable for his choices. The urge to think the verdict will ‘resolve’ the racial hierarchy in our country, or its violent manifestations, is a little like the giddy declaration that we were suddenly ‘post-racial’ after Obama was inaugurated – it’s trying to get to ‘lessons learned’ way too quickly.Whether we’re barreling deeper into a crisis of racial antagonism and violence is a good question, and the answer is really up to white people. White people are more proximate to power in our culture, and white folks are the ones whose committed efforts and long-haul protest have historically been missing. I’m not talking about individual white people, per se. I’m talking about a critical mass of white people.We’ve yet to have a sustained, determined, critical mass of white people demand and fight for an end to racial hierarchy, whatever that may cost them. We just haven’t seen that. Black and brown people have been fighting to end racial hierarchy, at great cost, including their lives, for centuries. We’ve been here already! We’re up to our knees and elbows in this mud – others are just getting their fingernails dirty.So whether we turn toward liberation and equity or toward violence and degradation is, in large part, up to what white people want. This doesn’t mean the efforts of BIPOC aren’t useful or necessary – they are. But you can’t cross a river if everyone in the boat is paddling in different directions. And if some of those people have bigger paddles – more power, or proximity to power – the direction of their strokes is critically important.A mural honors George Floyd, near the site of his death in Minneapolis, Minn. (Photo by Lorie Shaull via Flickr)When you consider all of the people who sided against Black Lives Matter after Ferguson, and again after Minneapolis, when you consider the pro-police Blue Lives Matter movement that has sprung up as a reaction to the BLM protests – what is needed to have a constructive discussion that really addresses our deep racial tensions?I reject a bit of the premise here. ‘Our’ deep racial tensions are primarily tensions white people have, within themselves and among themselves, about whether and how to deal with the catastrophically unfair system of hierarchy they’ve inherited, internalized and live on top of. Those tensions get directed at people of color, but they don’t necessarily belong to us.The constructive discussion that most needs to happen is among white people. Many of the white folks who doubled down on their anti-black views after Ferguson, etc., did so because they didn’t get the intervention and education they needed from other, more clear-eyed white folks in their lives. We really need to understand that. Would-be white allies really need to understand that.Because 75% of white people don’t have any Black friends, and the rest are likely to have only one! The work – the constructive discussion – has to be white-to-white before it can be interracial, or at the very least it must happen concurrently. Yes, we need discussion across racial groups – but only when the white people entering the discussion are doing the internal and public work of assessing and addressing their own relationship to white supremacy. How it shows up in their preferences, their choices, their spaces and so on.The same is true, though to a much lesser extent, about anti-Black racism among non-Black people of color, by the way. But the heavy lifting lies with white folks. We literally cannot arrive at productive interracial conversations if white allies ignore or put off hard conversations with other white people. Think of it as a numbers game – there just aren’t enough Black people, let alone Black people who are friends with white people, to do it on our own.So if you’re white, and aim to be an ally, ask yourself: Am I talking to the other white people I know about racial equity? Am I engaging my spouse? Am I bringing it up with my parents? My friends? If the answer is no, or not really, then what’s going on there? Maybe something is at stake for you if you insist on these conversations. Maybe apathy is very, very comfortable. But get to the bottom of what’s anchoring your silence. That’s a prerequisite to progress.Are you optimistic that we can have this discussion, that we can bridge this divide?I’m optimistic that, to borrow from artist Alisha B. Wormsley, there are Black people in the future. That we will continue. That they can’t kill us all. That we’ll continue to be born, to love, to parent, to expand as a people for centuries to come. That we’ll continue to create and recreate art and music and community and style and philosophy and literature and joy.I’m always and forever optimistic about Blackness. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:america, art and music, Berkeley, corporate, education, Ferguson, Forbes, Government, health, helicopter, Human Rights, interview, Obama, Robertson, social justice, treatment, university, University of California, Berkeleylast_img read more

74th World Health Assembly WHO’s work in health emergencies, WHO strengthening and mental health in emergencies

first_img74th World Health Assembly WHO’s work in health emergencies, WHO strengthening and mental health in emergencies Thank you for the papers and presentations. The UK has been a strong advocate for the World Health Emergencies programme since its inception in 2016. The programme has achieved a huge amount in its first five years, saving countless lives and stopping dozens of health emergencies in their tracks.COVID-19 has demonstrated, however, that we must go further and faster in strengthening global preparedness for health emergencies. Indeed, to prevent the next pandemic the UK believes that we need a paradigm shift, with a strengthened WHO; new, legally-binding obligations for member states with the means to ensure compliance, including for the IHR; and adequate, sustainable financing for pandemic prevention and preparedness.This is why the United Kingdom strongly supports the resolutions being adopted by the World Health Assembly today.The WHO Strengthening Resolution contains no fewer than 65 operative paragraphs, laying the foundations for immediate reform in all the most important areas, from One Health to the Emergency Committee; and from alert systems to peer reviews. It rightly calls upon Member States, as well as WHO, to strengthen preparedness. We commend the EU for its stewardship of this enormous piece of work, and we look forward to getting started together on implementation in the Working Group established by the Resolution as soon as this Assembly concludes.The UK believes that in the longer term, we must go even further to deliver the paradigm shift we need. This is why we have worked closely with Chile, the EU and many other countries to bring to the Assembly a decision relating to a new pandemic treaty or convention. We thank delegates for their constructive and committed approach to the discussions in this area, which have enabled us to agree to hold a Special Session of the Assembly in November focused specifically on this issue. We align with the joint statement on this decision by our colleague from South Africa.We also welcome the resolution on mental health preparedness and commend Thailand for its leadership on this important issue.On the Health Emergencies programme specifically, at previous governing bodies we have flagged the need to strengthen functional capacities, including HR, deployment processes, administrative and reporting capacity; and increase capacity in priority countries facing emergencies.The ongoing commission examining sexual exploitation and abuse in the DRC highlights the increased risk of such issues in context of emergencies and conflict. WHO’s systems in emergencies and in all its work must be fully equipped to prevent and respond to these abuses.As we have heard from the reviews, the requirements on the Emergencies Programme have grown exponentially while it’s budget has grown only incrementally. This is unsustainable. The Programme must be sufficiently funded if we expect it to protect us all from health threats. This is one reason for the UK’s significant and fully flexible core contribution and we encourage others to continue to invest in this vital collective endeavour. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:Africa, Chile, EU, Europe, Government, health, leadership, mental health, prevention, sexual exploitation, South Africa, sustainable, Thailand, UK, UK Government, United Kingdom, WHOlast_img read more

COVID restrictions to ease in Mitchell

first_imgCOVID restrictions to ease in Mitchell COVID-19 restrictions will ease in regional Victoria from 11.59pm on Thursday 3 June, including Mitchell Shire.Please see the COVID section of our website for service updates and for links to information from the Victorian Government about the restrictions, testing, vaccinations, exposure sites, payments and support. /Public Release. This material comes from the originating organization and may be of a point-in-time nature, edited for clarity, style and length. View in full here. Why?Well, unlike many news organisations, we have no sponsors, no corporate or ideological interests. We don’t put up a paywall – we believe in free access to information of public interest. Media ownership in Australia is one of the most concentrated in the world (Learn more). Since the trend of consolidation is and has historically been upward, fewer and fewer individuals or organizations control increasing shares of the mass media in our country. According to independent assessment, about 98% of the media sector is held by three conglomerates. This tendency is not only totally unacceptable, but also to a degree frightening). Learn more hereWe endeavour to provide the community with real-time access to true unfiltered news firsthand from primary sources. It is a bumpy road with all sorties of difficulties. We can only achieve this goal together. Our website is open to any citizen journalists and organizations who want to contribute, publish high-quality insights or send media releases to improve public access to impartial information. You and we have the right to know, learn, read, hear what and how we deem appropriate.Your support is greatly appreciated. All donations are kept completely private and confidential.Thank you in advance!Tags:covid-19, exposure, Government, local council, Mitchell, Mitchell Shire Council, testing, vaccinations, Victoria, websitelast_img read more

Girls soccer: Columbia River’s tradition goes beyond all the victories

first_imgGirls soccer: Columbia River’s tradition goes beyond all the victoriesPosted by Paul ValenciaDate: Friday, September 27, 2019in: Sportsshare 0 guestLabel Name*Email*Website Name*Email*Website The Chieftains take pride in the past and the future of their program VANCOUVER — Here they are again, doing their thing.They don’t concern themselves with what outsiders think of them. They just focus on their process.After all, that process has worked for the Columbia River girls soccer team for a decade now. Yaneisy Rodriguez earned first-team, all-league status last year and is back, helping Columbia River into first place early in the season. Photo by Mike SchultzYaneisy Rodriguez earned first-team, all-league status last year and is back, helping Columbia River into first place early in the season. Photo by Mike SchultzWith a bunch of all-stars, or with few all-stars, with a league championship or not, the Chieftains always seem to be a huge part of the postseason.A year ago, the Chieftains did not rebuild. They reloaded. The 2016 squad won a state title. The 2017 team finished second. The 2018 team? Oh, they lost five regular-season matches. They did not win a league title. Still, which team from the 2A Greater St. Helens League made it to the final four again? Yes, the Chieftains, who finished third in state.Columbia River was part of an amazing 2018 for the sport in Clark County. Camas, Prairie, and King’s Way Christian all reached the final weekend of play in their classifications.Columbia River would like a repeat performance in Class 2A. And the Chieftains just do not care if others think they can do it or not. Because these Chieftains, by playing for the present, are shining a light on the past, and with an eye toward the future. This program has helped build their character, and they have helped to make this program special. “Making it that far spoke to the values of this team,” said Yaneisy Rodriguez, the only returning first-team all-leaguer from Columbia River this season. “We spent countless hours on team building. Team breakfasts. Team sleepovers. It was ‘We’ before ‘I.’ The leaders were able to pick us up after those losses and carry us to state.”Shalece Easley said that last year, the team found a way to improve after every loss. That perseverance led the Chieftains back to the state’s final four. Photo by Mike SchultzShalece Easley said that last year, the team found a way to improve after every loss. That perseverance led the Chieftains back to the state’s final four. Photo by Mike SchultzNow it’s the 2019 squad’s turn to take those lessons and teach the newcomers, maintain that championship mentality.“The team chemistry is really, really great,” Columbia River coach Filomon Afenegus said, noting that even though the program graduated a number of leaders last school year, this team has not skipped a beat. “This group has filled those roles. They’ve shown it’s OK to compete, to hold each other accountable. They’re doing great.”Shalece Easley and Reggie Griffith are among the team leaders, too. They were second-team, all-league selections a year ago. So, too, was Sydney Flores-Tucker. However, a knee injury she suffered in the spring ended what would have been her senior season. Still, Flores-Tucker is on the team as a manager. “It’s Columbia River soccer,” she said. She just had to remain a part of it.“It’s like a family,” Griffith noted.Reggie Griffith said Columbia River soccer is a family. Photo by Mike SchultzReggie Griffith said Columbia River soccer is a family. Photo by Mike SchultzSo here are the Chieftains, fueled by some saying that maybe Hockinson will repeat as league champions, or maybe Ridgefield is better this season.Easley acknowledged that she had a few doubts at the beginning of last season.“I was kind of scared,” she said. “How are we going to do?”The team lost to Hockinson twice. “Every single time we lost, we found a way to get better,” Easley said.Then the Chieftains made their playoff run.“We managed to pull together. That was one of the biggest accomplishments for us,” Easley said. “We still managed to pull ourselves up and play as hard as we could.”“Going to the final four proved how much we worked to get to that point,” Griffith added.Yaneisy Rodriguez, shown here scoring against Woodland on Tuesday, has helped Columbia River jump to a 6-0 record. The Chieftains have outscored their opponents 33-2. Photo by Mike SchultzYaneisy Rodriguez, shown here scoring against Woodland on Tuesday, has helped Columbia River jump to a 6-0 record. The Chieftains have outscored their opponents 33-2. Photo by Mike SchultzInterestingly, Afenegus said the goal is not necessarily to make it to the final weekend of the season, to win a state championship. In fact, the Chieftains never have results-based goals.“We want to hit our ceiling, and that will vary on any given year,” Afenegus said. “We don’t talk about goals. We talk about the process. Day in, day out, what it takes to hit that ceiling.”Well, the Chieftains are going to need a very tall ladder for this ceiling: The Chieftains have reached the state tournament — either as a Class 3A or 2A program — eight consecutive seasons and nine of the past 10. The program has three state championships and three other final four appearances during that stretch.So absolutely, when Hockinson won the 2018 league title, that was a huge deal for the Hawks.But it also meant something to the Chieftains.“We’re still a little mad about it,” Griffith said. The Chieftains got a bit of revenge last week, opening league play with a victory over the Hawks. This week, Columbia River added two more wins to improve to 6-0 overall and 3-0 in the 2A GSHL. A strong start, but no one is celebrating anything more than what this is, a strong start. “We still have to play them again,” Griffith said of the Hawks. A lot of soccer to be played. The Chieftains hope, and expect, that will mean playing well into November.“We want to carry on the history of this program,” Rodriguez said.In fact, that might be a bigger motivator for the Chieftains than Hockinson, Ridgefield or any other opponent. Columbia River coach Filomon Afenegus said his teams never focus on results-based goals. Instead, it is all about the process and reaching a team’s potential. It is working. Columbia River has made it to the state playoffs the past eight seasons. Photo by Mike SchultzColumbia River coach Filomon Afenegus said his teams never focus on results-based goals. Instead, it is all about the process and reaching a team’s potential. It is working. Columbia River has made it to the state playoffs the past eight seasons. Photo by Mike SchultzFrom time to time, Afenegus will bring up past players and talk about their commitment to the program, what they did to make Columbia River soccer special, what they did to make themselves special.That’s the goal, Griffith said. Years from now, she wants her coach to speak highly of her and her teammates.“To be one of those players,” she said.To be a Columbia River girls soccer player.AdvertisementThis is placeholder textTags:Clark CountyLatestVancouvershare 0 Previous : Your Week in Review – Episode 79 • September 27, 2019 Next : Vancouver man charged with destroying campaign signsAdvertisementThis is placeholder text Subscribe Connect with LoginI allow to create an accountWhen you login first time using a Social Login button, we collect your account public profile information shared by Social Login provider, based on your privacy settings. We also get your email address to automatically create an account for you in our website. Once your account is created, you’ll be logged-in to this account.DisagreeAgreeNotify of new follow-up comments new replies to my comments I allow to use my email address and send notification about new comments and replies (you can unsubscribe at any time). I allow to create an accountWhen you login first time using a Social Login button, we collect your account public profile information shared by Social Login provider, based on your privacy settings. We also get your email address to automatically create an account for you in our website. Once your account is created, you’ll be logged-in to this account.DisagreeAgree guestLabel 0 Comments Inline FeedbacksView all commentslast_img read more

Clark County Public Health announces third death from COVID-19

first_imgClark County Public Health announces third death from COVID-19Posted by ClarkCountyToday.comDate: Wednesday, March 18, 2020in: Uncategorizedshare 0 The patient – a man in his 70s – was the first confirmed COVID-19 case in Clark County VANCOUVER — A third Clark County COVID-19 patient died late Tuesday evening.The patient – a man in his 70s – was the first confirmed COVID-19 case in Clark County. He did not have any recent travel or known contact with a confirmed case.He had been hospitalized at Oregon Health & Science University in Portland.“It’s a tragedy that we’ve lost another member of our community to COVID-19,” said Dr. Alan Melnick, Clark County health officer and Public Health director. “We send our deepest condolences to his family.”Information provided by Clark Co. WA Communications.AdvertisementThis is placeholder textTags:Clark CountyCovid-19LatestVancouvershare 0 Previous : City of Vancouver closing Navigation Center today in response to COVID-19 concerns Next : Camas Police officer involved in shooting identifiedAdvertisementThis is placeholder textlast_img read more

Kaiser gets creative with new drive-thru flu clinics across the region

first_imgCOVID-19 and flu cause concern for healthcare provider during winter months CLARK COUNTY — Thanks to some ingenuity and planning, Kaiser Permanente Northwest members will have the option of drive-thru and walk-up flu vaccinations this year. Starting Oct. 3 and going through the end of the month, the clinics will be hosted in large tents with drive-thru lanes. After being checked in, patients will pull up and receive their shots through their car door or window.  Patients can be seen in their cars at an early employee Kaiser drive-thru flu clinic earlier this month. Photo Courtesy of Kaiser PermanentePatients can be seen in their cars at an early employee Kaiser drive-thru flu clinic earlier this month. Photo Courtesy of Kaiser Permanente “The flu vaccine is the most effective way to prevent the flu. We have a long history of using the flu vaccine, demonstrating both safety and efficacy,” said Infectious Disease lead for Kaiser Permanente Northwest, Dr. Katie Sharff. “This season, obviously, is different. The concern is that if we have rising COVID-19 cases, as well as a bad flu season, that could really put critical stressors on our healthcare system infrastructure.” In 2019, Sharff explained how there were well over 400,000 hospitalizations in the U.S. according to the Centers for Disease Control. In adults who receive a flu vaccination, hospitalization is 40 percent less likely, according to Kaiser. Sharff also explained how large regional up-ticks in flu tests could deplete testing supplies and adversely affect the ability to test for COVID-19. Supply capacity has been a challenge in recent months, and Kaiser is projecting with more vaccinations, less of those supplies will be needed this winter. Ease of access is what they hope will encourage more people to get the flu shot. Locations will operate during October, and remain open six days a week; Monday through Saturday. During the week the clinics will be open from 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. and on Saturdays from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.“I think it’s really innovative. I’m excited by how we’ve designed them, the creativity and really making this come to life and seeing it happen,” Sharff said. “If enough people in the community are protected against a disease, in this situation influenza, then we don’t see that disease, that virus, transmitting as effectively. Eventually, it is no longer circulating, and no longer is a big problem.”A Kaiser member is seen here receiving a flu shot from a healthcare professional during one of the provider’s drive-thru flu vaccine clinics. Photo Courtesy of Kaiser PermanenteA Kaiser member is seen here receiving a flu shot from a healthcare professional during one of the provider’s drive-thru flu vaccine clinics. Photo Courtesy of Kaiser Permanente Sharff explained how the drive-thru clinics are also the best way to protect others as well as yourself. When someone is vaccinated, it can also protect the elderly and very young around them who are immune compromised or unable to get vaccinated.“It’s an opportunity to vaccinate our members and keep them safe during this very very tumultuous time,” said Ruthie Berrell, a flu clinic director for Kaiser Permanente Northwest. “Flu kills thousands upon thousands of people every year.” Flu shots are given at no charge to Kaiser members, and additional information about the flu vaccine can be found online at kp.org. There will be seven locations regionally, but only one in Clark County at the Cascade Park Medical Office.“I think as individuals, we underestimate how serious the flu can be,” Sharff said. “We shouldn’t underestimate the flu. Take it seriously and do your part this season for yourself and for everyone else and get a flu shot, because we actually have a safe and effective vaccine.” AdvertisementThis is placeholder textTags:Clark CountyLatestVancouvershare 0 Previous : WATCH: Clark County TODAY LIVE • Wednesday, September 30, 2020 Next : Battle Ground Public Schools finalizing hybrid learning plansAdvertisementThis is placeholder text Kaiser gets creative with new drive-thru flu clinics across the regionPosted by Jacob GrannemanDate: Wednesday, September 30, 2020in: Healthshare 0 last_img read more

Opinion: It just got a lot more expensive to buy a house, file a fence line change and record other documents in Washington

first_img Subscribe Connect with LoginI allow to create an accountWhen you login first time using a Social Login button, we collect your account public profile information shared by Social Login provider, based on your privacy settings. We also get your email address to automatically create an account for you in our website. Once your account is created, you’ll be logged-in to this account.DisagreeAgreeNotify of new follow-up comments new replies to my comments I allow to use my email address and send notification about new comments and replies (you can unsubscribe at any time). Name*Email*Website Opinion: It just got a lot more expensive to buy a house, file a fence line change and record other documents in WashingtonPosted by ClarkCountyToday.comDate: Tuesday, May 25, 2021in: Columns, Opinionshare 0 guestLabel guestLabel 1 CommentOldest Newest Most Voted Inline FeedbacksView all commentscenter_img Name*Email*Website I allow to create an accountWhen you login first time using a Social Login button, we collect your account public profile information shared by Social Login provider, based on your privacy settings. We also get your email address to automatically create an account for you in our website. Once your account is created, you’ll be logged-in to this account.DisagreeAgree Mark Harmsworth, of the Washington Policy Center, discusses House Bill 1277, which has almost doubled recording fees for many of the documents required for legal transactions in WashingtonThis opinion piece was produced and first published by the Washington Policy Center. It is published here with the permission of and full attribution to the Washington Policy Center. Mark HarmsworthMark HarmsworthThe state legislature quietly passed House Bill 1277 (HB 1277) during the 2021 session which has, in some cases, almost doubled recording fees for many of the documents that are required to be filed for legal transactions in Washington.The bill created a $100 surcharge on any document recorded by a county auditors office. For many counties, this means the first page of any recording is now over $200 and subsequent pages are charged at a $1 per page. In the case of a home refinance or purchase, the fee can easily exceed $300 for each document type.While the fee increase is not a direct tax, it is being used as one.Comparing Washington state to other states’ recording fees, Washington is by far the most expensive state in which to record documents.The average fees in other states range from no fee to around $45 dollars, with California and Oregon coming in at $89 per document.The increase in fees is basically a tax as the size of the fee doesn’t bear any relation to the administrative costs of recording the documents. The excess fees are effectively a social tax on homeowners and property owners (since the majority of the larger recordings are done during a home purchase) to pay for the state affordable housing programs.Home purchases and refinancing homes are an expensive financial transaction and Washington State just made that transaction more expensive. Due to the nature of home purchase and refinance transactions, which have complex and lengthy financial statements and fees, the increase in the recording fee is likely to be lost in the complex financial transaction totals.It is unfortunate that the legislature chose to increase fees on homeowners, making homes more expensive to purchase in Washington for both first time homeowners and those wishing to refinance their homes to reduce payments or improve their properties.The state should be reducing the financial burden on homeowners, many who have struggled to make their budgets work during the state mandated lockdowns.Mark Harmsworth is the director of the Small Business Center at the Washington Policy Center.AdvertisementThis is placeholder textTags:Clark CountyhomeownersHouse Bill 1277Latestlegal transactionsMark Harmsworthproperty ownersrecording feesVancouverVancouver WashingtonWashington Policy CenterWashington Stateshare 0 Previous : Woodland Reads program encourages and motivates young readers at Woodland Public Schools Next : Prairie basketball coach Kyle Brooks calls it a careerAdvertisementThis is placeholder text Anthony Lynch Anthony Lynch 17 days ago That’s par for the course for Washington. Money money money! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GXE_n2q08Yw 0 Replylast_img read more

Alfa Romeo to phase out 4C production by 2020

first_img The Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car ever Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2 Alfa Romeo 4C  Handout / Alfa Romeo COMMENTSSHARE YOUR THOUGHTS We encourage all readers to share their views on our articles using Facebook commenting Visit our FAQ page for more information. Trending Videos We’ll miss you, little Alfa.Though it came with an automatic transmission, every Alfa Romeo 4C shipped without carpet, touch-screen infotainment and even power steering. Its complete disdain for polluting the driving experience with niceties meant that so far in 2016, just 309 examples have been sold.Hence, it comes as no real surprise that Alfa Romeo will be pulling the plug in 2020. Parent company Fiat Chrysler has faced similar difficulties, when slow sales met the manual-transmission-only Dodge Viper. Real buyers of these cars are just not interested in a car that requires a learning curve to drive quickly. That said, a seven-year production run is longer than most expected the carbon-tub sports car to last. That means there’s still time to buy one if you haven’t already. RELATED PlayThe Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car everPlay3 common new car problems (and how to prevent them) | Maintenance Advice | Driving.caPlayFinal 5 Minivan Contenders | Driving.caPlay2021 Volvo XC90 Recharge | Ministry of Interior Affairs | Driving.caPlayThe 2022 Ford F-150 Lightning is a new take on Canada’s fave truck | Driving.caPlayBuying a used Toyota Tundra? Check these 5 things first | Used Truck Advice | Driving.caPlayCanada’s most efficient trucks in 2021 | Driving.caPlay3 ways to make night driving safer and more comfortable | Advice | Driving.caPlayDriving into the Future: Sustainability and Innovation in tomorrow’s cars | Driving.ca virtual panelPlayThese spy shots get us an early glimpse of some future models | Driving.ca Trending in Canada Buy It! Princess Diana’s humble little 1981 Ford Escort is up for auction An engagement gift from Prince Charles, the car is being sold by a Princess Di “superfan” See More Videos RELATED TAGS4CAlfa RomeoPerformanceSupercarNew VehiclesPerformance VehiclesSupercarsAlfa Romeo SpAAutomotive ReviewsAutomotive TechnologyCars and Car DesignCulture and LifestyleDodge ViperScience and TechnologySports CarsTechnologyVehicle Control The Dodge Viper is dead; five special models planned ‹ Previous Next › advertisementlast_img read more

Your Corner Wrench: Engine and transmission choices can break the bank

first_img It only takes a few minutes to get answers on these items during the sales process or from various online resources. If your sales consultant doesn’t have all the information, just take a short walk to their service or parts counter to get some quick answers.  Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2 Buyers often forget to consider the hidden costs of vehicle ownership  Getty PlayThe Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car everPlay3 common new car problems (and how to prevent them) | Maintenance Advice | Driving.caPlayFinal 5 Minivan Contenders | Driving.caPlay2021 Volvo XC90 Recharge | Ministry of Interior Affairs | Driving.caPlayThe 2022 Ford F-150 Lightning is a new take on Canada’s fave truck | Driving.caPlayBuying a used Toyota Tundra? Check these 5 things first | Used Truck Advice | Driving.caPlayCanada’s most efficient trucks in 2021 | Driving.caPlay3 ways to make night driving safer and more comfortable | Advice | Driving.caPlayDriving into the Future: Sustainability and Innovation in tomorrow’s cars | Driving.ca virtual panelPlayThese spy shots get us an early glimpse of some future models | Driving.ca COMMENTSSHARE YOUR THOUGHTS We encourage all readers to share their views on our articles using Facebook commenting Visit our FAQ page for more information. advertisement The Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car ever See More Videos Buy It! Princess Diana’s humble little 1981 Ford Escort is up for auction An engagement gift from Prince Charles, the car is being sold by a Princess Di “superfan”center_img Top 10 small SUVs with the best fuel economyMaintaining the maintenance schedule can hurt. This expense category is one that very few consumers ever consider before buying or leasing a vehicle. Most rely on past experiences with similar models, but with new engine and transmission technologies appearing at an increasing rate, it’s entirely likely that your next vehicle will have repair and maintenance requirements you haven’t experienced before. Many engines now require fully synthetic oil to maintain warranty coverage, and if your vehicle needs three or four oil changes per year, even the best shopper can see upwards of $2,000 more in just oil costs over the life of the vehicle. Continuously variable transmissions use fluid that can cost over $40 per litre, and most of these units will take over eight litres per changeover. While many automakers that use these gearboxes state their fluid is designed for lifetime use, any transmission tech will tell you there’s no such thing as lifetime fluid. ‹ Previous Next › RELATED Trending Videos RELATED TAGSSafety and MaintenanceMaintenanceNew VehiclesDesRosiers Automotive Consultants Inc. With all the selections of engines and transmissions in today’s new vehicles, how can we choose the ones that are right for our particular driving needs and styles? While many experienced vehicle owners can easily sort through the options based on their daily use of their vehicles, there are a few things that many consumers never consider before signing on the bottom line of a sales or lease agreement.Resale values can take a hit. Many vehicles are popular no matter what engine or transmission they’re equipped with – but not all. Certain performance cars or convertibles are more desired with manual transmissions, while minivans and other family haulers are more popular with automatics. Take the time to do a little research on how different powertrain choices may affect the resale value of your potential next ride. If you’re purchasing instead of leasing, you can lose a substantial amount of trade-in money with the wrong choice. If you lease, your monthly rates and lease-end values will be calculated for you by the leasing firm, which keeps close tabs on the sale trends of their products.Fuel economy may not be important now, but… The most recent auto market sales report from DesRosiers Automotive Consultants reveals our love affair with light trucks seemingly knows no bounds. Low fuel prices combined with manufacturers’ incentives have driven the truck/car market share split to almost 70/30 in favour of trucks – a 3 per cent gain over last year. Keep in mind, this report also tosses SUVs, minivans and crossovers in with trucks, but passenger sedans and hatchbacks are taking a beating. With most Canadians keeping their vehicles for over nine years, the choice you make on an engine or transmission will be with you for a long time, as will its fuel economy (or lack thereof). Trending in Canadalast_img read more

Super Bowl 53: Great car ads from a record-breaking game

first_imgCreated with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2 A screenshot from a 2019 Mercedes-Benz A-Class Super Bowl commercial.  Screenshot / Mercedes-Benz on YouTube Buy It! Princess Diana’s humble little 1981 Ford Escort is up for auction An engagement gift from Prince Charles, the car is being sold by a Princess Di “superfan” The New England Patriots set a few records last night when they snatched the Super Bowl from the Los Angeles Rams: they tied for most Bowls won, at six; and Tom Brady netted the most Super Bowl wins ever for a player.And, perhaps disappointingly, the combined score of 16 – 13-3 for the Patriots – broke a record for least points scored in a Super Bowl game, with the title previously belonging to the 21-point Bowl of 1973.But to be honest, we couldn’t care about almost any of that. We were more interested in the big-budget ads that car companies showed – and didn’t show – this year. Yes, during one of the most ‘Merican events of the year, every U.S. automaker sat out actually broadcasting their expected red-white-and-blue celebrity-cameo truck commercials—only Chrysler even gave it a half-try, with nearly a dozen ads it posted to the Internet instead of the TV. Trending in Canada advertisement The Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car ever (Ironically, Canadian auto workers union Unifor ran an ad critical of General Motors on broadcasts on this side of the border, a move that may just get them into a lawsuit.)A bevy of ads from European and Japanese automakers picked up the slack, though, and we’ve collected them all right here for your viewing pleasure. Watch ’em before they go stale and get pulled from YouTube!Audi electric vehicles – Cashewhttps://youtu.be/Xrgq2CIag6MDodge – Georgiahttps://youtu.be/Jb9WQmyV1y8Hyundai Shopper Assurance – The Elevatorhttps://youtu.be/B5FzKB5TW0YJeep Gladiator – Crusherhttps://youtu.be/Naq2yFTwA_cKia – The Great Unknowns – What If?https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hC2_gyp_X1MLexus – Quarterback Safety System+Mercedes-Benz A-Class – Say the Wordhttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R84j8pmH-d0 Trending Videos COMMENTSSHARE YOUR THOUGHTS Ram – Roll Rams Roll; 4th Quarter Fight; Make Sure of It; Can’t RememberToyota Supra – Wizardhttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u1LSwcwnpo4 PlayThe Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car everPlay3 common new car problems (and how to prevent them) | Maintenance Advice | Driving.caPlayFinal 5 Minivan Contenders | Driving.caPlay2021 Volvo XC90 Recharge | Ministry of Interior Affairs | Driving.caPlayThe 2022 Ford F-150 Lightning is a new take on Canada’s fave truck | Driving.caPlayBuying a used Toyota Tundra? Check these 5 things first | Used Truck Advice | Driving.caPlayCanada’s most efficient trucks in 2021 | Driving.caPlay3 ways to make night driving safer and more comfortable | Advice | Driving.caPlayDriving into the Future: Sustainability and Innovation in tomorrow’s cars | Driving.ca virtual panelPlayThese spy shots get us an early glimpse of some future models | Driving.ca RELATED TAGSNon-LuxuryNew VehiclesNon-Luxury See More Videos We encourage all readers to share their views on our articles using Facebook commenting Visit our FAQ page for more information. ‹ Previous Next ›last_img read more

Ford teases the 2020 Escape ahead of its full reveal next week

first_img See More Videos Buy It! Princess Diana’s humble little 1981 Ford Escort is up for auction An engagement gift from Prince Charles, the car is being sold by a Princess Di “superfan” Trending in Canada ‹ Previous Next › This is just the second time the Escape has been fully rebooted since its inception in 2000, so the changes are due. The original platform clung on – undergoing an extensive upgrade in 2008 – until 2013, when the current platform that still underpins the 2019 model was debuted.https://twitter.com/Ford/status/1111221475527327744The unveiling of the new-gen Escape in North America will go down in tandem with the reveal of the near-identical European version, which comes with a way cooler name, the Kuga.  The specifics of what’s to come on Tuesday have not been confirmed, but the spy shots are circulating, as are the rumours. The Escape is expected to house either Ford’s turbo 1.5-litre, a turbo 2.0-litre or a hybrid power plant. Trending Videos The Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car ever PlayThe Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car everPlay3 common new car problems (and how to prevent them) | Maintenance Advice | Driving.caPlayFinal 5 Minivan Contenders | Driving.caPlay2021 Volvo XC90 Recharge | Ministry of Interior Affairs | Driving.caPlayThe 2022 Ford F-150 Lightning is a new take on Canada’s fave truck | Driving.caPlayBuying a used Toyota Tundra? Check these 5 things first | Used Truck Advice | Driving.caPlayCanada’s most efficient trucks in 2021 | Driving.caPlay3 ways to make night driving safer and more comfortable | Advice | Driving.caPlayDriving into the Future: Sustainability and Innovation in tomorrow’s cars | Driving.ca virtual panelPlayThese spy shots get us an early glimpse of some future models | Driving.ca Ford took to Twitter to announce the covers are about to come off the 2020 Ford Escape. The all-new small SUV will be unveiled April 2nd.The eight-second video doesn’t give too much away, focusing on panning shots of the grille, tail lights and badge across the rear hatch.The caption is similarly vague: “Best-ever Escape performance, unrivaled flexibility and smart new technology. The all-new #FordEscape debuts April 2.” COMMENTSSHARE YOUR THOUGHTS advertisement Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2 2019 Ford Escape Titanium  JIL MCINTOSH, DRIVING We encourage all readers to share their views on our articles using Facebook commenting Visit our FAQ page for more information. RELATED TAGSEscapeFordSUVNon-LuxuryNew VehiclesNon-Luxury The Driving.ca team will bring you all the specifics on April 2. Stay tuned. last_img read more

2019 Audi TT RS is a sleeper of the highest order

first_img When is it coming?The latest TT RS will hit Canadian showrooms this June. RELATED TAGSAudiTT RSCoupeAWD / 4x4GasLuxuryPerformanceNew YorkLuxury VehiclesNew VehiclesNew York Auto ShowPerformance Vehiclesall-wheel drivegasoline What is it?The 2019 Audi TT RS has been reworked to give it a sharper look and more road presence — this is, after all, one of the best sleeper rides on the road. Up front, the TT RS sports a matte black grille with the Quattro logo embellished at the bottom of the bold opening in titanium lettering. Below that is the wide lip spoiler, flanked by yet more black grilles — these improve the cooling for the turbocharger’s intercoolers. Around back is a fixed spoiler and optional OLED taillights accentuate the look. Capping things off are three vibrant new colours —Turbo Blue, Tango Red Metallic and Kyalami Green.Check out all our latest Auto Show CoverageWhy does it matter?The motive power is one of the things Audi did not change. The 2.5L turbocharged five-cylinder is as legendary as the Ur-quattro, and so is the turbo boost pressure that gives it its oomph — 34 psi, to be exact. This gives the driver access to 394 horsepower and 354 lb.-ft. of torque at 1,700 rpm. It drives all four wheels through Audi’s quattro system and a seven-speed dual-clutch transmission. The combination means the TT RS blasts off the line and warps from zero to 100 km/h in a breathtaking 3.7 seconds. Try hiding the smile it promises to induce. Should you buy it?While the individual changes are modest in nature, the fact the TT RS lives on in the age of fun suppression — escalating emissions will slowly kill the really fun cars — is welcome and then some. The TT RS remains one of the world’s best-kept secrets! Yes, having two seats means it is a selfish car, but that’s exactly the point.RELATED Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.22019 Audi TT RSDerek McNaughton, Driving Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.22019 Audi TT RSDerek McNaughton, Driving Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.22019 Audi TT RSDerek McNaughton, Driving Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.22019 Audi TT RSDerek McNaughton, Driving Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.22019 Audi TT RSDerek McNaughton, Driving Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.22019 Audi TT RSDerek McNaughton, Drivingcenter_img We encourage all readers to share their views on our articles using Facebook commenting Visit our FAQ page for more information. COMMENTSSHARE YOUR THOUGHTS Full coverage of the 2019 New York Auto Showlast_img read more

Nissan recalling 1.8 million older Altimas over hood latch issue

first_img None of the cars with replaced hood latches have reported any problems. However, Nissan has received some “16 claim reports involving a minor crash and/or minor injury for vehicles that did not receive the repair,” a spokesperson told Automotive News. RELATED TAGSAltimaNissanSedanNon-LuxurySafety and MaintenanceMaintenanceNew VehiclesNon-Luxury In the original recall, the fix involved replacing the hood latch with a new one; Nissan has not announced whether it will make the same repair during this campaign. Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2 The 2015 through 2017 Nissan Altima is subject to a recall, where open rear windows might force the door open. Buy It! Princess Diana’s humble little 1981 Ford Escort is up for auction An engagement gift from Prince Charles, the car is being sold by a Princess Di “superfan” Nissan is recalling more than 1.8 million Altima sedans, mostly in the U.S. and Canada, over an issue that may prevent their hood latches from closing properly.The campaign is an expansion of an older 2016 recall on 2013- to 2015-model-year Altimas; the new recall covers Altimas up to model year 2018. In Canada, it covers 49,225 sedans.On affected vehicles, a secondary hood latch may get stuck in an open position due to corrosion; this means it may not hold the hood closed while the car is driving. The Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car ever PlayThe Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car everPlay3 common new car problems (and how to prevent them) | Maintenance Advice | Driving.caPlayFinal 5 Minivan Contenders | Driving.caPlay2021 Volvo XC90 Recharge | Ministry of Interior Affairs | Driving.caPlayThe 2022 Ford F-150 Lightning is a new take on Canada’s fave truck | Driving.caPlayBuying a used Toyota Tundra? Check these 5 things first | Used Truck Advice | Driving.caPlayCanada’s most efficient trucks in 2021 | Driving.caPlay3 ways to make night driving safer and more comfortable | Advice | Driving.caPlayDriving into the Future: Sustainability and Innovation in tomorrow’s cars | Driving.ca virtual panelPlayThese spy shots get us an early glimpse of some future models | Driving.ca advertisement COMMENTSSHARE YOUR THOUGHTS Trending Videos Trending in Canada We encourage all readers to share their views on our articles using Facebook commenting Visit our FAQ page for more information. See More Videos ‹ Previous Next ›last_img read more

Exclusive Nissan GT-R NISMO Special Edition to make autumn debut

first_img It is especially pleasant since the accelerator pedal is connected to a 3.8-liter twin-turbo V6, conservatively rated at 600 horsepower and 481 lb-ft of torque. Nissan says the GT-R NISMO Special Edition utilizes high-precision, weight-balanced parts for the piston rings, connecting rods, crankshaft, and valve gear components. All of this is apparently dialed in with tighter tolerances, delivering snappier engine revs and quicker turbo spooling.Don’t forget: each engine is hand-assembled from beginning to end in a special clean room by master technicians known as takumi. After assembly, the engine bears this person’s signature. Trending Videos See More Videos PlayThe Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car everPlay3 common new car problems (and how to prevent them) | Maintenance Advice | Driving.caPlayFinal 5 Minivan Contenders | Driving.caPlay2021 Volvo XC90 Recharge | Ministry of Interior Affairs | Driving.caPlayThe 2022 Ford F-150 Lightning is a new take on Canada’s fave truck | Driving.caPlayBuying a used Toyota Tundra? Check these 5 things first | Used Truck Advice | Driving.caPlayCanada’s most efficient trucks in 2021 | Driving.caPlay3 ways to make night driving safer and more comfortable | Advice | Driving.caPlayDriving into the Future: Sustainability and Innovation in tomorrow’s cars | Driving.ca virtual panelPlayThese spy shots get us an early glimpse of some future models | Driving.ca A very limited number of the new model will be available in North America this fall. Pricing for the GT-R NISMO Special Edition will be announced at a later date. COMMENTSSHARE YOUR THOUGHTS The Rolls-Royce Boat Tail may be the most expensive new car ever RELATED TAGSNissanCoupeNon-LuxurySupercarsNew VehiclesSupercarsGT-RJapanNISMONissanSpecial Edition We encourage all readers to share their views on our articles using Facebook commenting Visit our FAQ page for more information. Nissan previewed a new Special Edition of its GT-R NISMO today in Japan, one which will hit the streets – and race tracks – later this year.While there aren’t any powertrain changes to this model, it does strike a distinctive look. In the rarefied air of a collector’s world, that’s more than enough to get a high roller to open their wallet.This new trim features a Stealth Gray exterior color, a NISMO exclusive, plus new 20-inch RAYS forged aluminum-alloy wheels and a unique clear-coated carbon-fiber hood. The latter exposes an intricate carbon-fiber weave, making it a good party piece when milling about at your socially-distant Cars & Coffee. Because branding is always an adventure, it is worth noting this is the first time we’ve seen Nissan’s new logo on a GT-R, showing up on the car’s trunk lid and wheel center caps. Standing out against that Stealth Gray paint are several dashes of red trim, ones which actually look pretty fetching in this application.Thanks to Nissan’s glacier-like design cycle, the cabin of this GT-R NISMO Special Edition will seem familiar to anyone who’s seen a GT-R in the past umpteen years, albeit with some snazzy red accents. There’s nothing wrong with that, since the GT-R interior is a decent place in which to spend time. Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Nissan Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Nissan Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Nissan Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Nissan Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Nissan Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Nissan Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Created with Raphaël 2.1.2Nissan Trending in Canada advertisement First Look: 2022 Lexus NX The sport-cute’s looks have been softened, but its powertrains and infotainment offerings have been sharpened ‹ Previous Next ›last_img read more

Nobel Laureate Robert Laughlin To Give Talk At CU-Boulder April 4

first_img Published: March 17, 2005 Nobel laureate and Stanford physicist Robert Laughlin will give a free talk at the University of Colorado at Boulder’s Fiske Planetarium on Monday, April 4, at 7 p.m. Laughlin, whose writing has been compared to that of the popular physicist Richard Feynman, will discuss his new book “A Different Universe: Reinventing Physics From the Bottom Down.” The talk is free and open to the public. Laughlin was awarded the 1998 Nobel Prize in physics, along with Daniel Tsui and Horst Stormer, for work on how electrons behave in magnetic fields. Their discoveries are significant in the quest to build smaller and smaller electronic equipment such as computers and cell phones. Laughlin is the Robert M. and Anne Bass Professor of Physics at Stanford University, where he has taught since 1985. He is a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, a fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and a member of the National Academy of Sciences. For more information about the talk call Fiske Planetarium at (303) 492-5002, or visit the Web site at http://www.colorado.edu/fiske. Share Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-maillast_img read more

Average Major League Baseball Career Is 5.6 Years, According To New Study

first_imgShare Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-mail Published: July 8, 2007 The average career of a Major League Baseball player is 5.6 years, according to a new study by a University of Colorado at Boulder research team. The study also revealed that one in five position players will have only a single-year career, and that at every point of a player’s career, the player’s chance of ending his career is at least 11 percent. Results of the study, “Major League Baseball Career Length in the 20th Century,” will be published in the August issue of Population Research and Policy Review. The study was conducted by former CU-Boulder graduate student William Witnauer, sociology Professor Richard Rogers and doctoral student Jarron Saint Onge. Rogers also directs the Population Program in the CU-Boulder Institute of Behavioral Science. “Population research can provide rich insight into important and popular social issues, including baseball,” Rogers said. The study examined the career statistics of baseball players who started their careers between 1902 and 1993. Pitchers were excluded because of their unique positions, career volatility and propensity for injuries. Between 1902 and 1993, 5,989 position players started their careers and played 33,272 person years of Major League Baseball. Using voluminous baseball statistics, the authors then developed a table of average career lengths for the players. “Everyone knows that Major League Baseball is highly competitive,” Witnauer said. “But as Americans enjoy this year’s All-Star game, they now have a definitive answer on the average length of a baseball career.” The CU-Boulder Institute of Behavioral Science, established in 1957, provides a setting for interdisciplinary, collaborative research. For more information visit www.colorado.edu/ibs.last_img read more

Diversity and Inclusion Summit invites participants to “AMP it up!”

first_imgThe University of Colorado Boulder’s annual Diversity and Inclusion Summit will feature a variety of sessions for students, faculty, staff and community members from Nov. 13-15. All events are free, open to the public and on the Boulder campus.The organizing theme for this year’s summit is “AMP it up! Awareness, Movement and Practice.” Along with sessions on awareness, inclusiveness and classroom and campus diversity practice, a selection of events will focus on the physical embodiment of diversity. These sessions will include dance, martial arts, yoga and theater as physical opportunities to discuss and engage with diversity. Sessions with a focus on pedagogical best practices for inclusive classrooms are another highlight of this year’s summit.“The planning committee has been a model of the kind of cooperation that Chancellor DiStefano recently called for in his State of the Campus address,” said Alphonse Keasley, CU-Boulder’s assistant vice chancellor for campus climate and community engagement. “The members have worked tirelessly to organize a summit that speaks to this year’s theme, ‘AMP it up! Awareness, Movement and Practice.’ We sincerely hope and expect that participants will gain much from the sessions for truly amping it up for diversity, inclusion and social justice.”Peggy McIntosh, associate director of the Wellesley College Center for Research on Women, returns to the summit and will share her new research in the keynote address “Using Privilege as a Catalyst for Change” on Tuesday, Nov. 13, at 9:15 a.m. in the University Memorial Center’s Glenn Miller Ballroom. McIntosh is best known for her essay “White Privilege: Unpacking the Invisible Knapsack,” and last spoke in association with the summit in 2009, and on the Boulder campus in 2001.Highlighted sessions during this year’s summit include:–Tuesday, Nov. 13, 12:30 p.m., UMC Glenn Miller Ballroom. “When Green Means Money: Economic Diversity in Boulder,” presented by Boulder City Manager Jane Brautigam.–Tuesday, Nov. 13, 2 p.m., UMC Glenn Miller Ballroom. Plenary: “Efficiency vs. Effectiveness: Recognizing the Difference for Low Income and First Generation Students” presented by Valerie Embry, director of the Academic Excellence Student Support Services Program.–Wednesday, Nov. 14, 9 a.m., UMC Glenn Miller Ballroom. Plenary: “Class, Race and Immigration in Higher Education” presented by CU-Boulder professors Melissa Hart and Ming Chen.The educational and exploratory sessions highlight the research, talents and insights of faculty, students and staff and offer a view of diversity beyond the most common definitions. The event is hosted by the CU-Boulder Office of Diversity, Equity and Community Engagement, the Chancellor’s Advisory Committees and the city of Boulder.The Diversity and Inclusion Summit shares the most current and up-to-date best practices around matters of diversity, inclusion, equity and social justice. As a public forum, the summit provides content to inspire new members of the campus community and to sustain veteran campus members toward a greater pluralistic campus, introduce everyday skills and practices for fostering an inclusive campus and work environment, and advance the skill set of long-term practitioners of diversity, inclusion and social justice.A complete schedule of diversity summit events is available in the CU-Boulder Events Calendar at http://tinyurl.com/CUDiversitySummit2012. Categories:Getting InvolvedCampus Community Share Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-mailcenter_img Published: Nov. 5, 2012 last_img read more

CU-Boulder study examines sources, occurrence rate of groundwater methane in

first_img-CU- Published: July 10, 2016 Audio ScriptCU-Boulder study examines sources, occurrence rate of groundwater methane in Colorado’s Denver-Julesburg BasinJuly 11, 2016                                                            Owen SherwoodA new CU Boulder study shows that the rate of groundwater contamination due to natural gas leakage from fracking and horizontal drilling for oil and gas in northeastern Colorado’s Denver-Julesburg Basin is rare.Owen Sherwood, lead author of the new research, says the greatest threat to ground water is from older wellbores.CUT 1 “What we find is that accidents do happen but at a relatively rare rate of two cases per year over the last 20 years. It’s important to know that fracking has been going on in this area well back, starting in the 1940s and it really took off in the 1970s. (:16) It’s also important to note that ground water contamination does not appear to be linked specifically to hydraulic fracturing but rather the biggest problem is with older wellbores that were constructed in an era of looser regulatory regulations.” (:30)The results also suggest that naturally generated methane from shallow coal seams in the region is the primary source of dissolved methane present in the area’s groundwater. Sherwood says in data dating back as far as 1988, dissolved methane was discovered in 523 of the 924 water wells sampled. However, based on a geochemical analysis, the researchers determined that 95.5 percent of that methane was naturally generated.CUT 2 “We used data from the oil and gas regulator, the COGCC, and we were able to examine 924 individual water wells, that were sampled and analyzed for a specific set of geochemical indicators that we can use to figure out where the gas comes from. (:18) And so of those 924 wells, there were 42 wells that had this type of gas we call thermogenic gas that originates from deep geological formations.” (:29)The new research is believed to be the most comprehensive study to date on the prevalence and sources of groundwater methane in Colorado using only public data, says Sherwood, a research associate with the Institute for Arctic and Alpine Research at CU Boulder. He says previous studies have sampled fewer oil and gas sites and/or relied on data provided by industry stakeholders.CUT 3 “A unique aspect of this study is that we’re using data that’s provided by the state oil and gas regulator, the COGCC, and so they’ve collected all these data over the last 20 to 30 years and made it publically accessible. (:14) So anyone that’s interested in this study they can go online and find the data and scrutinize it for themselves.” (20)The study was funded entirely by the National Science Foundation’s AirWaterGas Sustainability Research Network, which is based in Boulder, Colorado.It was published today in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. Share Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-maillast_img read more

AUDIO: Daniel Lee on origins of ‘stink eye,’ other eye expressions

first_imgShare Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-mail CUT 5 Eye Expressions Eyes are usually the first thing someone notices when looking at a person. They naturally communicate a vast sea of information. CU Boulder scientist Daniel Lee has studied the wonders of eye expressions for eight years and says they do more than just convey an array of emotions. They actually helped us survive and evolve as a species. CUT 4 Eye Expressions Downloads Published: June 16, 2017 center_img CUT 1 Eye Expressions CUT 2 Eye Expressions CUT 3 Eye Expressions Scriptlast_img read more

4 things to consider as you map out your career

first_img Whether you’re getting ready to declare a major or preparing for graduation, it can be stressful not knowing what your future holds. It’s even more stressful when you feel pressure or have friends who know exactly what they want to do.Take a deep breath—you’re not alone! When you think about your future, starting with the basics can help you uncover some things you may not have considered. Here are a few things to contemplate:Your happinessIt may be a cliché, but it’s one of the most important things to think about. What do you like most about your classes or a previous work experience? What have you always been good at? Observe the positive things about yourself and what you enjoy doing.Your valuesThis can mean something different for everyone. Are you passionate about a certain cause? Or do you value having a well-balanced lifestyle? Do you value a paycheck or time with family? Consider these questions, and pass over any opportunities that don’t align with your values.Your skillsWhat are your natural talents? Or a specific skill that you want to work hard at mastering? List out everything that you are good at, even if it doesn’t seem like it will help you achieve your goals. Doing what you love and what you’re naturally good at can lead you to a rewarding future.Your work styleDo you like deadlines and structure? Or freedom to complete tasks with little guidance? The way you go about completing tasks or approaching class projects can influence your ability to thrive in certain work environments.As you consider your future, know Career Services is here to help. Career development advisors support students in discovering their strengths, skill, interests and values while helping them recognize and honor the values of others.If you’d like to talk through any of these questions and explore different paths, make an appointment or drop by their office. Career Services’ goal is to empower students and alumni to find a sense of purpose in the world and positively impact their communities. Categories:Career DevelopmentCampus Community Share Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-mailcenter_img Published: Nov. 2, 2018 • By Career Services last_img read more

Faculty in Focus: A century of innovative outreach and engagement

first_imgA century of innovative outreach and engagement Back to news By Sue Postema Scheeres January 7, 2019 Share:LinkedInFacebookTwitterEmailShareA conversation with the Vice Provost for Outreach and EngagementConnecting the university’s resources to public needs across Colorado has been part of Continuing Education’s mission since it began as University Extension more than a century ago.From offering lectures, courses and degree programs across the state to creating outreach centers that became independent colleges and universities, Continuing Education has powerfully influenced the development of higher education and public life in Colorado.This role continues today under the leadership of Sara Thompson, who in 2015 became the dean of Continuing Education and the vice provost for Outreach and Engagement and Summer Session. She brings more than 20 years of experience building academic programs that meet the needs of students and communities in innovative ways.Thompson recently sat down and shared the intriguing history of Continuing Education, a division that has been at the forefront of CU Boulder’s public outreach and community engagement efforts.What does a Vice Provost for Outreach and Engagement do?First, I want to clarify what we mean by outreach and engagement. CU Boulder defines outreach and engagement “as the ways faculty, staff and students collaborate with external groups in mutually beneficial partnerships that are grounded in scholarship and consistent with our role and mission as a comprehensive, public research university.”Currently, there are more than 230 programs and initiatives from every college and school that impact 500,000+ Coloradans annually, which is impressive. This work connects university knowledge and resources with the public and private sectors to enrich scholarship, research and creative activity and enhance curriculum, teaching and learning. The goal is to prepare educated, engaged citizens, strengthen democratic values and civic responsibility, address critical societal issues and contribute to the public good.As the vice provost, I oversee the Office for Outreach and Engagement, where I work closely with office leadership and interact regularly with the programming and communications staff. The office supports and enhances campus outreach efforts in significant ways and provides an accessible point of contact for external groups seeking access to university resources. I’m fortunate to serve as an ambassador of this amazing work.Can you describe the historical connection between Continuing Education and outreach and engagement?Continuing Education began as the Department of University Extension in 1912, and, from the beginning, was designed to connect university resources with communities statewide. Extension brought lectures, correspondence courses and even degree programs to cities and towns, to members of the Civilian Conservation Corps, military veterans and prison inmates. The department established outreach centers across the state, which eventually became independent colleges, including CU Denver, UCCS and Colorado Mesa University.Over the years, the ways we have addressed the changing needs of students and communities has evolved, and in 1970 we became Continuing Education. The university renewed its commitment to funding faculty-led outreach efforts in 1986, and later established an Outreach Committee composed of faculty from various disciplines to rigorously review these grant proposals. In 2001 an outreach coordinator was hired, marking the beginnings of the Office for Outreach and Engagement, and in 2009 the dean of Continuing Education assumed additional responsibilities as what is now the vice provost for Outreach and Engagement.Around this time it became clear that the campus needed a consistent way of talking about what it meant to engage with communities. In 2010 the Council of Deans adopted our current definition of outreach and engagement, which focuses on how to build partnerships with communities and harness the university’s academic resources to address public issues. This definition serves as the office’s mission and has guided its growth.So, we have always supported lifelong learning for Coloradans through innovative public outreach. It’s an important part of who we are as CU Buffs.There are many units in Continuing Education. In what ways do they contribute to university outreach and engagement?That’s an interesting question. Currently, Continuing Education oversees 18 programs through its different units. Each program and unit responds to a pressing public need by extending the university’s distinctive resources from various departments, colleges and schools.We offer evening and online courses, degree completion and professional master’s programs (such as the Master of Science in Organizational Leadership) for traditional and nontraditional students. The Office for Outreach and Engagement builds institutional capacity for outreach and engagement by supporting community and campus partners, providing funding, developing networks and more. In addition, Science Discovery‘s K-12 programs spark the curiosity of the next generation of STEM learners while the International English Center prepares students through intensive English language programs.Together, we’re serving the lifelong learner, providing Coloradans with a variety of meaningful learning opportunities at various touch points along their lives.The Academic Futures process led to a call for renewed focus on public service and engagement. Given its history, what role do you think Continuing Education could play in responding to this call?I am so pleased that Academic Futures has highlighted the importance of public outreach and engaged scholarship. Some of the innovations proposed by the Academic Futures report, such as a center for teaching and learning and a focus on online learning, will address the changing needs of our students and communities. Part of our role in this process will be to continue to advocate for scholarly public outreach and community engagement, while representing the needs of nontraditional students and underserved communities in particular.What do you see as the opportunities for CU Boulder outreach and engagement moving forward?You know, outreach and engagement work is really part of our DNA as a division, and we are always looking for ways to be innovative in addressing student and community needs. That involves taking the lead in advancing the conversation statewide and nationally about how we do this work.I’m particularly excited about the possibility of joining the Engagement Scholarship Consortium (ESC), a leading association that brings together academic institutions to build strong university-community partnerships. We’re applying to join ESC as an institutional member before the 2019 conference in Denver. This meeting will offer a great opportunity for CU Boulder faculty, staff and students to share their exemplary outreach and engagement work with a national audience of scholars. If our bid is successful, I will be serving on ESC’s Board of Directors. Joining ESC will allow us to continue the conversation with our peer institutions as we grapple with how we can support the work of engaged scholars on campus and most effectively partner with communities across Colorado and beyond.Topics:Adult EducationCivic Engagement (Elections, Voting, Democracy)Community ServiceInformal and Community EducationK-12 EducationEducational Research and ResourcesPolitics and Public PolicyOtherRelated News Anthropologist wins support for Indigenous history comicsCU Boulder Museum of Natural History Curator Jennifer Shannon garners fellowship to ‘deploy the humanities for the public good.’ Read More  The call for community schoolsDoctoral student Julia Daniel co-wrote a guide for educators, with findings demonstrating the positive impact of a type of school that serves as a community hub. Read More  Nomita Chhabildas honored for exceptional service to Colorado familiesThe director of the Attention, Behavior, and Learning Clinic is this year’s recipient of the staff award that honors exemplary outreach and engagement work. Read Morelast_img read more

Scene at CU: Members of Exonerated Five speak at CU

first_imgShare Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-mail Published: March 12, 2020 Yusef Salaam and Raymond Santana, two members of the Central Park Five—now known as the Exonerated Five—spoke Tuesday, March 10, at CU Boulder’s Glenn Miller Ballroom. The event was hosted by the student-led Cultural Events Board. See the Full Gallery Categories:Scene at CUCampus Communitylast_img

Ocean acidification prediction now possible years in advance

first_img CU Boulder researchers have developed a method that could enable scientists to accurately forecast ocean acidity up to five years in advance. This would enable fisheries and communities that depend on seafood negatively affected by ocean acidification to adapt to changing conditions in real time, improving economic and food security in the next few decades. Previous studies have shown the ability to predict ocean acidity a few months out, but this is the first study to prove it is possible to predict variability in ocean acidity multiple years in advance. The new method, described today in Nature Communications, offers potential to forecast the acceleration or slowdown of ocean acidification. “We’ve taken a climate model and run it like you would have a weather forecast, essentially – and the model included ocean chemistry, which is extremely novel,” said Riley Brady, lead author of the study, and a doctoral candidate in the Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences. For this study the researchers focused on the California Current System, one of four major coastal upwelling systems in the world, which runs from the tip of Baja California in Mexico all the way up into parts of Canada. The system supports a billion-dollar fisheries industry crucial to the U.S. economy. Top: Oysters are a popular menu item and an animal affected by ocean acidification. (Credit: Patricia Alexandre / Pixabay) Bottom: Harvested oysters on a dock in Morro Bay, California. (Credit: Sarah Stierch / Creative Commons) Share Share via TwitterShare via FacebookShare via LinkedInShare via E-mail A composite image of blooming phytoplankton and swirling currents along the coast of California and western Mexico. (Credit: Norman Kuring / NASA)  “Here, you’ve got physics, chemistry, and biology all connecting to create extremely profitable fisheries, from crabs all the way up to big fish,” said Brady, who is also a graduate student at the Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research (INSTAAR). “Making predictions of future environmental conditions one, two, or even three years out is remarkable, because this is the kind of information that fisheries managers could utilize.” The California Current System is particularly vulnerable to ocean acidification due to the upwelling of naturally acidic waters to the surface.“The ocean has been doing us a huge favor,” said study co-author Nicole Lovenduski, associate professor in atmospheric and oceanic sciences and head of the Ocean Biogeochemistry Research Group at INSTAAR. The ocean absorbs a large fraction of the excess carbon dioxide in the Earth’s atmosphere derived from human activity. Unfortunately, as a result of absorbing this extra man-made carbon dioxide – 24 million tons every single day – the oceans have become more acidic. “Ocean acidification is proceeding at a rate 10 times faster today than any time in the last 55 million years,” said Lovenduski.  Within decades, scientists are expecting parts of the ocean to become completely corrosive for certain organisms, which means they cannot form or maintain their shells. “We expect people in communities who rely on the ocean ecosystem for fisheries, for tourism and for food security to be affected by ocean acidification,” said Lovenduski. This spells trouble for the California Current System, with its naturally corrosive waters. This extra acidification could push its fragile ecosystems over the edge. The fortune and frustration of forecastingPeople can easily confirm the accuracy of a weather forecast within a few days. The forecast says rain in your city? You can look out the window. But it’s a lot more difficult to get real-time measurements of ocean acidity and figure out if your predictions were correct.  But this time, CU Boulder researchers were able to capitalize on historical forecasts from a climate model developed at the National Center for Atmospheric Research. Instead of looking to the future, they generated forecasts of the past using the climate model to see how well their forecast system performed. They found that the climate model forecasts did an excellent job at making predictions of ocean acidity in the real world.However, these types of climate model forecasts require an enormous amount of computational power, manpower, and time. The potential is there, but the forecasts are not yet ready to be fully operational like weather forecasts. And while the study focuses on acidification in one region of the global ocean, it has much larger implications. States and smaller regions often do their own forecasts of ocean chemistry on a finer scale, with higher resolution, focused on the coastline where fisheries operate. But while these more local forecasts cannot factor in global climate variables like El Niño, this new global prediction model can. This means that this larger model can help inform the boundaries of the smaller models, which will significantly improve their accuracy and extend their forecasts. This would allow fisheries and communities to better plan for where and when to harvest seafood, and to predict potential losses in advance. “In the last decade, people have already found evidence of ocean acidification in the California current,” said Brady. “It’s here right now, and it’s going to be here and ever present in the next couple of decades.” Additional authors on this study include Stephen Yeager, Matthew Long and Keith Lindsay of the National Center for Atmospheric Research.  Top: Pteropod snails, which live in the California Current System, are especially sensitive to ocean acidification. This image shows its effects, including ragged, dissolving shell ridges on upper surface, a cloudy shell in lower right quadrant, and severe abrasions. (Credit: NOAA Photo Library / CC) Bottom: In laboratory experiments, this pterapod shell dissolved over the course of 45 days in seawater adjusted to an ocean chemistry projected for the year 2100. (Credit: NOAA Environmental Visualization Laboratory) Categories:EnvironmentNews Headlines Published: May 1, 2020 • By Kelsey Simpkins last_img read more

Students: Who is your most inspiring CU Boulder educator?

first_imgPublished: Feb. 22, 2021 The campus is calling on students to answer one question: who are your most inspiring educators at CU Boulder? The Best Should Teach Awards honor University of Colorado Boulder faculty, graduate teachers, and K-12 teachers at the CU Boulder Best Should Teach Ceremony, co-sponsored by the Center for Teaching & Learning, Graduate School, College of Arts and Sciences, and School of Education. Student nominations are a key consideration of the selection process, so the Best Should Teach selection committee of past honorees seeks student nominations for outstanding full-time faculty and senior instructors from all colleges and schools across campus. The Best Should Teach initiative was launched by the late lifelong educator Lindley Stiles and his wife Marguerite Stiles, who established the initiative in 1996. Stiles’ inspiring motto is inscribed on the archway near the Hellems Building: “To those who come, I leave the flame! Hold it as high as you can reach. If a better world is your aim, all must agree: The Best Should Teach.”Nominations for the 2021 Best Should Teach faculty awards are due Friday, April 16. Student nominators are asked to answer two questions about their inspiring nominees: Describe how the faculty member’s teaching has impacted your learning, growth, and overall experience at CU Boulder. In your own words, describe how the nominated faculty member exemplifies the Best Should Teach motto.Best Should Teach candidates must have:Demonstrated educational leadership through contributions to improving college teaching on the Boulder campus and/or through work to improve teaching in primary and secondary education,Shown a sustained high level of involvement in pedagogical innovation and development and successful and productive mentoring of undergraduates and graduate students,Contributed their time to programs that support the improvement of teaching and academic professional development at all levels, andNot be honored with a Best Should Teach Award in previous years (view past awardees here). All full-time faculty (tenured and tenure-track faculty, and senior instructors) are eligible.Best Should Teach Awardees receive a Best Should Teach certificate endorsed by the Deans of the Graduate School, the College of Arts & Sciences, the School of Education, and the candidate’s college or school. Awardees will be honored in fall 2021 at an event recognizing 2021 and 2020 Best Should Teach award recipients. Nominate a faculty memberCategories:StoriesTags:Best Should Teachlast_img read more

Rock your LinkedIn profile: Learn more with Staff Council April 13

first_imgPublished: March 9, 2021 When: Tuesday, April 13th from 12-1pm OR 2-3pmWhere: Zoom, RSVP requiredJoin LinkedIn and Employee Services for Rock Your Profile, an interactive learning experience that will give you tips and insights to make your LinkedIn profile stand out.We’ll introduce you to the best practices, tips, and insights to help you build an all-star LinkedIn profile to showcase your skills, experience and accomplishments. Participants will also learn how to customize their profile to tell their professional story and represent their personal brand. Whether you’ve never used LinkedIn before or want to get more out of it, you’ll learn ways to successfully put your skills and expertise in the spotlight.Skills from this eventDevelop a LinkedIn profile with skills and accomplishments that represent you, what you stand for, and what you are passionate about.Grow your professional skills using LinkedIn Learning and by staying informed on the latest news and insights from industry leaders, relevant content, and group support.Build your online personal brand using the latest industry news as well as your opinion and thought leadership.Registration LinksBoth events will take place on Tuesday, April 13th, 2021. Use the buttons below to register on your desired time.Noon – 1:00 p.m. RSVP Link2:00 – 3:00 p.m. RSVP LinkIf you are interested in attending and need an accommodation, please email [email protected] no later than March 30th, 2021.Categories:Be engaged.Tags:Professional DevelopmentSpeaker Series2021 Staff Council Speaker Series: Navigating Change WHEN: Thursday, May 13th, 2:00 – 3:00 p.m. WHERE: Zoom, RSVP required Change can be… Read more I&S Mentor Program now accepting registrations for 2020-21 Online registration is now open for the Infrastructure and Sustainability Mentor Program (ISMP). Entering its ninth year, the ISMP is designed to provide CU Boulder staff an opportunity for both professional and personal development through a variety of self-directed activities as mentor team participants. Read more 2021 Buffalo Bicycle Classic Sept 12 – Discount for Staff Register for the 19th Buffalo Bicycle Classic (BBC) coming to Boulder on September 12, 2021… Read more Related Articleslast_img read more

Afternoon Brief, March 12

first_imgLinkedin Advertisement TAGSBank of MarinBenchmark Wine GroupBrett YoungChateau Ste MichelleConstellationCopper Peak LogisticsDowntown AbbeyEliteLabelGabrielle UnionLallemandMA SilvaNapaPaso RoblesR.F. MacDonaldSonoma County VintnersSouth AfricaStar TrekUCCE Share Previous articleAfternoon Brief, March 11Next articleDeli Superstar Shares Recipes for Business Success at DIRECT Wine Industry Conference Press Release Email Facebook Twitter ReddIt Subscribe to the Afternoon BriefAdvertisement Trending Story:Managing grapevine frost risks by the numbersFor help in planning your frost protection program this spring, take a look at Table 1. Its based on research reported by Matthew Fidelibus, University of California Cooperative Extension specialist…Today’s NewsConstellation Brands stock hits 52-week high New York Stock ExchangeConstellation Brands hit a 52-week high on the New York Stock Exchange this week, closing at US$84.33 per share, indicating investors faith in…Ste. Michelle buys Eola-Amity Hills vineyard for Erath WinerySte. Michelle Wine Estates has purchased Willakia Vineyard in Oregons Eola-Amity Hills for Erath, one of Oregons oldest and most respected wineries…Broadcast Booze: TV Shows Get Into the Wine BizIn what is perhaps the strongest evidence yet of wine’s power to unite, fans of upper-crusty period drama “Downton Abbey,” sci-fi classic “Star Trek” and the proudly…Hobbit Wine Goes Under The HammerAmerica Finally Becoming Red, White and PinkSouth African Wine-Grape Crop Seen Falling 4.7% From 2013 RecordGabrielle Union launches new wine called Vanilla Puddin’ ChardonnayMarch starts on wet note for Napa County growersVines greening up in Paso Robles as soils soak up rainsBenchmark Wine Group Releases Monumental Collection for a Limited TimeHubert de Bouard brings defamation suit against Vino Business authorTemecula: Wine Country expansion plan OK’dNapa River’s Low Surface Flow Levels May Affect Napa Wineries & VintnersTotal Wine & More is embarking on a new tasting and education seriesSupplier NewsOwning and operating a winery is a complicated endeavor, ensuring that your business is covered is a whole other barrel of grapes.Lallemand and BrettYoung to collaborate on biologicals2014 Seminar Series – Exclusive for Sonoma County Vintners MembersHeritage Barrels inks sales deal with concrete tank maker Vino VesselCopper Peak Logistics is Growing & Hiring for an Account ManagerBottle silk-screeners invest millionsBank of Marin Hires Experienced Commercial Lending Team in Napa – Deepens Commitment to Local Businesses, Wine Industry in Napa and SonomaChilled Wine Shippers Deliver Double to the EnvironmentEliteLabel to Presents at The 2014 Spirits Conference & Vendor Expo in SeattleR.F MacDonald Co. now a Wright Flow Pump Authorized Service Center!More sustainable wine pouches packed for millennialsTennessee Valley Winery values both Tradition and Experimentation; Uses Natural Cork from ACI Cork USAGusmer collaborates with Pacific Ozone to bring Portable Ozone Generators to the Wine IndustryM.A. Silva Crafts Exclusive One-of-a kind Bottle for CIRQ EstateBusinesses waste millions of dollars every year due to the inefficiencies of their meetings Home Afternoon Brief Afternoon Brief, March 12Afternoon BriefAfternoon Brief, March 12By Press Release – March 12, 2014 18 0 Pinterestlast_img read more

Spinning Your Web to Capture Wine Buyers’ Attention

first_imgReddIt AdvertisementBy Elizabeth Hans McCroneThe options, like the terminology, are endless. Responsive design. Search engine optimization. Multiple platform applicability.  Hash tags. Instagram. Twitter feeds. LinkedIn. Pinterest. Mobile apps. E-Commerce.It isn’t a matter of whether the wine industry needs to focus resources on 21st century technologies in order to stay competitive. The question is where to begin?  How should wineries navigate through the labyrinth of contemporary, high-tech choices that are vying for target audience attention to decide which ways and how much to invest in their digital identities?Rebecca Ritz of Illinois-based Bauerhaus Design has been building brands for multiple businesses for the past 15 years. She begins with the basics.“Your website is the center of the spider web,” Ritz describes. “That’s where your core brand needs to be well communicated. People should walk into your tasting room knowing what it will be like from what they’ve seen online.”Ritz counsels that a sound approach to any type of digital outreach or social media marketing needs first and foremost to take into account the target audience and use their preferred channel.“The online business world is more Twitter-focused,” Ritz explains. “Whereas, if it’s a mom, it’s more like Facebook. One brand I work with – Uproot Wines – is targeting millennials. They have an Instagram feed on their website.”Ritz works with numerous wineries on developing their digitally based outreach programs, but she’s concerned that the wine business as a whole isn’t changing its practices quickly enough to keep pace with today’s technical advances and demands.“Yes, you need social media, but the newsletter you create also has to be done in a format that reads easily on a smart phone,” Ritz declares. “When I design websites, I definitely do auto-responsive. People ask me, what is that?”Responsive design automatically changes layout to best fit the screen of the reader, so whether they get your newsletter on their smartphone or visit your website on a tablet, it always looks good and works right. Anything less is frustrating for the user.Cindy Molchany of Craft Beverage Media, a digital marketing strategy company for the beverage industry, agrees that it’s critical to stay on top of current technology. She believes that some of the wine industry’s competitors are ahead of the game, particularly in terms of their social media outreach.Molchany points out, for example, that Untappd, a hugely popular craft beer mobile application, is “serious business” for many beer fans who log onto it every day.“Craft beer seems to get their consumer a little better by being engaged on that platform,” she claims.Molchany recently gave a presentation at the annual Unified Wine and Grape Symposium in Sacramento about what wine industry professionals could be learning from their craft brewing counterparts, and not just about being on the cutting-edge of digital media.“You want to be specific about who you target online,” Molchany says. “Who do you want to buy your wine? Not just are they black, white, Asian or Hispanic – but what do they like to do? What kind of foods do they eat? It’s important for any industry, but wineries have a lot of catching up to do.”Molchany believes that any effective outreach strategy, including social media marketing, has to be rooted in a solid foundation of best practices. For instance, she says, E-Commerce can be an excellent avenue for sales once wineries are firmly established in other parts of their business, such as tasting room interactions and effective brand development.“You can’t just build it and they will come,” she points out. “You could rock it at email lists or social marketing campaigns, but you can’t be successful if people have never tasted your wines.”“I think the most important things that craft beer does extremely well, and why they’re rocking social media (over wine), is there’s more online energy from craft beer,” Molchany continues.  “They talk about the trials and tribulations of starting a brewery. When they’re wearing their brand on their sleeve, it makes them seem more vulnerable.”“Wineries are good at posting pictures of their vineyards or of a dog coming into the tasting room but they aren’t … letting people in behind the curtain. Online, when there’s so much coming at you, the real stories are the ones that resonate.”The call for authenticity has become a battle cry, especially for those targeting the Millennial segment, and some wineries are more successful than others in engaging customers in a deeper conversation.Jason Haas, Partner and General Manager of Tablas Creek Vineyards in Paso Robles, California believes that wineries need to be active in social media discussions or they risk losing audience share. He advocates for participation on the more popular sites and applications, such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest and Delectable.“It’s a good practice to be involved in all of them,” Haas notes. “People spend time each day thinking about what they’re interested in. If you’re not active in social media, you lose that share of attention.”Haas points out that there is a qualitative difference between social media and email marketing, but that “social media can be valuable for developing and maintaining a list of people who are willing to be solicited.”Haas has been particularly successful with blogging, a huge and growing part of wine industry communications. His “Blog Tablas Creek” site won finalist and best winery blog awards in 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.Haas, who began the blog in 2005 before Facebook and Twitter were household names, says blogging is a great method of continuing education for readers and a good way to “connect with other writers, creating content that’s long lasting.”“It’s also a lot of work,” he admits.While there are a number of opinions on which social media platform is best and which industry is doing a better job, there’s absolute consensus on a few things. You have to engage, you have to know your audience and the technology, and it takes time and hard work to be effective. But if you manage to connect with your customers, it pays off.Advertisement Facebook Twitter TAGSBecca RitzCindy MolchanyElizabeth Hans McCronefeaturedJason HaasOnline MarketingSocial Media Share Linkedin Email Pinterest Home Wine Business Editorial Spinning Your Web to Capture Wine Buyers’ AttentionWine Business EditorialSpinning Your Web to Capture Wine Buyers’ AttentionBy Editor – February 10, 2015 48 0 Previous articleAfternoon Brief, February 9Next articleWine Management Systems Expands With Lighter Capital   Editorlast_img read more

Sonoma County Winegrowers Move to Strengthen Local Community with Relaunch of…

first_imgPinterest AdvertisementCharitable Foundation to Support Skilled Workforce and Their Families in Sonoma CountySANTA ROSA, Calif. (January 14, 2016) – As they move closer to their quest to become the first 100% sustainable winegrowing region, Sonoma County Winegrowers announced they are expanding their efforts in 2016 to focus on the socially-responsible component of sustainability with the relaunch of the Sonoma County Grape Growers Foundation. The Foundation will work with a number of community-based organizations and government agencies to provide resources and support for agricultural employees and their families.“Our Foundation will seek to bridge the gap between existing programs and the individuals who should benefit them in the areas of healthcare, affordable housing, childcare and education,” said Karissa Kruse, president of Sonoma County Winegrowers. She added, “Sonoma County Winegrowers are very proud to be recognized as a global leader in sustainability and we are committed to becoming the agricultural leader for social sustainability in the years ahead.”The Foundation was first established 2002 to focus on employee education and safety. Following a year of discussion and planning on the best means for positively impacting the lives of agricultural employees in the county, the boards of both the Sonoma County Winegrowers and the Sonoma County Grape Growers Foundation met in December and voted to relaunch the foundation which will be managed by the Sonoma County Winegrape Commission.“I am impressed with the Sonoma County Winegrower’s visionary approach and leadership to help their employees gain access to the important services they need, such as healthcare and affordable housing, and we look forward to partnering with them to improve our community,” said Brian Vaughn, Director of Health Services Health Policy, Planning and Evaluation (HPPE) Division, County of Sonoma. He added, “We look forward to beginning a dialogue among key stakeholders within our community to address some of Sonoma County’s critical issues.”The Sonoma County Grape Growers Foundation’s relaunch continues Sonoma County Winegrowers’ recent tradition of making major announcements at its annual Dollars and $ense Seminar and Tradeshow.  Two years ago, the Sonoma County Winegrowers generated national news when it boldly announced it would become the nation’s first 100% sustainable winegrowing region by 2019. The march towards its 100% goal picked up major momentum in 2015 according to the findings in the just-released Second Annual Sustainability Report. With the target date of 2019 for 100% compliance, more than half of Sonoma County’s vineyard acreage has been certified by a third-party auditor putting the effort well ahead of original projections.In 2015, the organization unveiled its 100-year business plan which it developed to preserve agriculture in Sonoma County well into the 22nd Century. The 100-year plan is believed to be the first of its kind in agriculture and the global wine industry. It was also the next step in the evolution of Sonoma County’s efforts to have all of their wines grown and made in a sustainable manner. With today’s announcement of the new focus of the Foundation, Sonoma County’s wine sustainability effort is truly a model for the world’s wine community and other industries looking to become sustainable. Facebook TAGSfeaturedSonoma CountySonoma County Winegrowers About Sonoma County Winegrowers:The Sonoma County Winegrape Commission, also known as Sonoma County Winegrowers (SCW), is a marketing and education organization dedicated to the promotion and preservation of Sonoma County as one of the world’s premier grape growing regions. SCW has oversight by the California Department of Food and Agriculture and seeks to increase awareness and recognition of the quality and diversity of Sonoma County’s grapes and wines through dynamic marketing and educational programs targeted to wine consumers around the world. In January 2014, SCW committed to becoming the nation’s first 100% sustainable winegrowing region by 2019. Currently, 64% of the vineyard acreage in Sonoma County has gone through the sustainability self-assessment and 48% of vineyards are certified by a third party auditor. For more information about SCW and its programs, visit www.sonomawinegrape.orgAdvertisement Home Industry News Releases Sonoma County Winegrowers Move to Strengthen Local Community with Relaunch of Sonoma…Industry News ReleasesWine BusinessSonoma County Winegrowers Move to Strengthen Local Community with Relaunch of Sonoma County Grape Growers FoundationBy Press Release – January 14, 2016 9 0 Linkedincenter_img ReddIt Previous articleThe American Fine Wine Competition Hosts “Best of the Americas” Dinner to Benefit FIU’s Chaplin’s SchoolNext articlePiper-Heidsieck Returns as ‘Exclusive Champagne of the Oscars’ Press Release Twitter Email Sharelast_img read more

3 Badge Mixology Debuts Bib & Tucker Barrel Program

first_imgHome Industry News Releases 3 Badge Mixology Debuts Bib & Tucker Barrel ProgramIndustry News ReleasesSpirits Business3 Badge Mixology Debuts Bib & Tucker Barrel ProgramBy Press Release – December 6, 2016 64 0 AdvertisementSingle Barrels of Rare, Small-Batch Bourbon Available Exclusively to TradeSonoma, Calif. (Dec. 6, 2016) – 3 Badge Mixology has unveiled an exclusive new program for trade accounts that allows retailers to select their own barrel of rare, cask-strength Bib & Tucker Bourbon for bottling. Bib & Tucker is a small-batch bourbon whiskey sold nationally by 3 Badge Mixology, a division of 3 Badge Beverage Corporation.“The Bib & Tucker barrel program gives retail accounts the opportunity to offer customers something truly unique and tailored to their establishment,” noted August Sebastiani, president of 3 Badge Beverage Corporation. “Each barrel is a little different, with exciting nuances and complexities that connoisseurs of fine bourbon will appreciate. You can select a barrel that best fits your profile – or that of your consumers.”With the new barrel program, trade buyers will have the opportunity to taste samples of cask-strength Bib & Tucker Bourbon, either 7-year aged or 10-year aged, from a variety of different barrels before selecting one for bottling. Once a barrel is selected, 3 Badge Mixology will hand-label each bottle. Distinctive packaging will identify the bottle number, proof, alcohol, barrel number and years aged. Each barrel will contain about 30 6-pack cases of bourbon. After bottling, 3 Badge Mixology will also ship the empty barrel to the customer for display purposes.Bib & Tucker was named for a term used in America’s rough and tumble early days to describe a person’s finest attire for a wedding or a special dance. It signifies putting forth one’s finest. Bib & Tucker is double distilled using a column still followed by an old-fashioned pot still. The mash is chill filtered in the style of Tennessee bourbon and aged in number 1 charred American white oak barrels for at least 6 years. The distinctive barrel aging process is what distinguishes Bib & Tucker.Bib & Tucker is available from 3 Badge Mixology, the spirits division of 3 Badge Beverage Corporation. The company is located at 32 Patten Street, Sonoma, CA 95476. The telephone number is (707) 996-8463. Learn more at 3badge.com.Advertisement Pinterest ReddIt Twitter Share Previous article2016 Harvests in the Loire Valley End on a High NoteNext article2017 Passport to Dry Creek Valley Committee Chairs Announced Press Release Facebook Email Linkedin TAGS3 Badge Beverage Corporation last_img read more

Vinexpo Hong Kong 2018 to Introduce Speakers of the China Market…

first_imgFacebook TAGSVinexpoVinexpo Hong Kong AdvertisementBordeaux, May 15th, 2018 – Vinexpo Hong Kong, the leading event for wine and spirits in Asia-Pacific, will open on May 29, 2018 with the China Market Conference, which has become for the industry a barometer of this country’s fast-evolving trends.The latest Vinexpo/IWSR report underlines China’s leading role to the global wine trade with China set to become the world’s second most valuable market in the next three years. The survey forecasts wine sales are expected to reach US$23 billion by 2021.The China Market Conference analyses insights and perspectives of this growing market. Experts will discuss the evolution of consumer mentality and interpret the possible consequences on production, imports, distribution, e-commerce and brand protection.The list of speakers includes this year:Sarah Heller MW, writer and consultantChristy Iu, Marketing Director (North Asia) of Treasury Wine EstatesTommy Keeling, Head of Asia-Pacific research at IWSRMike Hu, President of FMCG BU, Tmall (Alibaba Group)Alberto Fernandez, Managing Director of Torres China The panel will be moderated by Don St Pierre Jr, CEO of fine wine trader Vinfolio but also founder and former Co-owner of ASC Fine Wines, China.“The China Market Conference is a real opportunity to stay up-to-date with the fastest-growing market in the world”, commented Guillaume Deglise, CEO of Vinexpo, “with insights on local consumption data and marketing possibilities, it is a must-attend industry briefing at Vinexpo Hong Kong.”The conference will also be live broadcasted online.Practical information:29 May: 14.00 – 15.30 – Room N101B – Level 1Conference Room, Hong Kong Convention and Exhibition CentreFree access for badge-holdersLearn more on Vinexpo’s Academy ProgramOnline pre-registration for trade and media is open on: Order your badgeAbout VinexpoSince its establishment in Bordeaux in 1981, Vinexpo has been a leading organizer of events for the wine and spirits industry. In 35 years, Vinexpo has developed a unique understanding of the market and an extensive network of key distributors around the World. The brand currently runs exhibitions in five set locations (Bordeaux, Hong Kong, New York, Tokyo and soon Paris), and the touring event Vinexpo Explorer, whose next edition is scheduled in Sonoma County. The Group also publishes every year the Vinexpo/IWSR Report, which is the most comprehensive survey of the global consumption of wine and spirits.More information on Vinexpo Hong KongAdvertisement Linkedin Twitter Previous articleThe International Sommelier Association Announces New Logo, New Website and New Cutting-Edge Destinations for Competitions in 2018 and BeyondNext article1000 Stories Launches New Bourbon Barrel-Aged Red Blend Press Releasecenter_img Pinterest Email ReddIt Share Home Industry News Releases Vinexpo Hong Kong 2018 to Introduce Speakers of the China Market ConferenceIndustry News ReleasesWine BusinessVinexpo Hong Kong 2018 to Introduce Speakers of the China Market ConferenceBy Press Release – May 15, 2018 43 0 last_img read more

Signorello Estate Hires Tanna Massar as National Sales Manager, Southeast Division

first_imgEmail Advertisement(Napa, Calif.)— February 13, 2019— Signorello Estate, founded in 1977 by father-son duo Ray Signorello, Sr. and Ray Signorello, Jr., today announced the appointment of Tanna Massar as National Sales Manager, Southeast Division. In her new role, Massar will be responsible for the on and off premises sales for Signorello Estate, as well as FUSE, Edge and Trim, for the Southeast United States.Massar, who relocated from Colorado to Florida in 2008, brings extensive sales experience to her new role. Most recently, she was the Eastern Regional Sales Manager for Cuvaison Wine Estates and has also served as Southeast Regional Sales Manager for Goelet Wine Estates/Clos du Val Wine Co. and National Sales Manager for Van Duzer Vineyards.ABOUT SIGNORELLO ESTATE Signorello Estate is a leading Napa Valley producer of Cabernet Sauvignon and Chardonnay. Co-founded in 1977 by the father-son duo of Ray Sr. and Ray Jr., Signorello Estate stands for French style wines with finesse created from 100% estate grown Napa Valley fruit. The winery is located at 4500 Silverado Trail. Estate Experience tastings are available Thursday-Monday at 10am, 1pm and 3pm and feature four wines paired with small bites. For more information or to become an Allocation Member, please contact the winery at 707.255.5990 or visit www.signorelloestate.com.Advertisement Pinterest TAGSpeopleSignorello EstateTanna Massar ReddIt Home Industry News Releases Signorello Estate Hires Tanna Massar as National Sales Manager, Southeast DivisionIndustry News ReleasesWine BusinessSignorello Estate Hires Tanna Massar as National Sales Manager, Southeast DivisionBy Press Release – February 12, 2019 180 0 Facebook Share Twitter Linkedin Previous articleAfternoon Brief, February 12Next articleVinexpo New York Reveals 2019 Program Line-up Led by Hard-Hitting Conference on Global Climate Change as Organizers Gear up for March 4-5 Show Press Releaselast_img read more

Moët Hennessy Estates & Wines Announces Launch of Skyside

first_imgHome Industry News Releases Moët Hennessy Estates & Wines Announces Launch of SkysideIndustry News ReleasesWine BusinessMoët Hennessy Estates & Wines Announces Launch of SkysideBy Press Release – July 16, 2019 1488 0 ReddIt TAGSAnne DempseyConsumerMoët Hennessy Estates & Wines Email Facebook AdvertisementAnne Dempsey Appointed as WinemakerMoët Hennessy Estates & Wines is pleased to announce the launch of Skyside and Anne Dempsey as Winemaker. Born within Newton Vineyard in 2007 as Red Label and known today as Skyside, these wines have evolved as a result of consumer trends and feature a unique expertise for identifying the best terroir and highest quality grapes. In time for summer, Skyside’s three delightful wines, Chardonnay, Red Blend and Cabernet Sauvignon are all priced under $25.Skyside Chardonnay 2017 (SRP: $19.99) a refreshing fruit-forward blend of nectarine and stone fruit with vibrant aromas of peach, bright citrus and honeysuckle.Skyside Red Blend 2017 (SRP: $19.99) a unique blend of Merlot, Petite Syrah, and Cabernet Sauvignon, this wine expresses delightful aromas of cranberry and plum fruits, warm baking spices, violets and chocolate.Skyside Cabernet Sauvignon 2017 (SRP: $22.99) shows aromas of violets, blueberry and plum fruits, spices, coffee and chocolate.Skyside’s logo displays an eagle flying over vineyards which ties to the brand’s motto, “roots to grow, wings to fly.” Artfully crafted by Winemaker Anne Dempsey, Skyside strives to combine the Californian legacy of the brand with an inspirational sense of freedom while delivering top quality wines at a great value. With the 2017 vintage and transition from Newton Vineyard, Skyside has expanded its boundaries to source the finest grapes from five counties that make up the North Coast appellation including Mendocino, Sonoma, Lake, Solano and Napa.“Skyside has naturally evolved into a standalone brand that will offer wine enthusiasts quality California wines at an affordable price,” says Winemaker Anne Dempsey. “Skyside brand ethos is to use grapes grown at sustainable vineyards, sourcing in California broader appellations. It’s an incredible opportunity to be part of this brand evolution, supporting growth and innovation for years to come.”Anne Dempsey’s passion for wine stems from a family tradition started in the 1920s, when her grandfather migrated from Tuscany to the U.S. to start his own wine business. Anne holds a Bachelor of Science in Viticulture and Enology from the University of California, Davis. Following her studies, she held positions at leading wine producing regions including Marlborough, New Zealand and Franschhoeck Valley in South Africa. Her passion for wine grew based off these experiences and led her to return to the U.S. where she refined her knowledge of the iconic California wine region. She has held roles as Assistant Winemaker at Clos Pegase in Napa Valley and ten years as the Enologist and then later Winemaker at Gundlach Bundschu in Sonoma. When not working in the vineyards, Anne pursued her a Masters in Business & Administration at Sonoma State University.Skyside’s Chardonnay, Red Blend and Cabernet Sauvignon will be available in 750mL bottles nationwide at leading retailers and Clos19.com as of July 1, 2019.About SkysideSkyside is the newest brand in the Moët Hennessy Estates & Wines portfolio that has naturally evolved from Newton Vineyard to become a standalone brand. Rooted in over 40 years of winemaking experience at Newton, Skyside and Winemaker Anne Dempsey have a unique expertise for identifying the best terroir and highest quality grapes. Skyside strives to combine the Californian legacy of the brand with an inspirational sense of freedom while delivering top quality wines at an affordable price point.Advertisement Share Previous articleMLB All-Star Derek Lowe Reclaims Second Korbel Win and $25,000 in TahoeNext articleCognac Takes on Tales of the Cocktail 2019 Press Release Pinterest Linkedin Twitterlast_img read more

Big Year for Small and Independent Beer in 2019

first_imgEmail TAGSBrewers Association Pinterest Facebook ReddIt Twitter Share Home Industry News Releases Beer Business Big Year for Small and Independent Beer in 2019Industry News ReleasesBeer BusinessBig Year for Small and Independent Beer in 2019By Press Release – December 10, 2019 177 0 Previous articleAldenAlli Winery Raises $46,000 for Fire RecoveryNext articleSonoma County Wineries Expect Exceptional 2019 Vintage Press Release AdvertisementThe Brewers Association looks back at the biggest moments in U.S. craft beerBoulder, Colo. • Dec. 10, 2019 — As 2019 comes to a close, the Brewers Association (BA)—the not-for-profit trade association dedicated to small and independent American brewers— takes a retrospective look at the contributions and major milestones of the country’s craft brewing community during the past year. Continued growth, record brewery count, and craft beers’ museum debut are a few of the highlights from a memorable year for the industry.“Small and independent breweries continue to be essential contributors to communities across the country, finding new ways to innovate and thrive amid evolving consumer preference and a competitive and maturing beverage market,” said Julia Herz, craft beer program director, Brewers Association. “It’s been an exciting year for both brewers and beer lovers alike and we look forward to celebrating new beer worthy moments in 2020.”Of note in 2019:Growth Amidst Competition: Craft brewing production grew in 2019, but as with 2018, the continued increase in breweries meant that the market also grew more competitive, particularly in widely distributed channels. The BA 2019 midyear survey measured 4% production growth year-over-year for small and independent brewers, slightly down from 5% in 2018. IRI Group scan data numbers through mid-November showed 2% growth for BA-defined craft brewers, similar to 2018 during the same period, and given reports in the second half of the year, 4% overall growth again seems likely for the year.Small Beer’s Big Impact: Brewery growth has driven tremendous job growth as well. The BA’s Economic Impact Report, a biennial analysis featuring economic data of craft brewing for all 50 states and the District of Columbia, showed that craft brewers contributed $79.1 million to the U.S. economy in 2018, a 4% increase from 2017. Craft brewers were responsible for more than 550,000 full-time equivalent jobs, an 11% increase from 2017, with 150,000 of those jobs directly at breweries and brewpubs.Record Brewery Count: Although final 2019 numbers are still being compiled, it is certain that more than 8,000 American breweries operated in 2019, a record number for the United States. At the same time, the competitive market led to more closures, and an estimated 300 breweries will have closed in 2019.Certified Independent: More than 4,700 brewing companies have adopted the independent craft brewer seal, representing nearly 80% of craft beer brewed in the United States. In October, Delaware’s 21 small and independent craft breweries became the first state with 100% adoption of the seal.Beer is Bipartisan: 324 representatives and 74 senators co-sponsored the Craft Beverage Modernization and Tax Reform Act in the 116th Congress, resulting in unprecedented bipartisan support. The BA has been a key player in moving forward this legislation that seeks to permanently recalibrate the federal excise tax for the nation’s brewers and reform burdensome laws regulating America’s brewing industry.Hoppy Holidays: The Brewers Association launched two new national holidays—National Independent Beer Run Day on July 3, and Small Brewery Sunday on Dec. 1—to encourage beer lovers to celebrate and support America’s small and independent brewers.Innovation Nation: From Gose to hazy, from barleywine to non-alcohol and everything in between, America’s independent craft breweries continue to innovate and adapt to evolving consumer lifestyles, tastes, and occasions.Night at the Museum: Brewing a Revolution, a display within the refreshed “FOOD: Transforming the American Table” exhibition, opened at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History, highlighting the history and industry of craft brewing and homebrewing in the United States. The display is a result of the Brewing History initiative, made possible by support from the Brewers Association, to collect, document and preserve the history of brewing, craft brewers, and the beer industry in America.Silver Screen Suds: For the Love of Craft, a documentary short produced by the Brewers Association, Studio C3, and Charlie Papazian, had its debut showing in Denver. The film, which features several luminaries of the craft beer community, has been screened more than 100 times in eight countries and was accepted into the Denver Film and Napa Valley Film Festivals.Crafting Community: To promote a more inclusive and diverse craft beer community, the Brewers Association awarded its inaugural Diversity and Inclusion Event Grants to six events across the country. Applications for the second year of the grant program are being accepted through Dec. 31, 2019.A complete 2019 industry analysis will be presented during the annual Craft Brewers Conference® & BrewExpo America® held in San Antonio, Texas from April 19 – 22, 2020. Conference registration is currently open to brewing industry personnel and media with early bird pricing available through February 6.About the Brewers AssociationThe Brewers Association (BA) is the not-for-profit trade association dedicated to small and independent American brewers, their beers and the community of brewing enthusiasts. The BA represents 5,000-plus U.S. breweries. The BA’s independent craft brewer seal is a widely adopted symbol that differentiates beers by small and independent craft brewers. The BA organizes events including the World Beer Cup®, Great American Beer Festival®, Craft Brewers Conference® & BrewExpo America®, SAVOR™: An American Craft Beer & Food Experience, Homebrew ConTM, National Homebrew Competition and American Craft Beer Week®. The BA publishes The New Brewer® magazine, and Brewers Publications® is the leading publisher of brewing literature in the U.S. Beer lovers are invited to learn more about the dynamic world of craft beer at CraftBeer.com® and about homebrewing via the BA’s American Homebrewers Association® and the free Brew Guru® mobile app. Follow us on Facebook, Twitter and Instagram.The Brewers Association is an equal opportunity employer and does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, gender, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, sexual orientation, or marital/familial status. The BA complies with provisions of Executive Order 11246 and the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.Advertisement Linkedinlast_img read more

Afternoon Brief, March 3rd

first_imgHome Afternoon Brief Afternoon Brief, March 3rd Afternoon BriefAfternoon Brief, March 3rdBy Editor – March 3, 2021 94 0 Delille Cellars to Open Wine Lounge at Former Redhook Restaurant Site VINEYARD & WINERY H-2A: The Not Cheap or Easy, but Definitely Effective, Solution to Labor ShortagesWho can afford to make $15 an hour and live within commuting distance of Napa? And if they can, will they want to do physically demanding field labor to earn that $15?… Don Sebastiani & Sons Tap Omar Percich as Chief Executive Officer Pandemic Drives Winery Demand for Smaller Bottles — if They Can Be FoundKnights Bridge Winery has dedicated roughly a couple hundred of its roughly 7,000-case annual production to half-bottles, but the team at the high-end Sonoma County winery wished they had a lot more during the coronavirus pandemic… TRENDING STORY Don’t Get Caught Off Guard During Wildfire Season WINEINDUSTRY.JOBS Advertisement BLOGS Pinterest Acker Launches “Women in Wine” Featuring Ann Colgin, Jordan Salcito, Martine Saunier & More Abacela Winery Announces a New Partnership with Cru Selections Email Burgundy Grape Varieties Put to the Climate Change Test Share Women Sommeliers Power the Profession’s Future Facebook ‘Be the Change’ Partners with Thurgood Marshall College Fund for Second Virtual Job FairBe the Change Job Fair, an initiative led by Cara Bertone, Philana Bouvier, Lia Jones, and Rania Zayyat, in partnership with Diversity in Food & Beverage and Lift Collective announced today that registration for beverage alcohol employers is now open for the second virtual job fair on April 22, 2021… Cellar MasterDomenico Winery – San Carlos, CA, USA Which Platform Is Right for Your Digital Ad Campaign? WineDirect Introduces New Training Program to Help Winery Clients Maximize Direct-to-Consumer Sales Do Different Wine Critics Agree on Value for Money? St. Julian Winery Celebrates 100 Years of Winemaking Traditions More Wine Industry Jobs Retail Displays That Pay for Themselves WEDNESDAY, MARCH 03 Data Entry ClerkRack & Riddle – Healdsburg, CA, USA Some Comfort for Wine Ponzi Scheme Victims Advertisement Can Wine Ride the Moderation Wave?What really are the opportunities for low- and no-alcohol wine? The evidence from the latest Wine Intelligence report Opportunities for Low- and No-Alcohol Wine 2021 suggests that there is an unmet consumer need… Barton & Guestier Releases 2020 Côtes de Provence Tourmaline Rosé March Farm News Member Profile Garton Tractor Wine Industry Veteran, Tom Hinde Shifts Focus to Meet the Needs of Small Winery Businesses PEOPLE More Supplier News Celebrate Women’s History Month with the World’s Best Winemakers TODAY’S NEWS Basset Legacy Scholarships to Tackle “Shameful Lack” of MW and MS Diversity Temecula Wine Country Ramps Up ‘World Class’ Efforts Hoffmann Family of Companies Acquires 162-Year-Old Winery as Part of $100 Million Augusta Project Women Sommeliers Power the Profession’s Futuresmoke Taint Customer: “There Is a Dramatic Improvement on the Finish of This Wine” How to Be Curious about Wine + Data: Questions from the Next Generation Wente Family Estates Announces Next Generation of Leaders Oregon Wine Board Hosts Pandemic-Proof Virtual Symposium SUPPLIER NEWS Women for WineSense Winemaking & Viticulture Roundtable Presents, “A Conversation with Zelma Long “ A New Dimension of Winery Support from a World Away ReddIt TAGSAbacela WineryAckerBarton & GuestierBe the ChangeDon Sebastiani & SonsfeaturedNakedwines.comSt. Julian WineryWente Family EstatesWine IntelligenceWineDirect Bologna Business School and Italian Wine Academy Renew Their Collaboration: Students Will Participate in WSET Courses for the Second Consecutive Year Twitter Linkedin Growing Consumer Demand for Wine in China in 2021 National Sales DirectorA Toast to You – Santa Rosa, CA, USA Ferrari Trento Named Official Toast of Formula 1? Wine, Covid and the Smell of Success Previous articleWomen for WineSense Winemaking & Viticulture Roundtable Presents, “A Conversation with Zelma Long “Next articleDomaine Expands Its Nationwide Wine Storage Network to Serve Wine Collectors, Retailers, and Restaurants in South Florida  Editorlast_img read more

William Chris Vineyards, in Collaboration with Texas Sommelier Ali Schmidt, Releases…

first_imgFacebook AdvertisementMade With 100% Texas Grapes, the Wanderer Series Relief Project II Wine Is Available Online and in Select Retailers Across Texas NowAUSTIN, TEXAS (June 2021) – William Chris Vineyards Co-Owner and Winemaker Chris Brundrett are excited to announce the launch of the Wanderer Series Relief Project II, featuring a new wine benefitting Feeding Texas created in collaboration with Texas sommelier and Emmer & Rye Wine Director and Manager Ali Schmidt. The wine is available now on WCV’s website (www.williamchriswines.com/product/wanderer-series-relief-project-2020-cinsault), as well as from the following retailers in select locations across Texas: H-E-B, Spec’s, Central Market, Kroger, Whole Foods Market, and several independent bottle shops throughout Texas.“We created the first Relief Project wine in 2020 because we saw an opportunity to support our fellow Texans,” said Brundrett. “Last year, we focused on the restaurant community who had been completely stalled by the pandemic, and this year we’re partnering with Feeding Texas because we know that many Texans are still coming back from the curveballs that have been thrown our way this past year. Ali and I are both proud to support this great cause with our Wanderer Series Relief Project II.”The Wanderer Series Relief Project II red blend features 92% Cinsault and 8% Carignan from the Texas High Plains and is juicy and bright with generous strawberry and cherry notes and a silky texture.“This wine is meant for summer 2021, for catching up with friends and family, and for hot afternoons that turn into late nights,” says Schmidt. “The wine is best served chilled in the fridge or on ice for 20 minutes, then enjoyed on its own or with picnic lunches, barbecue, and food off the grill.”The wine was created with a mission of supporting and nourishing Texas families in need as they get back on their feet. “The pandemic already pushed more Texans than ever to access food assistance from food banks, public nutrition programs, and other sources. But the need soared even higher as our network of food banks helped Texas families recover from the impact of the recent winter storms,” said Celia Cole, chief executive officer at Feeding Texas. “We are grateful to have the support of the Wanderer Series Relief Project II.”Another remarkable aspect of the project is the abundance of generosity once again put forward by the industry partners involved. This project would not be possible without the support of Victory Wine Group, which is handling the distribution of the wine; design shop Canales & Co. out of Austin, who created the label design; and Berlin Glass, who provided the bottles.The Wanderer Series Relief Project was launched in April 2020 with the mission to support the hardworking group of chefs, servers, sommeliers, and bartenders that make up the Texas restaurant community, which was critically impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The red blend wine, created in collaboration with Master Sommelier Craig Collins, sold out online and across all retailers, enabling William Chris Vineyards to raise over $45,000 for the Southern Smoke Foundation.For more information, please visit www.williamchriswines.com, and follow on Facebook and Instagram @WilliamChrisVineyards.ABOUT WILLIAM CHRIS VINEYARDSWilliam Chris Vineyards is a leader in producing 100% Texas-grown wine. Since 2008, winegrowers William “Bill” Blackmon and Chris Brundrett, who was recently included in Wine Enthusiast’s 2020 40 Under 40 list, have expanded the estate vineyards and partner with family-owned farms to source only the highest quality fruit. William Chris prides itself on expressing the genuine taste of Texas terroir through their wines while delivering a one-of-a-kind experience. Their approach integrates farming, tradition, and local culture, and Bill and Chris kept this in mind as they sought out a property to build their winery. Deciding on a pioneer farm settlement in the historic town of Hye, Texas, they began the project to restore the 1905 Deike farmhouse, which became the original William Chris Tasting Room. William Chris Vineyards is pleased to share a piece of their world and cannot wait to share it with you. For more information, please visit williamchriswines.com and follow on Facebook and Instagram @WilliamChrisVineyards.ABOUT EMMER & RYEHelmed by owner and Executive Chef Kevin Fink and partner Tavel Bristol-Joseph, Emmer & Rye brings cuisine that is rustic and seasonally inspired to Rainey Street. Emmer & Rye is a restaurant designed around the farmer’s haul, featuring a menu that changes daily with a focus on seasonal and local cuisine. Heirloom grains are milled fresh for house-made pasta, bread, and desserts, whole animal butchery is done on-site, and an extensive in-house fermentation program captures flavors at their peak and preserves them for the offseason. For more information, please visit emmerandrye.com.ABOUT FEEDING TEXASThe Feeding Texas network is the largest hunger-relief organization in Texas. Together with our 21 member food banks, we serve all 254 counties in the state and help over 5 million Texans annually get the food and resources they need.Advertisement Home Industry News Releases William Chris Vineyards, in Collaboration with Texas Sommelier Ali Schmidt, Releases Texas…Industry News ReleasesWilliam Chris Vineyards, in Collaboration with Texas Sommelier Ali Schmidt, Releases Texas Red Blend Benefitting Feeding TexasBy Press Release – June 2, 2021 68 0 ReddIt Share Twitter Linkedin Email Pinterest TAGSWilliam Chris Vineyards Previous articleNew Napa Green Vineyard Certification Sets Leading Industry Standard for Climate Action, Regenerative Farming, and Social EquityNext articleNABI Applauds USTR on Digital Services Taxes Decision as a Step in Building Back Better Our Traditional EU Trade Partnership Press Releaselast_img read more

AHPI, Bureau Veritas launching a new standard for ICU’s across India

first_img Share By salil sule on November 6, 2017 Related Posts News MaxiVision Eye Hospitals launches “Mucormycosis Early Detection Centre” The missing informal workers in India’s vaccine story Phoenix Business Consulting invests in telehealth platform Healpha AHPI, Bureau Veritas launching a new standard for ICU’s across India center_img Dr Deepak Sawant launched the new standards- ‘ResCCU – Responsible Critical Care Units at PD Hinduja HospitalThe Association of Healthcare Providers- India (AHPI), in association with Bureau Veritas, introduced a new standard known as ‘ResCCU – Responsible Critical Care Units’ at PD Hinduja Hospital in Mumbai. The new standard was co-developed by awareness and knowledge partner Cipla and launched by Chief Guest- Dr Deepak Sawant, Minister of Health & Family Affairs, Govt Of Maharashtra. This initiative was launched with the aim of amplifying the number of safety and infection control measures undertaken by hospitals in their respective Intensive Care Unit (ICU) departments.Sawant said, “I want to congratulate everyone that has been part of this initiative. The Indian Critical Care industry is in dire need of uniformity, not just in infection control but also in providing quality care. Further, it is important to note that these new standards need to be implemented not just in private hospitals, but also in government hospitals, for which I will do my very best to implement. I am thankful to all stakeholders for inviting me to be part of this launch.” He added that Maharashtra should have standardised SOP for treatment and there is a need to plan more one on one discussions to bring in the ideas for change.Joy Chakraborty, COO, PD Hinduja Hospital & MRC said “I would like to thank everyone that was involved in the process of making this launch and concept a success, especially Bureau Veritas. The Indian Healthcare industry is an extremely challenging environment to provide and deliver quality healthcare. The initiative and the newly launched ResCCU standard will act as a benchmark for hospitals to compare themselves against and to improve their infection control measures in an effective manner. Through this initiative we hope to streamline and make easier several processes and measures required to provide people with a better standard of quality care and safer medical treatment.”Patients in ICU’s are extremely prone to infections if hospitals do not follow the prescribed guidelines, procedures and evidence backed infection control measures. Those most susceptible to an infection include patients that have been admitted to the ICU for a long period of time, are older in age (70+), have been using antibiotics for a long time, lowered immunity, a person in coma/shock/trauma, etc.The training will involve several pillars such as patient care (care plans, management of prevention measures, etc.) risk management (hygiene, patient safety, pharmacovigilance, multi-drug resistant organisms [MDRO], etc.), infection control (drug expertise, optimal antibiotic use, etc.), regulatory requirements (national and state regulatory requirements, medical council guidelines, notifications issued by regulatory authorities, etc.)Dr Kapil Zirpe, President, Indian Society for Critical Care Medicine said, “Today, Critical Care has transformed from an extended facility in a hospital to a specialisation. Through this initiative, we aim to provide training and education to those working in the various ICU’s of hospitals and strive to streamline critical care across the country.”In addition, the AHPI also organised a seminar to discuss the various challenges and issues related to sustenance of quality in the Indian Healthcare industry, along with a strong focus on the future of Healthcare Delivery.Addressing the audience Dr Girdhar Gyani, Director General, AHPI said, “Over the years, the focus amongst healthcare industries has moved from purely providing medical treatment, to providing quality medical treatment. However, the Indian industry still faces several hurdles that we must work together for, and overcome. Through initiatives like these, we are moving closer to our aim of creating a healthy and driven healthcare industry.”(Inputs from: Mansha Gagneja) WHO tri-regional policy dialogue seeks solutions to challenges facing international mobility of health professionals Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals releases first “Comprehensive Textbook of COVID-19” Heartfulness group of organisations launches ‘Healthcare by Heartfulness’ COVID care app Read Article Menopause to become the next game-changer in global femtech solutions industry by 2025last_img read more

Sri Lanka thanks PM Modi for grants to run free ambulance service

first_img News By Sanjiv Das on June 22, 2018 Share Phoenix Business Consulting invests in telehealth platform Healpha Read Article Heartfulness group of organisations launches ‘Healthcare by Heartfulness’ COVID care app Related Posts WHO tri-regional policy dialogue seeks solutions to challenges facing international mobility of health professionalscenter_img India had given a grant of $22.8 million – $7.6 million in first phase in 2016 and in second instalment $15.2 million this yearSri Lanka thanked Prime Minister Narendra Modi for giving a grant of $22.8 million for running free emergency ambulance service in the island nation. India had given a grant of $22.8 million – $7.6 million in first phase in 2016 and in second instalment $15.2 million this year – to Sri Lankan government to run free ambulance services.Sri Lanka’s state minister of National Policies and Economic Affairs, Harsha de Silva told the parliament that PM Modi had come to Sri Lanka in March 2015 and said that “he wished to provide a grant to Sri Lanka.” The minister said that he told the Indian Prime Minister on Sri Lanka’s need for an emergency ambulance care service. “He (Modi) agreed, and an aid of $7.6 million came as the first instalment. It was totally free and nothing to pay back,” de Silva said, adding that in the second phase, Sri Lanka got a grant of $15.2 million.The minister said that the free ambulance service, was made possible by the people of India, was one of the largest grants India ever made outside the country’s assistance to build 50,000 houses in the north and east of Sri Lanka, and the Indian help in rebuilding the country after the 2004 Tsunami. “I wish to thank Prime Minister Modi and the people of India for this wonderful gift. People of Sri Lanka will be ever grateful to you,” de Silva said.The India-aided free ambulance service is currently running parallel to the Sri Lankan government’s free ambulance service. The missing informal workers in India’s vaccine story MaxiVision Eye Hospitals launches “Mucormycosis Early Detection Centre” Sri Lanka thanks PM Modi for grants to run free ambulance service Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals releases first “Comprehensive Textbook of COVID-19” Menopause to become the next game-changer in global femtech solutions industry by 2025last_img read more

SC seeks Centre’s response to suggestions on eradicating leprosy, rehab of patients

first_img Share News A bench headed by Chief Justice Dipak Misra also asked the centre to consider framing a law to repeal all state and local laws that discriminate against those affected by the diseaseThe Supreme Court recently asked the centre to respond in four weeks to the suggestions mooted by an NGO to eradicate leprosy and on aspects like rehabilitation and curbing discrimination against those suffering from the disease.The bench, also comprising Justices AM Khanwilkar and DY Chandrachud, perused the suggestions given by the Vidhi Centre for Legal Policy (VCLP), the NGO which has filed the PIL, on aspects like creating awareness, rehabilitation and sensitisation of common public about the disease.Senior advocate Raju Ramachandran, appearing for the NGO, said the suggestions pertained to “awareness, sensitisation and dissemination of action taken, non-discrimination, pensionary benefits for persons affected by leprosy, health care and rehabilitation, housing assistance, education, employment, livelihood, welfare and language and expression”.The bench said, “We would request Venugopal, the Attorney General, to assist with regard to the aforesaid nine aspects by filing his suggestions within four weeks hence. All the states shall file their responses with regard to the steps taken and to be taken, keeping in view the constitutional goal.”The VCLP has also sought a direction to the centre to bring an affirmative law to confer certain rights and benefits on persons suffering from leprosy and repeal all existing state and local laws which were discriminatory against them.Venugopal sought six weeks time for taking a decision to make a central law.VCLP, in its PIL, had listed 119 state and central laws that discriminated against leprosy patients and stigmatised them. It said that such outdated provisions denied them access to public services, impose disqualifications on them under personal laws and prohibited them from occupying or standing for public posts or office. By EH News Bureau on September 12, 2018 MaxiVision Eye Hospitals launches “Mucormycosis Early Detection Centre” The missing informal workers in India’s vaccine story Related Posts SC seeks Centre’s response to suggestions on eradicating leprosy, rehab of patients center_img WHO tri-regional policy dialogue seeks solutions to challenges facing international mobility of health professionals Phoenix Business Consulting invests in telehealth platform Healpha Heartfulness group of organisations launches ‘Healthcare by Heartfulness’ COVID care app Menopause to become the next game-changer in global femtech solutions industry by 2025 Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals releases first “Comprehensive Textbook of COVID-19” Read Articlelast_img read more

Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals signs MoU with Woman Doctors Wing of IMA

first_img The missing informal workers in India’s vaccine story Share Read Article By EH News Bureau on August 14, 2019 Related Posts Heartfulness group of organisations launches ‘Healthcare by Heartfulness’ COVID care app Comments (0) MaxiVision Eye Hospitals launches “Mucormycosis Early Detection Centre” Phoenix Business Consulting invests in telehealth platform Healpha Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals signs MoU with Woman Doctors Wing of IMA The partnership is inked to educate masses through sustained campaign on organ donation to help save precious livesAugust 13 every year is celebrated as ‘World Organ Donation Day’ across the world. It’s a day dedicated to motivate people to pledge to donate their organs. Every year thousands of lives are lost due to organ failure. Organ donation is the noblest way to living beyond one’s death and give others a new lease of life. To advocate the cause of organ donation Apollo Hospitals Group has signed a MOU with the Woman Doctors Wing(WDW) of IMA to make people aware about the cause. The focus of this partnership is to educate the masses through a sustained campaign and help save precious lives.This event was aimed to felicitate brave souls who had the courage to save someone’s life by donating their own organs and thereby bust the myths related to organ donation. The event saw participation from donor and majorly donor families, who donated their organs to save someone’s life and was addressed by Dr N Subramanian, Director Medical Services and Sr Consultant-Urology, Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals, along with Dr Neelam Lekhi, President, Delhi Chapter, IMA, WDW who also pledged to donate their organs.Dr Neelam Lekhi, President – Delhi Chapter, IMA, WDW said “When alive, a person can save at least one life by donating his organs, whereas a brain dead patient can give a gift of life to at least 3-4 people. In India, there are many myths associated with organ donation, owing to which there is a lack of willingness and awareness, leading to a low organ donation ratio. Through such platforms, we aim to drive the cause of organ donation and make more and more people aware about the noble cause”Dr N Subramaniam, said “Off late, through the coordinated efforts of various stakeholders, there has been a conscious rise in the rate of organ donation pledges. Many successful transplants have been conducted at Apollo Hospitals, saving lives through timely transplants, which has been a result of quick coordination between the organ transplant teams and NOTTO. Most of these are live related donor based transplants. Developing a robust cadaver based transplant is possible considering that we have over 90000 brain deaths every year”Dr DR Rai, Past secretary General, IMA acknowledged the efforts and assured IMA will take lead in educating the public to come forward and donate their organs.The programme also saw launch of “organ donor cards” which was given to people who pledged to donate their organs. Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals has initiated this drive across 30 locations including various medical colleges namely GTB, LNJP, GB Pant, Lal Bahadur Shastri, MAMC, Safdarjung, RML etc. Private hospitals including Shanti Mukund, Mata Chanan Devi too have come forward to join this drive. People are being sensitised at various other locations such as Yamuna Sports Complex, RWA’s, Educational Institutions etc.As a testimony of success to the campaign, Youth across the city have enthusiastically pledged to donate their organs. More than 2000 people are expected to participate in this drive alone at various centres in Delhi thus breaking the existing record of 25,000 pledges of organ donation in a single day. Add Comment Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals releases first “Comprehensive Textbook of COVID-19” Menopause to become the next game-changer in global femtech solutions industry by 2025 News IMAIndraprastha Apollo Hospitalsorgan donationWoman Doctors WingWorld Organ Donation Day WHO tri-regional policy dialogue seeks solutions to challenges facing international mobility of health professionalslast_img read more

Metropolis completes acquisition of four individual laboratories in Gujarat

first_img By EH News Bureau on October 3, 2019 Read Article Phoenix Business Consulting invests in telehealth platform Healpha Metropolis completes acquisition of four individual laboratories in Gujarat WHO tri-regional policy dialogue seeks solutions to challenges facing international mobility of health professionals Menopause to become the next game-changer in global femtech solutions industry by 2025 The missing informal workers in India’s vaccine story Comments (0) Heartfulness group of organisations launches ‘Healthcare by Heartfulness’ COVID care app Desai LaboratoriesGujaratlaboratoriesMetropolis Since acquisition Metropolis strength in Gujarat has grown four timesMetropolis has completed acquisition of four Individual laboratories in Gujarat. The company enjoys a strong network in Gujarat through its fully owned subsidiary, Desai Laboratories, acquired in 2007. Since the acquisition, the network strength in Gujarat has grown four times. Metropolis currently operates 13 labs in Gujarat at Ahmadabad, Surat, Baroda, Mehsana, Rajkot, Navsari, Jamnagar and Gandhidham. In addition, its patient service network consists of 300 centres and is spread across the key cities in Gujarat.Metropolis has a track record of acquiring and successfully integrating companies to grow its portfolio of laboratory and service network. It has acquired several companies since 2002, which includes established local chains such as Sudharma Metropolis Health Services in Kerala and Golwilkar Metropolis Health Services in Pune as well as companies outside India. Metropolis has integrated these businesses by bringing in standard operating procedures and standardised machines thereby improving quality parameters and resulting in operational efficiency.In addition, Metropolis’ asset-light model for growing its service network has worked well. Besides setting up fully owned patient service centres, they have significantly expanded their service network by contracting with other partners, to service individual patients. They also provide home collection service which allows for collection of samples from patient’s house. For catering to the requirements of their institutional customers, they have set up pick-up points and referral centres.“Many industry reports have cited that consolidation is a way forward for the diagnostic industry and large national players are set to benefit from this consolidation. Metropolis with its successful track record of consolidation and integrating businesses is at an advantage,” said Ameera Shah, Promoter and Managing Director, Metropolis Healthcare.Adding to the statement, Dr Pranav Desai, Chief Pathologist, Desai Metropolis said “Desai Laboratories has a strong heritage of 50 plus years of operation in Surat. When we merged with Metropolis in 2007, we got ten times stronger in terms of infrastructure, quality and operating efficiency. We will only continue to grow stronger going forward with this consolidation and network growth.” Share News MaxiVision Eye Hospitals launches “Mucormycosis Early Detection Centre” Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals releases first “Comprehensive Textbook of COVID-19” Related Posts Add Commentlast_img read more

Centre-State lack of coordination delivers medical supply chain sucker punch

first_img Related Posts Centre-State lack of coordination delivers medical supply chain sucker punch COVID-19 Updates News The states it seems have not understood that this 21-day lockdown is to prepare hospitals for tidal wave of patients that are likely; and are clamping down manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, of medical devices, equipmentMedical Technology Association of India has been in constant engagement with the government to tackle the current COVID-19 situation in India.MTaI in a statement released said, “The central government has expeditiously moved through the Department of Pharmaceuticals (DOP) Secretary as well as through the National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority (NPPA) and the Health Ministry to underscore the exemption of medical devices and equipment manufacturing, warehousing and distribution from the lockdown. The centre is a disseminator of directives however, the implementation rests with state governments and local level administrators. The latter it seems have not understood that this 21-day lockdown is to prepare the hospitals for the tidal wave of patients that is likely; and are clamping down manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, of medical devices and equipment. Transport trucks carrying these vital preparatory materials are stuck at city and state borders. The manufacturing and warehousing staffs, though armed with copies of the exemptions, are hitting a wall explaining to SHOs and local bodies that their products are needed in the hospitals and their units need to run.These companies are fully compliant with the lockdown as all their offices are closed as commanded by the government and all personnel are working from home. But without their manufacturing units, warehouses, transporters and courier companies working, this lockdown will do nothing for the preparation of hospitals and healthcare system which it is meant for.We would like to reiterate that in the absence of a vaccine or proven drug it is the medical devices industry that is shouldering the war against COVID-19. We appeal the state government and local level administrators that medical device supply chain be immediately resuscitated by issuing e-passes and facilitating medical device movement between cargo-manufacturer-warehouse-distributor-hospital.” WHO tri-regional policy dialogue seeks solutions to challenges facing international mobility of health professionals MaxiVision Eye Hospitals launches “Mucormycosis Early Detection Centre” The missing informal workers in India’s vaccine story Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals releases first “Comprehensive Textbook of COVID-19” Heartfulness group of organisations launches ‘Healthcare by Heartfulness’ COVID care app Menopause to become the next game-changer in global femtech solutions industry by 2025 Read Article By EH News Bureau on March 30, 2020 Phoenix Business Consulting invests in telehealth platform Healpha COVID-19Department of Pharmaceuticals SecretaryHealth ministryMedical Technology Association of IndiaNational Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority Share Comments (0) Add Commentlast_img read more

Bittium BrainStatus product family receives medical device approval in Europe

first_img Related Posts Bittium BrainStatusEEGEEG electrodeEEG measurement systemElectroencephalography Add Comment Its ease of use enables high-quality EEG measurements by both paramedics, clinicians quickly and easilyBittium BrainStatus product family has received medical device approval in Europe (directive 93/42/EEC). Bittium BrainStatus product family is a compact wireless EEG measurement system for the brain’s real-time electrical activity monitoring. It is designed for emergency, acute and intensive care use. Its ease of use enables high-quality EEG measurements by both paramedics and clinicians quickly and easily.Bittium BrainStatus product family consists of a wireless compact EEG amplifier, EEG measurement software, and a disposable electrode headband that is quick to wear below the hairline. Bittium BrainStatus can be used for real-time remote EEG monitoring for patients with altered levels of consciousness e.g. epileptic seizures or detecting effects of brain hypoxia.  The system enables quick measurements also in field conditions. Remote diagnosis can be done regardless of the patient’s or clinician’s location, which makes the treatment process faster for the patient.Bittium BrainStatus device is a compact, wireless and rechargeable EEG amplifier designed for use with Bittium BrainStatus electrode. The amplifier is lightweight and easy to use with high signal quality, enabling long term EEG measurements.Bittium BrainStatus electrode is a novel EEG electrode, made to answer the diagnostics problems in emergency dispatch and other applications which require fast and easy EEG readouts. Bittium BrainStatus electrode is disposable, and unlike traditional headbands, it is placed on the hairless area on the patient’s head. This makes proper placement easier and faster, without moving the patient’s head.Bittium BrainStatus software is designed for touch panels making it easy and intuitive for users not familiar with EEG devices and software and thus does not require prior knowledge of them. However, it has all the standard features EEG technicians and neurophysiologists expect. Software records EEG locally and it enables the same EEG to be reviewed from other EEG workstations throughout the hospital using a network file server.Bittium BrainStatus server software provides remote access features, including support for mobile networks and centralised storage which improve flexibility and expand the use of the system to regional or service provider use.BrainStatus supports EEG trend analysis tools as add-on modules for the system. The integrations for the first supported analysis modules will be released in the near future. Read Article Comments (0) Phoenix Business Consulting invests in telehealth platform Healpha The missing informal workers in India’s vaccine story News WHO tri-regional policy dialogue seeks solutions to challenges facing international mobility of health professionals Menopause to become the next game-changer in global femtech solutions industry by 2025 By EH News Bureau on May 7, 2020 MaxiVision Eye Hospitals launches “Mucormycosis Early Detection Centre” Indraprastha Apollo Hospitals releases first “Comprehensive Textbook of COVID-19” Bittium BrainStatus product family receives medical device approval in Europe Heartfulness group of organisations launches ‘Healthcare by Heartfulness’ COVID care app Sharelast_img read more

$36.8 Million Earmarked for Energy Efficiency and Conservation Project

first_img$36.8 Million Earmarked for Energy Efficiency and Conservation Project TechnologyMarch 29, 2010 FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail The Energy Efficiency and Conservation Project has been allocated $36.8 million in the 2010/2011 Estimates of Expenditure, currently before the House of Representatives.Funded by the Government of Jamaica and the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), the project, which began in August 2009, aims to support the government in its effort to improve energy efficiency and provide technical assistance to prepare a potential energy efficiency loan programme.The allocation will go towards evaluation energy consumption pattern for public sector buildings, undertaking cost assessment of public sector energy consumption, and conducting cost/benefit analysis of retrofitting buildings and public sector energy demand.Other targets include developing an investment plan for energy efficiency equipment installation and the terms of reference for an energy services company to facilitate a possible energy efficiency programme.The project, which is being implemented by the Government of Jamaica, is expected to be completed by February next year.As at December 2009, a project unit was set up and condition precedent to first disbursement met; expressions of interest for consultancy services were evaluated; collections and assessment of existing public sector energy audits were completed; and negotiation for Government access to Jamaica Public Service (JPS) public sector billing date started.Meanwhile, another $20 million has been set aside for the Jamaica Energy Security and Efficiency Enhancement Project Preparation Facility.This undertaking, which is being funded by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, will last from April to August this year, has the objective of preparing the Jamaica Energy Security and Efficiency Enhancement Project. Related$36.8 Million Earmarked for Energy Efficiency and Conservation Project Advertisementscenter_img Related$36.8 Million Earmarked for Energy Efficiency and Conservation Project Related$36.8 Million Earmarked for Energy Efficiency and Conservation Projectlast_img read more

Jamaican Rugby League Team Ends UK Tour

first_imgJamaican Rugby League Team Ends UK Tour SportAugust 30, 2010 RelatedJamaican Rugby League Team Ends UK Tour FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Jamaica’s National Rugby League team will end a two-week tour of England, during which they scored their first international win against professionals, on Monday.The team beat the Hull team in the prestigious Carnegie Floodlit Nines tournament, the most competitive Nines competition in the Northern Hemisphere. The Jamaican team did not win the tournament, but beating Hull, the defending champion, was a major boost for them.National coach, Dean Thomas, told JIS news that the tour of England, including their participation in the tournament, was part of the team’s preparation for the Rugby League World Cup qualifying competition in 2011.“Each year we are improving, and it gives the Jamaican players international experience, playing with and against professionals in the super league in England,” Mr. Thomas said.The team also played against the Great Britain Community Lions, on August 22. Ten Jamaican-based players teamed up with seven UK-based players for the match at the South Leeds Stadium. The Great Britain Community Lions are an officially recognised squad representing the Amateur Rugby League in Great Britain.Jamaica’s team captain, Andre Reid, said that the UK visit was a good experience for the team. He added that Rugby League was a fast growing sport in Jamaica and there were now five Rugby League clubs in the Corporate Area’s first division, three in St. Catherine and three University teams, in addition to school teams.The Jamaicans paid a courtesy call on Jamaica’s High Commissioner to the United Kingdom, His Excellency Anthony Johnson, on Friday (August 27).The High Commissioner congratulated them on their progress, and confirmed the Government’s committed to sports development. He said he had no doubt that Jamaica would continue to do well in the sport.The Jamaica Rugby League Association was established in July of 2004, and the inaugural season kicked off in 2005. The League is support by volunteers and companies, including Global Insurance and Virgin Atlantic, in addition to support from Bradford College and the University of Bradford in England. RelatedJamaican Rugby League Team Ends UK Tourcenter_img RelatedJamaican Rugby League Team Ends UK Tour Advertisementslast_img read more

Digital switchover vital to moving into 21st century communications – Vaz

first_imgDigital switchover vital to moving into 21st century communications – Vaz InformationDecember 2, 2010 RelatedDigital switchover vital to moving into 21st century communications – Vaz Advertisements RelatedDigital switchover vital to moving into 21st century communications – Vazcenter_img FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Minister with responsibility for Information and Telecommunications, Daryl Vaz has underscored the importance of timely switching from analogue to digital broadcasting in order to transform the communications infrastructure in the 21st century. He said this must be done in a way that will open up opportunities for providing the highest quality in video production and greater interactivity while contributing to improved efficiencies in the use of the spectrum.Referring to concerns expressed recently by the Media Association of Jamaica about the 2015 timeline set by the National Steering committee for the switchover, Mr. Vaz noted that it was important to have the full agreement of all the players in the industry. He said a feasibility study needs to be conducted as a necessary precursor to making a final determination on the appropriate date for digital switchover.As part of this effort, the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) will be conducting a two day workshop from December 2-3 at the Mona School of Business. Mr. Vaz said the ITU will provide an opportunity for all the stakeholders to arrive at a consensus on the implementation of this necessary and important measure. RelatedArchives Critical to Jamaica’s Historylast_img read more

Public education critical aspect of downtown transport changes

first_imgRelatedPublic education critical aspect of downtown transport changes RelatedPublic education critical aspect of downtown transport changes Public education critical aspect of downtown transport changes TransportJanuary 13, 2011 RelatedPublic education critical aspect of downtown transport changescenter_img Advertisements FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Members of the public traversing the busy downtown business district should have little difficulty adjusting to the new transport arrangements. General Manager at the Transport Authority (TA) in charge of operations, Cecil Morgan, told JIS News that when the new system becomes effective, on Saturday (January 15), signs will be used to direct commuters.  “We want to ensure that we have a very good transition, as it relates to going forward. The public must be advised of all the changes. The signs that are to be installed at the various locations to assist persons are pretty much on target,” he said. He advised that the Transport Authority was working closely with the National Works Agency (NWA) to ensure that there are adequate signs, to advise and direct the public where to go and on the changes being made. A public education campaign is also being executed. “We want to ensure that we have a very good transition going forward,” he said, adding that the public relations campaign will ensure that the public is advised of all the changes. The Transport Authority executive pointed out that, in addition to an increase in Transport Inspectors, there will be more traffic police officers on hand, and other stakeholders, to guide the process and ensure commuters can travel safely and with confidence to their destinations.last_img read more

Technicians hired for 30 days no longer need work permits

first_imgRelatedTechnicians hired for 30 days no longer need work permits Technicians hired for 30 days no longer need work permits LabourJanuary 24, 2011 FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail The Ministry of Labour and Social Security has removed the work permit requirement for overseas technicians, who are needed to carry out urgent work in the island for a period not exceeding 30 days. “If your machine is down and you need a man from anywhere in the world, you won’t have to wait six weeks anymore to apply and to get medical and police records. In fact, you are authorised to get him by computer – technology can bring him here instantly,” said Minister, Hon. Pearnel Charles. He made the announcement as he addressed a meeting of the board of directors of the Jamaica Manufacturers’ Association (JMA) on January 19 at the organisation’s offices in Kingston. He said that if the services of the technician will be needed for more than 30 days, then a permit will be required. “If you need the person for more than 30 days, you are going to have to apply for a work permit. Now this time, you are permitted to apply for that permit while the person is in Jamaica under normal circumstances you would have to apply while he was at home,” he said. He urged employers not to exploit the system. A work permit is a document bearing a number and photograph that is issued to an expatriate, which authorises that individual to work in Jamaica according to its stipulations, for a specified period of time. Persons seeking to obtain a work permit are required to make an application to the Labour and Social Security Ministry. The Labour Minister, in the meantime, congratulated members of the JMA for their continued investment in the country. RelatedTechnicians hired for 30 days no longer need work permits Advertisements CONTACT: CHRIS PATTERSON RelatedTechnicians hired for 30 days no longer need work permitslast_img read more

Ministry of Agriculture & Fisheries to host another series of Farmers’ Market across the country

first_imgRelatedMinistry of Agriculture & Fisheries to host another series of Farmers’ Market across the country FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail The Ministry of Agriculture & Fisheries (MoA&F)is to host another series of Farmers’ Market in six (6) parishes across the country this Friday, March 4, 2011 at the following locations: MoA&F football field – St. Andrew; Trinity AIBGA – St. Mary; RADA Mandeville office – Manchester; RADA Parish office – St. James; Portmore HEART Academy – St. Catherine; and Folly Oval, Port Antonio – Portland. Issued by: The Ministry of Agriculture & Fisheries RelatedMinistry of Agriculture & Fisheries to host another series of Farmers’ Market across the country RelatedMinistry of Agriculture & Fisheries to host another series of Farmers’ Market across the countrycenter_img Advertisements AMONG THE RANGE OF CROPS THAT WILL BE AVAILABLE ON SALE ARE THOSE IN GLUT AND NON-GLUT ITEMS, INCLUDING -LETTUCE, CALLALOO, CABBAGE, BANANA, YAM, ORANGE, JACKFRUIT, PUMPKIN, SUGAR CANE AND MANY MORE!!! Starting 6:00a.m to 6:00p.m. at all locations. Ministry of Agriculture & Fisheries to host another series of Farmers’ Market across the country AgricultureMarch 2, 2011last_img read more

Students to take part in Blackberry Developers Competition

first_imgStudents to take part in Blackberry Developers Competition TechnologyMay 19, 2011 By ALECIA SMITH, JIS Reporter RelatedStudents to take part in Blackberry Developers Competition RelatedStudents to take part in Blackberry Developers Competition RelatedStudents to take part in Blackberry Developers Competition FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail KINGSTON — Primary, secondary and tertiary student’s islandwide have until midnight, Thursday, June 30, to register for the Blackberry Developers Competition, being spearheaded by the Ministry of Education and the Office of the Prime Minister.  Dubbed ‘App.ti.tude’, the competition, which was officially launched on May 17, at the Wyndham Hotel, New Kingston, aims to stimulate innovation and entrepreneurial activity among students. The initiative will encourage students to use their creativity to submit ideas, and to develop or create mobile applications for either the Blackberry Smartphone, or Playbook. Speaking at the launch, Education Minister, Hon. Andrew Holness, said through the competition, youngsters would be able to use their creativity to develop a product that can generate income and employment. “We are taking our naturally gifted youngsters and we are going to give them the opportunity, the incentives and the support, and I have every confidence that they will create applications that can become marketable, that can secure enough intellectual property rights that will add to the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of Jamaica,” he said. Acting Chief Technical Director in the Office of the Prime Minister, Wahkeen Murray, said the Government recognises the tremendous power of Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) to mobilise the youth, provide new avenues for creative self expression and career development, and facilitate greater understanding and appreciation of the world in which they live and must thrive. “It is therefore appropriate that the minds of the competitors at the primary, secondary and tertiary levels are being directed to the gamut of endeavours of the information age. No doubt, at the end of this exercise, the perspective of each participant will be forever changed,” she said. “The government of Jamaica continues to seize and celebrate all opportunities to partner with the private sector in preparing our young people to perform on the world stage and to expand the vista from which they will design their career paths, and determine their mode of contribution to Jamaica and by extension the world,” she added. During the launch, an agreement was signed by the Ministry and sponsors, Blackberry Smartphone developer, Research in Motion Limited (RIM), and telecommunications provider, Digicel, to collaborate on the initiative.  Entrants can register at: www.bbdevelopers.gov.jm, and deadline for the submission of ideas and application is Sunday, July 31. Only teams comprising a minimum of three students and a maximum of four, from publicly or independently operated institutions will be allowed to participate in the competition. Each team is required to have a named coach who must be a teacher/lecturer at that institution. A school may enter an unlimited number of teams and each school must be registered with the Ministry of Education or the University Council of Jamaica. Prizes will be awarded to schools, team coaches and team members. There are prizes for members of the top 10 school teams at the primary level and members of the top three teams at the secondary and tertiary levels. The overall winning team will receive the Best in Show award, which is an all expense paid trip from RIM to the upcoming Blackberry Developers Conference in October, to be held in San Francisco, United States. Digicel will use the overall winning Blackberry application in all its markets as a value-added service to its Blackberry customers. Advertisementslast_img read more

Minister Starts Dialogue with Taxi Operators to Address their Concerns

first_imgAdvertisements FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail KINGSTON — Minister of Transport and Works, Hon Mike Henry, is to address a number of issues raised by taxi operators in Clarendon at a meeting with the Minister at Denbigh High School, on Thursday August 11. Mr. Henry called the meeting with the transport operators, after they had raised concerns about alleged harassment, including their claim that operators in the parish are being targeted by the Transport Authority. He said that he is prepared to meet all the taxi associations and operators, personally, to discuss their concerns, as long as their motivation is not political or mischief making. “I am prepared to deal with these issues, as long as I can separate the mischief from the reality, and mischief can come in many forms and threaten the development of an efficient and reliable public transportation system,” the Minister warned. Among the issues raised by the Clarendon operators, and which Mr. Henry has agreed to look into are: The question of badges worn by the drivers, and their claim of a $25,000 fine hanging over the heads of those who do not pay up by September first; The question of charges for not wearing the required uniform; The issue of the wearing of seat belts by passengers, for which drivers are being fined; The need for additional road repairs; and, children under five being counted as passengers, although they are not paying commuters. “All of these issues relating to the taxis and taxi operators associations will be dealt with, ” Mr. Henry assured, after the meeting. The Minister said his new thrust is to meet with legitimate taxi operators and their associations, to discuss their problems and have them dealt with by the respective agencies of his Ministry. “All of these issues relating to the taxis and taxi operators associations will be dealt with, as long as they are legitimate and reasonable,” Mr. Henry assured, after the meeting. RelatedMinister Starts Dialogue with Taxi Operators to Address their Concerns RelatedMinister Starts Dialogue with Taxi Operators to Address their Concerns Minister Starts Dialogue with Taxi Operators to Address their Concerns TransportAugust 12, 2011 RelatedMinister Starts Dialogue with Taxi Operators to Address their Concerns By BALFORD HENRY, JIS Reporter & Editorlast_img read more

BOJ Reports Reserves of US$1.96 Billion

first_img By Allan Brooks, JIS Reporter BOJ Reports Reserves of US$1.96 Billion Finance & Public ServiceDecember 19, 2011 Advertisements RelatedBOJ Reports Reserves of US$1.96 Billion FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail KINGSTON — Recently released data from the Bank of Jamaica (BOJ) showed that the level of net international reserves (NIR) at the end of November 2011, stood at approximately US$1.96 billion. The figure, though some US$70 million less than the US$2.03 billion in reserves recorded at the end of October, 2011, represents nearly 20 weeks of goods and services imports, based on the estimated value of imports for the 2011/12 financial year. This compares favorably with the international minimum standard of 12 weeks of goods and services.   Meanwhile, gross reserves, which consist of foreign assets, stood at approximately US$2.9 billion at the end November 2011. The NIR represents foreign assets less foreign liabilities held by the nation. While the reserves are not credited to the country’s revenues, they provide confidence to the markets that the nation’s external obligations can be met. In particular, a country’s reserve holdings represent an implicit guarantee that sovereign debt will continue to be serviced even in situations where access to new borrowing may be curtailed or become very costly. The NIR also represents contingency funds, which can enable the country to survive severe external shocks, cope with shifts in investor confidence, and natural disasters. RelatedBOJ Reports Reserves of US$1.96 Billion RelatedBOJ Reports Reserves of US$1.96 Billionlast_img read more

Communities urged to help Mitigate Effects of Natural Disasters

first_img By Alecia Smith, JIS Reporter Communities urged to help Mitigate Effects of Natural Disasters EnvironmentJune 4, 2012 RelatedCommunities urged to help Mitigate Effects of Natural Disasters Advertisements RelatedCommunities urged to help Mitigate Effects of Natural Disasters FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Minister of Local Government and Community Development, Hon. Noel Arscott is urging community members to play a more active role in mitigating the effects of natural disasters on the island. “Natural disasters can have far-reaching economic impact as well as devastating effect on local communities and it is our actions at the community level that will determine the extent of the damage and the length of the recovery period,” he said. The Minister was speaking at a press conference to launch Disaster Preparedness Month on June 1, at the headquarters of the Office of Disaster Preparedness and Emergency Management (ODPEM) in New Kingston. Mr. Arscott praised ODPEM for its work in strengthening communities’ capacity to protect against disasters. Pointing to the recently completed ‘Building Disaster Resilient Communities’ (BDRC) project , he noted that the achievements under that initiative are significant and commendable, with 28 organised community emergency response teams established. Director General of ODPEM, Ronald Jackson, said the agency has been focusing on a number of initiatives to build community capacity to prevent, mitigate and respond to all hazards, including climate-driven hazards. “Our organisational focus has been on multi-hazard planning for communities through the BDRC project …and also on the slope stabilisation, flood reduction and rainwater harvesting project. These are very significant …interventions, which we feel are going to be significant in addressing some of the climate change risks, certainly at the community level,” he stated. Disaster Preparedness Month is being observed under the theme: ‘Embrace Climate Change Realities…Build Disaster Resilient Communities’. The 2012 Atlantic Hurricane season runs from June 1 to November 30. RelatedCommunities urged to help Mitigate Effects of Natural Disasterslast_img read more

Radio Stations to be established in Five Primary and Junior High Schools

first_img By E. Hartman Reckord, JIS PRO RelatedRadio Stations to be established in Five Primary and Junior High Schools RelatedRadio Stations to be established in Five Primary and Junior High Schools Advertisements FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Primary and junior high school students from five pilot schools, are to be trained to operate school radio stations, which will be established for the creation and dissemination of media content. The initiative is part of the Media Literacy Project of the Broadcasting Commission of Jamaica (BCJ), which is now in its third phase.   Executive Director of the BCJ, Cordel Green, made the disclosure at a recent meeting held at the National Heroes Circle offices of the Ministry of Education to update officials from the Ministry of the achievements under the project. It was also intended to inform them of work to be undertaken in phase III from June 2012 to September 2013. Mr. Green informed that 150 grades seven to nine students will be trained in media operations as a practical component under the project. They will be selected from five schools where low power radio stations will be established. The schools are: Balcombe Drive Primary and Junior High, Calabar Primary and Junior High School in St. Andrew; Granville Primary and Junior High and Flankers Primary and Junior High in St. James and Central Branch All-Age, Kingston. “We are going to establish five radio stations in the selected schools and expand it to include Internet radio,” he informed. “We developed a kind of mentorship programme for the establishment of the school radio station because we want to twin them with existing stations and we are also collaborating with an entity abroad, which is likely to become (a) partner, which is already experimenting with Internet radio stations in Jamaica and that will help us to spread that out very rapidly,” he added. It is projected that at the end of this phase, the Ministry of Education will begin full roll-out of the media literacy curriculum in primary and secondary schools and teachers’ colleges. “When the programme is fully rolled out in schools, children are expected to increase their use of electronic media for learning and self development; be more aware that some content can be harmful; learn how to recognise inappropriate media content; and be equipped to make informed decisions and respond to risky content in the media,” he said. The Media Literacy Project, which targets grades one to nine students, was launched in 2007 with support of the Ministry of Education, the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) and the Joint Board of Teacher Education (JBTE). The curriculum is being delivered in the schools by 30 trainee teachers, who were trained in phase II and assessed on their practicum and final project. Giving an overview of the first phase of the project from 2008 to 2010, Mr. Green said that a package of four lessons on videos, each designed for delivery within a 20-minute class, was developed for grades four to six, which was the original focus of the project. He said the videos and other teaching manuals were then tested by the JBTE in 10 primary schools and select teacher training colleges across the island. Based on the feedback, grades one to three were included. Also, attending the meeting at the Ministry were: Assistant Executive Director, BCJ, Karlene Salmon-Johnson; Advisor to the Minister of Education, Craig Perue, Chief Education Officer, Clement Radcliffe, Information and PR Officer, BCJ, Nicole Morrison; Systems Administrator, BCJ, Jelani Crawford, National Literacy Coordinator, Dr. Andre Hill, and Education Officer – Media Services Unit, Allison Hall. Radio Stations to be established in Five Primary and Junior High Schools EducationJune 21, 2012 RelatedRadio Stations to be established in Five Primary and Junior High Schoolslast_img read more

$11 Million Allocated to Manage Chemicals in the Environment

first_imgFacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail A sum of $11 million has been allocated to the Environmental Management Division’s Regional and National Global Harmonized System (GHS) Projects in the 2013/14 Estimates of Expenditure, now before the House of Representatives. Of the sum, $7 million was given to the Regional GHS project, which seeks to build Jamaica’s capacity to manage chemicals in environmentally sound manner in keeping with the 2020 target of the Johannesburg Plan of Implementation and the Strategic Approach to International Chemicals Management (SAICM). For this financial year, the money will assist in the organization of the Regional GHS workshop. The project which started in April 2012 is slated to end in September 2013. The remaining $4 million will go towards the National GHS project. The project seeks to carry out a training and capacity building programme to support the implementation of classification and labelling chemicals. Targets for this fiscal year include: development of four sector implementation plans; conduct legal analysis and review; develop awareness and education campaign for civil society and industry. The project, which is being undertaken through the Ministry of Water, Land, Environment and Climate Change, is slated to end in December 2013. By Chris Patterson, JIS Reporter Advertisements $11 Million Allocated to Manage Chemicals in the Environment EnvironmentApril 10, 2013 Related$11 Million Allocated to Manage Chemicals in the Environmentcenter_img Related$11 Million Allocated to Manage Chemicals in the Environment Related$11 Million Allocated to Manage Chemicals in the Environmentlast_img read more

USF Equips Computer Centre in Eastern St. Thomas

first_imgStory HighlightsThe Bath Primary School in St. Thomas is now the proud beneficiary of 22 new computers and equipment valued at $5 million, from the Universal Service Fund (USF).The facility boasts new computers and all the support hardware and software necessary to make it operate as a fully functional laboratory. Health Minister and Member of Parliament for Eastern St. Thomas where the school is located, Hon. Dr. Fenton Ferguson pointed out that the computer lab brings great value to the school and the surrounding communities. Chief Executive Officer of the USF, Hugh Cross underscored that the facility is a tool to assist and facilitate the residents of the community.  He emphasised that residents of all ages can benefit from its use. USF Equips Computer Centre in Eastern St. ThomasJIS News | Presented by: PausePlay% buffered00:0000:00UnmuteMuteDisable captionsEnable captionsSettingsCaptionsDisabledQualityundefinedSpeedNormalCaptionsGo back to previous menuQualityGo back to previous menuSpeedGo back to previous menu0.5×0.75×Normal1.25×1.5×1.75×2×Exit fullscreenEnter fullscreenPlay USF Equips Computer Centre in Eastern St. Thomas CommunityNovember 15, 2014Written by: O. Rodger Hutchinson RelatedPortmore Cleanup Project Hailed as a Success RelatedKidney Support Foundation and Blind Society to Benefit from Tag Drive Advertisements RelatedODPEM Holds Disaster Awareness Sessions in Hanover The Bath Primary School in St. Thomas is now the proud beneficiary of 22 new computers and equipment valued at $5 million, from the Universal Service Fund (USF).The facility boasts new computers and all the support hardware and software necessary to make it operate as a fully functional laboratory.In addition it to the computers the facility is also outfitted with free WiFi capabilities allowing it to function as a Community Access Point.Minister of Science, Technology, Energy and Mining, Hon. Phillip Paulwell, who officially opened the facility on Thursday, November 13, said the lab represents a partnership among the Government, the school, and other stakeholders, including the United States Peace Corps.“The facility we’re establishing here makes it 194 of its kind in Jamaica. We have 24 computers, we have up-to-date technologies, screen, projector and free Internet service,” he told the large audience at the school.Health Minister and Member of Parliament for Eastern St. Thomas where the school is located, Hon. Dr. Fenton Ferguson pointed out that the computer lab brings great value to the school and the surrounding communities.“I am very happy for it (the facility) and I urge you all to care it, treat it good so that it may be for the greater glory of the citizens of the community.  I congratulate the USF, the community leaders for their participation in making the project a reality,” he said.He also challenged everyone to take advantage of the opportunity to improve their education through the use of the available technology. Photo: JIS PhotographerMinister of Science, Technology, Energy and Mining Hon. Phillip Paulwell (2ND L), Minister of Health and Member of Parliament for East St. Thomas, Dr. the Hon. Fenton Ferguson (L) and Mayor of Morant Bay Ludlow Matterson test some of the computers at the $3.8M bath Community Computer Centre in St. Thomas on November 13. FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail last_img read more

JFB Urges Fire Safety This Christmas

first_imgRelatedNew Infirmary for Portland Next Year The Jamaica Fire Brigade (JFB) is urging Jamaicans to take precautions this Christmas, in order to prevent fires.Public Relations Officer of the JFB, Emeleo Ebanks, said that many persons either lose their lives or homes during the yuletide season due to unsafe practices, which result in fires.“In November 2012, there were 83 homeless adults due to fires, and in December of that year the number increased to 107. In November 2013 there were 78 homeless persons and in December there was an increase to 94 persons. In most cases, this is as a result of human error,” he said.Mr. Ebanks, who was addressing a Jamaica Information Service (JIS) Think Tank today (December 17), blamed the losses on the influence of alcohol and the increased demand and use of electricity.“We have seen cases where persons are overloading sockets by plugging in up to 15 lights into one socket,” he pointed out, noting that in these instances, persons may experience short circuiting if the house has been wired for five years or more.“In other cases, the house was recently rewired, however, it may not have been done by a trained and licensed electrician. This uncertified electrician may have taken a few short cuts to save the home owner money, which may eventually cost them their home,” he said.Mr. Ebanks used the opportunity to implore persons to use the services of certified electricians to wire their houses.He also advised persons “not to overload your circuits. If you must use Christmas lights, plug in a minimum of three lights per socket. Do not plug in lights for more than five hours as no one enjoys them as you sleep so unplug them before bed at nights.”He also pointed out that plastic Christmas trees and decorations easily ignite and the lights on the trees generate heat, which may result in fires as well.Persons seeking additional information about making their homes safer this season and beyond may contact JFB Fire Prevention Division at 922- 2523. Photo: JIS PhotographerPublic Relations Officer of the Jamaica Fire Brigade (JFB), Emeleo Ebanks. (FILE) Story HighlightsThe Jamaica Fire Brigade (JFB) is urging Jamaicans to take precautions this Christmas, in order to prevent fires.Public Relations Officer of the JFB, Emeleo Ebanks, said that many persons either lose their lives or homes during the yuletide season due to unsafe practices, which result in fires.Mr. Ebanks used the opportunity to implore persons to use the services of certified electricians to wire their houses. FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail RelatedJustices of the Peace Urged To Uphold Integritycenter_img RelatedBlack River Gets Modern Market JFB Urges Fire Safety This Christmas Local GovernmentDecember 18, 2014Written by: Shelly-Ann Irving Advertisements JFB Urges Fire Safety This ChristmasJIS News | Presented by: PausePlay% buffered00:0000:00UnmuteMuteDisable captionsEnable captionsSettingsCaptionsDisabledQualityundefinedSpeedNormalCaptionsGo back to previous menuQualityGo back to previous menuSpeedGo back to previous menu0.5×0.75×Normal1.25×1.5×1.75×2×Exit fullscreenEnter fullscreenPlaylast_img read more

March Against Crime and Teenage Pregnancy in Clarendon

first_imgRelatedMinistry of Youth and Culture Builds Out Capacity Photo: ContributedMembers of the Clarendon Parish Development Committee Benevolent Society, with banner displayed, distribute handbills during an anti-crime march through Lionel Town in Clarendon, recently. RelatedCDA on Hand to Support Grieving Families, says Youth Minister March Against Crime and Teenage Pregnancy in ClarendonJIS News | Presented by: PausePlay% buffered00:0000:00UnmuteMuteDisable captionsEnable captionsSettingsCaptionsDisabledQualityundefinedSpeedNormalCaptionsGo back to previous menuQualityGo back to previous menuSpeedGo back to previous menu0.5×0.75×Normal1.25×1.5×1.75×2×Exit fullscreenEnter fullscreenPlay FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail Story HighlightsHundreds of business operators, workers, residents and students of Lionel Town, Clarendon, protested against crime and other social challenges facing the parish at a march throughout the town last Friday, January 30.The event was organised by the Clarendon Youth and Child Protection Committee (CYCPC).Data garnered in the crafting of the Clarendon Local Sustainable Development Plan is showing an upsurge in teenage pregnancy as well as criminal behaviour in schools.center_img RelatedGrounation to Focus on Drums March Against Crime and Teenage Pregnancy in Clarendon CultureFebruary 4, 2015Written by: Shelly-Ann Irving Hundreds of business operators, workers, residents and students of Lionel Town, Clarendon, protested against crime and other social challenges facing the parish at a march throughout the town last Friday, January 30.The event was organised by the Clarendon Youth and Child Protection Committee (CYCPC).Data garnered in the crafting of the Clarendon Local Sustainable Development Plan is showing an upsurge in teenage pregnancy as well as criminal behaviour in schools.Chairperson for the CYCPC, Melbourine McPherson, said that the march was to draw attention to the issues and also voice the group’s condemnation.“The data shows that there is an increasing number of gangs in our schools. This committee is made up mainly of young people and we want to say as young people that we are against criminal activities and teenage pregnancy,” she said.“We sometimes think that persons understand what is happening and we also assume that they know what to do, not realising that they sometimes do not. Society does not provide good role models for our children; we have some dysfunctional families and we must address these issues,” she contended.The day’s activities were guided by the theme: ‘Put Eh Dung, No…Yuh Nuh Ready’.“We believe this theme encapsulates all that we want to say. ‘Put Eh Dung’ is addressing crime and violence, the guns, drugs. ‘No…Yuh Nuh Ready’, we are talking about teenage pregnancy. We have young people thinking that they are ready to become parents when in reality some of them do not have parents to emulate,” she lamented.The march started at Watsonton Primary, and travelled through Lionel Town before ending at the Paisley Community Centre.Miss McPherson expressed gratitude to the supporters of the march including the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), Child Development Agency (CDA), Custos of Clarendon, William Shagoury; the Clarendon Parish Development Committee Benevolent Society, the Citizen Security and Justice Programme, and Men With a Message.Miss McPherson also thanked the students and the residents for coming out in their numbers.Meanwhile, Lionel Town resident, Nordia Brown, told JIS News that her hope is for more persons to have an “eye opening experience” regarding what is happening in Clarendon.“More people need to…recognise the seriousness of crime and teenage pregnancy. Even once per week, we hear of how children are affected by crime. I believe this march will help persons to see that this is not right and that they need to speak out against these issues affecting young people,” she said.Head Boy of Alley Primary and Junior High School, Adrian Mundle, who also participated in the march, is encouraging students to abstain from sexual activities as well as drugs and violence.“Jamaica is the most beautiful country in the whole world, and violence and beauty do not mix,” he said.The CYCPC, through this and other initiatives, positively contributes to Vision 2030, which aims to make Jamaica the place of choice to live, work, raise families, and do business.Next on the committee’s agenda is the Clarendon Children’s Conference (Triple C), to be held in May. Advertisementslast_img read more

$460 Million for Upgrading of Secondary Health Facilities

first_imgStory HighlightsThe Ministry of Health will be spending some $460 million to undertake work at 12 secondary care facilities across the island during the current fiscal year.The allocation will go towards further expansion of the Linstead Hospital in St. Catherine and the Princess Margaret Hospital in St. Thomas, among others.Portfolio Minister, Hon. Dr. Fenton Ferguson, made the announcement on Tuesday, May 5, during his contribution to the 2015/16 Sectoral Debate in the House of Representatives. FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmail RelatedGovernment Begins Implementing National Health Information Strategy RelatedMOCA to Be Statutory Agency The Ministry of Health will be spending some $460 million to undertake work at 12 secondary care facilities across the island during the current fiscal year.The allocation will go towards further expansion of the Linstead Hospital in St. Catherine and the Princess Margaret Hospital in St. Thomas, among others.Portfolio Minister, Hon. Dr. Fenton Ferguson, made the announcement on Tuesday, May 5, during his contribution to the 2015/16 Sectoral Debate in the House of Representatives.He informed that provision has also been made for the construction of new health centres and upgrading of existing facilities.He said that “brand new health centres” will be built at Christian Pen in St. Catherine and Runaway Bay in St. Ann, while improvement works will be undertaken at the Grange Hill Health Centre in Westmoreland and the Comprehensive Health Centre in St. Andrew.The Maxfield Park Health Centre will also be renovated, while design work for a new Health Centre in Port Maria in St. Mary, and expansion of the Stony Hill Health Centre, will begin soon.center_img $460 Million for Upgrading of Secondary Health Facilities Budget 2015/2016May 6, 2015Written by: Latonya Linton RelatedNational Security Minister Tables DNA Bill Advertisementslast_img read more

Confidential information under Rule 2.420 expanded

first_img Jul 17, 2019 Top Stories Confidential information under Rule 2.420 expanded Responding to changes in state law, the Supreme Court has required information about petitioners and respondents on domestic violence injunctions to be kept temporarily confidential and expanded information about Baker Act cases that is confidential in court files.The court, acting June 27 on its own motion in Case No. SC19-1049, amended Rule of Judicial Administration 2.420. The rule now identifies 23 categories of information that must be kept out of court records by clerks. It also requires lawyers to identify if their filed documents contain such information.The changes follow expanded public records exemptions approved by the Legislature earlier this year, and which became effective July 1.The Florida Court Clerks & Comptrollers had sent a letter to the court requesting guidance, noting while the Legislature had passed the exemptions, clerks are only authorized to withhold information at the direction of the courts.The court order broadened exempt information related to the Baker Act. The rule already had exempted Baker Act-related clinical records as defined in F.S. §394.4615(7). The court expanded that rule section to include “all petitions, court orders, and related records under the Baker Act, §394.464, Fla. Stat.”The court created a new section (xxiii) to address the Legislature’s actions on violence injunctions, requiring information be kept confidential until the respondent has been notified. Information to be kept confidential includes: “Information that can be used to identify a petitioner or respondent in a petition for an injunction against domestic violence, repeat violence, dating violence, sexual violence, stalking, or cyberstalking, and any affidavits, notice of hearing, and temporary injunction until the respondent has been personally served with a copy of the petition for injunction, affidavits, notice of hearing, and temporary injunction. § 119.0714(1)(k)3, Fla. Stat.”The court made the amendments effective July 1, and gave interested parties 75 days from the date of the opinion to file comments.last_img read more

Law dean said, ‘You’ll change your mind;’ Susan Black proved him wrong

first_img JUDGE SUSAN HARRELL BLACK at her 1979 investiture in the Middle District of Florida. Black was elevated to the U.S. 11th Circuit Court of Appeals in 1992.Like many of the 23 women judges who transformed the federal Judiciary in 1979, Susan Harrell Black was encouraged by her father to have professional aspirations — but for a darkly practical reason.“My father was a B-17 wing commander during World War II, and also a prisoner of war. So many of his comrades did not come back, and they left widows with children, and they had no skills,” Black recalled. “With my sister and me, he wanted to make sure we could support ourselves.”Her father introduced Black, as a young teenager, to the University of Florida Law School dean, and they discussed her interest in the law.“The dean said, ‘Well, you’ll change your mind.’”The dean was wrong. In 1967, Black graduated from the University of Florida — “I didn’t know there was another law school.”Growing up, Black exhibited several qualities that would benefit her career. She was an enthusiastic reader and writer, and her father’s livelihood required frequent moves. “I didn’t like moving all the time, but it made me adapt,” Black said. “It was the best thing that ever happened to me. I had to make new friends. Like anything, it took practice.”She learned from each job, moving quickly from an Army Corps of Engineers position to serving as a circuit prosecutor. By age 30, she was elected a county judge, and two years later, she became a Florida state circuit judge.Despite the novelty of women lawyers, Black said her male colleagues served as willing mentors.“It had to be men helping me back then, and often older men,” she said. “There weren’t any women to learn from.”Her appointment to the Middle District of Florida was a natural fit. Black loved trying cases, exploring the legal and factual intricacies. “I enjoyed the courtroom. I enjoyed the entire process. And I more than enjoyed a trial when I had two really good attorneys.”Her most interesting case involved an espionage trial in the early 1980s, involving a Vietnam veteran accused of selling classified code information.Beyond the actual case, which gained notoriety, she was the first judge to try a new procedure in which all participants adhered to new security rules. “An FBI agent was assigned to the case, who was in the office. Everyone in the case had to have a security clearance.”In 1992, while awaiting confirmation to the 11th Circuit Court of Appeals, Black met future Justice Sonia Sotomayor, then a nominee for a U.S. district judgeship in New York. The two formed a friendship that continues.“I was in the right place, at the right time, with the right people,” said Black. But the pioneering women judges did have some common attributes that furthered their careers. “Especially early on, women judges had to be a bit organized, a bit driven,” Black said. “It was a skill set that translated well.”This is the fifth in a series of articles published by the Administrative Office of the United States Courts about 23 women judges who in 1979 reshaped the federal judiciary. Law dean said, ‘You’ll change your mind;’ Susan Black proved him wrong Oct 04, 2019 News in Photoslast_img read more

City Staff reflection

first_imgHomeNewsCity CouncilCity Staff reflection Jan. 25, 2016 at 7:35 amCity CouncilColumnsEditorialGovernmentInside/OutsideOpinionCity Staff reflectionMike Feinstein5 years agoandy agleBarbara Stinchfieldcity employeesgigi decavalles-hughesgovernment employeeskaren ginsbergKubanimike feinsteinminimum wagesanta monica minimum wageworking for citySanta Monica City Hall’s lobby. (Daniel Archuleta [email protected]) By Michael Feinstein. Inside/Outside. January 25, 2016The recent passage of Santa Monica’s comprehensive Minimum Wage law was a landmark public policy achievement – and there is a lot of credit to go around. The movement to support local workers and pay a living wage began in the mid-1990s and has continued through this day. Many City Councilmembers over the years have also been bold and unequivocal in their support for the idea that we don’t want our parks, schools and police funded by tax dollars generated on the backs of underpaid workers.But also noteworthy has been the role of City Staff. The draft Minimum Wage ordinance brought to the City Council on Jan. 12 was the result of intensive collaboration between the Finance Department, the Housing and Economic Development Department and the City Attorney’s office.That effort showed how working for our local government can provide exceptional opportunities for City Staff to be part of great cutting edge accomplishments, just like being elected to the City Council gives our local politicians the opportunity to voice support for and vote for them.Minimum wage mini-dissertationIn Santa Monica, we often takes on issues that go beyond what many consider to be the regular operations of municipal government, and this requires becoming expert in many areas.With the City’s draft Minimum Wage law, not only did City Staff need to be well versed in state and federal labor law, but also it necessitated an understanding of how such a comprehensive minimum wage law would specifically apply to our local economy.To do that, City Staff convened an intensive eight-month local stakeholder outreach process, taking input from a range of interests – from big hotels and small restaurants, to car washers, housekeepers and a variety of advocacy organizations and think tanks. Staff then issued their draft recommendations almost a month before they were due to come to Council, to give opportunity for even more feedback, then further fine tuned their recommendations in response.Of course, such work is not without its political context, and City Staff deftly offered some thoughtful compromises that made their recommendations more likely to be accepted. At the same time, they charted out several alternative approaches to key issues as advocated by a range of stakeholders, and analyzed their pros and cons as well.The result was a Staff report that serves as a de facto primer on how a comprehensive minimum wage law might apply to Santa Monica – as well as a potential resource for other communities seeking to do the same, and for academics and others who want to study the issue.Attracting and retaining great City employeesIn addition to the City Attorney’s office (which plays a key role in developing most City policies), both the Housing and Economic Development (HED) Department and the Finance Department deserve special recognition for this professional work on behalf of our community – and how it demonstrates how staying with the City can also lead to great personal professional achievement.Andy Agle is the director of HED and Gigi Decavalles-Hughes the director of Finance. From my own early years on the City Council in the late 1990s, I remember both as junior staff members sitting in the front row in the Council chambers, as is customary, while their own department directors would be giving a Staff report to the Council. Now today almost twenty years later, they are leading their own departments in this historic effort.After serving as a community development project manager for the City of Anaheim, Agle came to Santa Monica in 1998, serving first as a special projects manager in the City’s Planning and Community Development Department (PCD), then as assistant PCD director in 2001, PCD interim director between 2005 to 2006, and then director of HED ever since.Decavalles-Hughes started with Santa Monica in 1997 as a senior budget analyst, then moved up to principal analyst and budget manager in 2001. Then as should be in a progressive city, she was able to take an extended maternity leave of 18 months, before coming back to work in the City’s Community and Cultural Services Department (CCS) as a senior administrative analyst on a part time basis while her kids were young. She coordinated the department’s budget and worked on special projects such as the construction of the new OPCC Shwashlock/Access Center facility and the Annenberg Beach House, before moving to HED in 2009 to serve as Agle’s administrative services officer, then returned back to Finance as director in 2011.In both cases Agle and Decavalles-Hughes gained experience working in different City departments before landing in their present positions, something also true of current CCS director, Karen Ginsberg, who cut her teeth in PCD before moving to CCS to take over when previous director, Barbara Stinchfield, retired in 2011. This long-time practice within City Hall of working in different City Departments further builds intellectual dexterity in our City’s workforce, helping them better understand how the City works and the connections between different policy areas.Achieving many ‘firsts’ for Santa MonicaAnother long-time City employee who has been part of many of Santa Monica’s groundbreaking achievements has been Environmental Programs manager Dean Kubani. Kubani has been with the City since 1994, and helped shape and implement Santa Monica’s Sustainable City Plan, one of the first municipal sustainability programs in the world. Along the way he’s been part of many “firsts”: first city to buy 100-percent renewable power, first municipal urban runoff treatment system, one of the first to ban Styrofoam containers ,and more. Based on the experience gained and lessons learned, Kubani has also helped countless other cities and other government agencies develop their own sustainability efforts – and many other cities now have sustainability plans based upon the work done here in Santa Monica.Also in the rank-and-fileDoing cutting-edge work in Santa Monica is not limited to department heads, as there are countless City employees behind every program and service. Hence the opportunity to be part of something special professionally extends to hundreds and hundreds of City employees.Back in the late 1990s when the City wanted to switch to more environmentally-friendly cleaning projects, I remember being impressed with how the City’s custodial staff had played an important role in evaluating the new products which they would work with, and for this reason ultimately embraced the change when it came to Council. This is only one example among many that continues to this day.What this should tell us is that the opportunity to work for the City of Santa Monica brings with it many benefits, and that our high quality of life as residents is partly the result of many long-time employees being able to achieve greatness in their fields, fields that by definition are also in public service and the public interest. Such longevity and commitment by city workers isn’t present in every community, and we are fortunate that it exists here.Michael Feinstein is a former Santa Monica Mayor (2000-2002) and City Councilmember (1996-2004).  He can be reached via Twitter @mikefeinstein‘Inside/Outside‘ is a periodic column about civic affairs Feinstein writes for the Daily Press, that takes advantage of his experience inside and outside of government. Tags :andy agleBarbara Stinchfieldcity employeesgigi decavalles-hughesgovernment employeeskaren ginsbergKubanimike feinsteinminimum wagesanta monica minimum wageworking for cityshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentKnow Before You Go: Week of Jan. 25, 2016Local student wins regional DECA marketing titleYou Might Also LikeColumnsOpinionYour Column HereBring Back Library ServicesGuest Author18 hours agoColumnsFeaturedNewsOpinionWhat’s the Point?whats the pointGAY PRIDE MONTH IS HERE FOR ALL OF USDavid Pisarra2 days agoColumnsNewsOpinionYour Column HereYour column hereGuest Author2 days agoColumnsFeaturedNewsOpinionYour Column HereSaving Santa Monica LibrariesGuest Author3 days agoColumnsFeaturedNewsOpinionYour Column HereBusinesses need helpGuest Author6 days agoColumnsFeaturedNewsOpinionYour Column HereSaving energyGuest Author6 days agolast_img read more

Santa Monica theft suspect leaves Sephora without paying

first_imgHomeNewsCrimeSanta Monica theft suspect leaves Sephora without paying May. 24, 2016 at 6:12 amCrimeSanta Monica theft suspect leaves Sephora without payingeditor5 years agoburglaryDolores Ceron Hernriquezdolores henriquezLos AngelesSanta Monicasanta monica californiaSanta Monica Crimesanta monica crime watchsanta monica newssanta monica policesephoratheftthird street promenade On May 10, at about 2:48 p.m., Santa Monica police officers responded to Sephora, 1244 3rd Street Promenade, regarding a theft suspect in custody.Officers determined the suspect entered the store and selected merchandise from the display cases.The suspect concealed the merchandise in a shopping bag and purse. The suspect exited the store without paying for the merchandise and was detained by a loss prevention agent.The suspect was in possession of a tool to remove security sensors from merchandise.Dolores Ceron Hernriquez, 44, from Los Angeles, was arrested for burglary and possession of burglary tools. Bail was set at $20,000.Note: Crime Watch is culled from reports provided by the Santa Monica Police Department. These are arrests only. All parties are innocent until proven guilty in a court of law.Tags :burglaryDolores Ceron Hernriquezdolores henriquezLos AngelesSanta Monicasanta monica californiaSanta Monica Crimesanta monica crime watchsanta monica newssanta monica policesephoratheftthird street promenadeshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentNow that Santa Monica has the Expo Line, let’s do transit rightBoys basketball: Crossroads hires Chad Beeten as new coachYou Might Also LikeCrimeCRIME WATCHNewsCrime WatchGuest Author3 days agoCrimeFeaturedKnife-wielding woman arrested during L.A. Councilman’s speechGuest Author4 days agoCrimeCRIME WATCHNewsCrime WatchGuest Author7 days agoCrimeFeaturedHomeless man loses an eye to BB gun assaultGuest Author1 week agoCrimeCRIME WATCHNewsCrime WatchGuest Author1 week agoCrimeFeaturedNewsDUI & Possession of a Rifle ArrestsGuest Author1 week agolast_img read more

City expected to ban bunnies and spiders from performing on The Pier

first_imgHomeNewsCity CouncilCity expected to ban bunnies and spiders from performing on The Pier Jan. 06, 2017 at 7:45 amCity CouncilCity expected to ban bunnies and spiders from performing on The PierGuest Author4 years agoanimalscity councilcity council daily pressSanta Monicasanta monica councilsanta monica daily pressSanta Monica Pier  The magic rabbit that appeared in Palisades Park as part of a disappearing act over the summer may soon vanish for good. On Tuesday, the City Council will consider adding rabbits, rats and spiders to the long list of animals banned from performing at popular tourist areas in the city.The exotic animal ban includes areas at the Beach, Ocean Front Walk, the Pier, the Third Street Promenade and Transit Mall.Like many tourist destinations around the world, Palisades Park was known for showmen offering photos with exotic animals and birds for money up until 2015. After a flood of complaints from the public and police, the City banned the practice, citing instances where the animals caused a commotion and complaints of inhumane treatment.In an effort to keep the ordinance narrowly focused, the Council banned snakes, reptiles, non-human primates and birds, but it seems animals outside the list have ben popping up near the Pier.Most recently, a man showing off his collection of tarantulas has frightened some tourists. Over the summer, people worried about the welfare of the white rabbit that performed all day in the heat, according to the City’s principal administrative analyst Melissa Spagnuolo.“It can get hot and the crowds can get large and it’s not the best environment for wild animals,” Spagnuolo said, who works in the Community and Cultural Services Department and helped draft the expanded ordinance.Over the past two years, City Leaders have acted to move away from animal related acts, prohibiting exotic and wild animals from tourist areas and ending pony rides at the farmer’s markets.“This ordinance would protect people in our parks from spiders, scorpions and rats, but also would protect small, vulnerable animals like bunny rabbits, hamsters and guinea pigs from being exploited for ‘showmanship’ or being put at risk of getting loose in public spaces where their safety might be in jeopardy,” said Councilman Kevin McKeown who signaled his support for expanding the ordinance next week.Although there are public safety concerns over whether the animals have vaccinations or could attack a tourist, Spagnuolo says most of the complaints received by the City concern the well being of the animals themselves.“We knew that at some point, we would most likely need to expand the list,” Spagnuolo said, adding that the list could be expanded again if the City notices new animals popping up near The Pier or Promenade.If the ordinance passes Tuesday, it will appear on the agenda again before the end of January for a second reading and then go into effect long before the next tourist season starts.City Council will meet at 5:30 p.m. on Jan. 10 at City Hall, 1685 Main St. Tags :animalscity councilcity council daily pressSanta Monicasanta monica councilsanta monica daily pressSanta Monica Piershare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentCity leaders to discuss Airport Park plans at next meetingLight rail riders plan to forget their pants SundayYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsDraft Housing Element released to publicBrennon Dixson2 weeks agoFeaturedNewsRent Board announces general adjustment effective SeptemberBrennon Dixson3 weeks agoFeaturedNewsCommissioners talk diversity, or a lack thereofBrennon Dixson3 weeks agoFeaturedNewsSMMUSD breaks down budget revisionsBrennon Dixson3 weeks agoFeaturedNewsCity Manager selection process beginsBrennon Dixson4 weeks agoFeaturedLifeNewsJournalist bikes from Chicago to Santa Monica collecting Covid storiesClara Harter1 month agolast_img read more

Man hospitalized after hit-and-run

first_imgHomeNewsCrimeMan hospitalized after hit-and-run Mar. 06, 2017 at 2:46 pmCrimeNewsMan hospitalized after hit-and-runMatthew Hall4 years agoaccidentcrashhit-and-runSanta MonicasmpdtrafficVenice The Santa Monica Police Department (SMPD) is seeking help in identifying a hit-and-run driver that critically injured a man early Sunday morning.According to SMPD, officers responded to the 2400 block of Neilson Way at about 1:50 a.m. for a report of a man lying in the roadway. The stretch of road is bordered by a parking lot and homes.The victim was found with significant head trauma and transported to a local hospital by the Santa Monica Fire Department. The victim remains hospitalized in critical condition and additional information about his condition was unavailable at press time.Major Accident Response Team responded to the scene to conduct an investigation and located debris consistent with a possible 2012-2016 Toyota Camry, silver in color and 4-door. Officers said the vehicle might have substantial damage to the front of the vehicle on the driver’s side. While investigators have some evidence regarding the kind of car, they have no information regarding its driver or possible passengers and anyone with any information is asked to contact investigators.“Other than the individuals who saw (the victim) lying on the ground after the fact, we really don’t have much information at this point,” said Lieutenant Saul Rodriguez.Rodriguez said hit-and-run accidents occur within the city but it’s rare for drivers to leave the scene of such a severe crash.Anyone with information is asked to contact Officer S. Pace at (310) 458-8993; Investigator J. Olson at (310) 458-8954 or the Santa Monica Police Department at (310) 458-84[email protected] :accidentcrashhit-and-runSanta MonicasmpdtrafficVeniceshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentTwilight Concert Series to return this summer with fewer eventsPlease sir, might have another tree? You Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall11 hours agoNewsCouncil picks new City ManagerBrennon Dixson22 hours agoFeaturedNewsProtesting parents and Snapchat remain in disagreement over child protection policiesClara Harter22 hours agoFeaturedNewsDowntown grocery to become mixed use developmenteditor22 hours agoNewsBruised but unbowed, meme stock investors are back for moreAssociated Press22 hours agoNewsWedding boom is on in the US as vendors scramble to keep upAssociated Press22 hours agolast_img read more

City review finds compliance with development contracts

first_imgHomeNewsCity review finds compliance with development contracts Apr. 16, 2018 at 5:01 amNewsCity review finds compliance with development contractsKate Cagle3 years agodaily pressNewsSanta Monicasanta monica daily press An annual review of the city’s Development Agreements found all 33 properties in good faith compliance with their contracts.A real estate Development Agreement, or DA, allows developers to build beyond zoning restrictions in return for community benefits like fees or open space. Because they are individually negotiated, each agreement contains unique time frames, obligations and requirements – including fees, physical improvements and ongoing services.“The standard is not black and white but it is based on the whole of the activity the developer is engaging in and our review of that,” said Principal Planner Roxanne Tanemori at the April 10 City Council meeting. Tanemori’s report looked at the individual contracts for each property and whether the projects held up their end of the deal.During the Tuesday night meeting, Council member Sue Himmelrich raised concerns about a provision in the DA for Colorado Center that requires public access to a park and meeting room. A neighborhood group trying to organize an event at the site was told they needed liability insurance in order to use the space. The group complained the requirement was costly and a burden.“I am aware of the issue and we have been discussing it,” Tanemori said. She said the DA allows Colorado Center to impose reasonable restrictions that the city might make in its own parks. Since the city itself sometimes requires liability insurance for organized events at public parks, they found the imposition in line with the Development Agreement.Mayor Ted Winterer said the public was benefiting from more follow up on DAs.“Since about 2009 we’ve had these regular reports and it’s provided a mechanism for people to voice their concerns on any DA they might feel is out of compliance so I think we’re doing a better job than we may have in the past,” Winterer said.Tanemori faced criticism that her report focused too much on traffic reduction strategies and not enough on the fees developers are required to pay to fund public parks, childcare facilities, affordable housing and other community benefits.“There is much more to a Development Agreement than those issues and there is no accountability for those issues,” resident Nancy Coleman said, asking for more transparency on how the city collects fees and spends the money.In response, Tanemori said the funds are a related but separate issue detailed in a different report. She said in the future her report may focus more on other issues, but historically the community has been most concerned with how large developments increase traffic on already congested streets.“We just know that in general trip reduction is such an important and critical issue to the community we want to provide the detail on that,” Tanemori saidThree properties are in the process of implementing new strategies to get more employees to carpool or use public transportation to achieve their transportation goals. Colorado Center, Providence Saint John’s Health Center and Saint Monica’s Catholic Community have yet to meet their peak-hour Average Vehicle Ridership (AVR) targets, according to Tanemori’s report. [email protected] :daily pressNewsSanta Monicasanta monica daily pressshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentKate CagleSenior ReporterSenior reporter for the Santa Monica Daily Pressview all postsOpenings and remodels for the city’s grocery markets in AprilSMMUSD to begin formation of dual School Facilities Improvement DistrictsYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall10 hours agoNewsCouncil picks new City ManagerBrennon Dixson21 hours agoFeaturedNewsProtesting parents and Snapchat remain in disagreement over child protection policiesClara Harter21 hours agoFeaturedNewsDowntown grocery to become mixed use developmenteditor21 hours agoNewsBruised but unbowed, meme stock investors are back for moreAssociated Press21 hours agoNewsWedding boom is on in the US as vendors scramble to keep upAssociated Press21 hours agolast_img read more

Parents petition for later school start time

first_imgHomeNewsEducationParents petition for later school start time Feb. 05, 2019 at 4:55 amEducationFeaturedNewsParents petition for later school start timeAngel Carreras2 years agoNewsSanta Monicasmmusd Several Santa Monica parents are rounding up support to change the start of school days. Carrie Davies, a parent of two students in the Santa Monica Malibu Unified School District, launched a Change.org petition last week to ask the school district to move school start times for all middle and high schools to 8:30 a.m. or later for the benefit of students’ well-being. The petition has over 600 signatures at time of publication.The petition was created in response to a new schedule being piloted at Santa Monica High School that would move the school start time from 8:15 to 8:08.  For students taking zero period, the start time would move from 7:12 to 7:00. Davies says the move to an 8:30 a.m. or later start time, which may seem negligible to some, would improve student’s lives for the better.“It may not seem like a big change but for a teenager, you can feel that difference,” Davies said in a phone call.“Science is clear that adolescents experience a shift in their natural sleep cycle that causes them to fall asleep later,” Davies continued in an email to the Daily Press.  “Since they also need 8.5-9.5 hours sleep each night, early school start times contribute to an epidemic of sleep-deprived teens.”This sleep deprivation, Davies says — backed up with research articles from organizations such as the American Medical Association, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the RAND Corporation and American Academy of Sleep Medicine, who all advocate for later school start times — leads to negative health and learning impacts such as impaired cognitive performance, impeded judgment and decision-making ability, and mood swings and behavior problems.The petition names numerous positives associated with later start times, including being more efficient and alert in class, having greater motivation and a significant increase in academic performance, with benefits roughly twice as great in disadvantaged students.In response to the petition, the SMMUSD school board released a statement from Board President Dr. Richard Tahvildaran-Jesswein who said all schools currently start at 8:15 a.m. or later but some middle and high schools offer an early “Period A” that starts before the first regular class of the day. “We strive to give families choices and for some the Period A works for parent and student schedules,” he said. “Period A is optional and does not reflect the regular start times. These classes are available for students who have extracurricular activities, need an extra class, or may need to work part-time or care for a sibling after school.”Tahvildaran-Jesswein said the Board is continuing to study school start times in collaboration with teachers, parents and students. “Adjusting times require consideration of various programs and services that may be impacted including bus transportation, extra-curricular opportunities, including athletics, music and arts, child care, and consideration for the impact on working parents,” he said. “The difference of the time start for regular days for our middle and high school students is currently 10-15 minutes earlier than the recommended 8:30 am start, as suggested in the petition.” [email protected] :NewsSanta Monicasmmusdshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentMore Grammy nominees makes winning a greater challengeState of the City to be presented Wednesday nightYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall8 hours agoNewsCouncil picks new City ManagerBrennon Dixson19 hours agoFeaturedNewsProtesting parents and Snapchat remain in disagreement over child protection policiesClara Harter19 hours agoFeaturedNewsDowntown grocery to become mixed use developmenteditor19 hours agoNewsBruised but unbowed, meme stock investors are back for moreAssociated Press19 hours agoNewsWedding boom is on in the US as vendors scramble to keep upAssociated Press19 hours agolast_img read more

Morris, Martinez, Rooney highlight players to watch in ’19

first_imgTags :apMLSNewssoccersportsshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentFontana man arrested in Santa Monica for burglary toolsSanta Monica Auctions holds its last auction at BergamotYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall8 hours agoNewsCouncil picks new City ManagerBrennon Dixson19 hours agoFeaturedNewsProtesting parents and Snapchat remain in disagreement over child protection policiesClara Harter19 hours agoFeaturedNewsDowntown grocery to become mixed use developmenteditor19 hours agoNewsBruised but unbowed, meme stock investors are back for moreAssociated Press19 hours agoNewsWedding boom is on in the US as vendors scramble to keep upAssociated Press19 hours ago HomeFeaturedMorris, Martinez, Rooney highlight players to watch in ’19 Mar. 02, 2019 at 4:35 amFeaturedNewsMorris, Martinez, Rooney highlight players to watch in ’19Associated Press2 years agoapMLSNewssoccersportsImage courtesy of Wikipedia. TIM BOOTHAP Sports WriterWith the MLS season beginning this weekend, here are nine players or duos to keep an eye on for the 2019 season:— Josef Martinez and Pity Martinez Atlanta United. Josef Martinez, the reigning Golden Boot winner, decided not to move overseas and instead signed a new deal to remain in Atlanta. He lost Miguel Almiron as his partner in goal scoring, but the addition of Pity Martinez from River Plate in Argentina will help keep Atlanta among the most potent offenses in the league.— Zlatan Ibrahimovic, LA Galaxy. Safe to say the Lion roared in his first MLS season. In true Ibrahimovic fashion, he arrived to great fanfare, backed up all the hype, considered leaving MLS after a half season and decided to return. As the 37-year-old said at a recent Galaxy event: “Because they say I’m old, I am looking to break every record in MLS this season.” Watch out.— Lucho Acosta and Wayne Rooney, D.C. United. No team in the Eastern Conference made a bigger turnaround last season than D.C. United after the addition of Rooney and pairing him with Acosta. Acosta turned down overtures from France to remain in MLS and now gets a full season with Rooney. Throw in D.C. spending all of 2019 at Audi Field and expect the Rooney-Acosta combo to keep them among the contenders in the East.— Tim Howard, Colorado. It’s the farewell tour for one of the best American goalkeepers of all-time. The 39-year-old announced in January the 2019 season with the Rapids would be his last as a professional after a sterling career that included three World Cup appearances and a lengthy stay in the Premier League at Manchester United and Everton.— Darwin Quintero, Minnesota United. It’s time for the Loons to show up. They will move into their new stadium in April. They’ve added one of the best defensive midfielders in the league in Osvaldo Alonso. Now it’s on Quintero to be the leader of Minnesota’s offensive attack that will need to give fans something to get excited about showing up at Allianz Field.— Zach Steffan, Columbus. The reigning MLS goalkeeper of the year will only be around for half the year — at least that’s the plan of now — ahead of his move to Manchester City. He’ll be a big part of Columbus’ early transition with coach Gregg Berhalter moving on to take over the U.S. national team.— Chris Wondolowski, San Jose. Wondolowski’s next goal will match Landon Donovan for the most goals in MLS history. The 36-year-old is also trying to become the first player in MLS history with double-digit goals in 10 straight seasons.— Carlos Vela, LAFC. Vela was responsible for 14 goals and 13 assists in LAFC’s debut season, enough to draw some flirtation from big European clubs. He stayed and will be trying to have LAFC build on last year’s stellar inaugural season that fell short after being upset in the postseason.— Jordan Morris, Seattle. Morris never appeared in an MLS game in 2018 after suffering a torn ACL in his right knee during the CONCACAF Champions League. Before playing a game, he’ll be the front-runner for comeback player of the year and will add to a dangerous Seattle attack that will have Raul Ruidiaz playing at the top for a full season, allowing Morris to attack from a wing position. If they stay healthy, Morris’ addition may give Seattle the most dynamic attacking midfield in the West.last_img read more

Civic Center Field construction kicks off with groundbreaking ceremony

first_imgHomeSportsCommunityCivic Center Field construction kicks off with groundbreaking ceremony Aug. 28, 2019 at 5:00 amCommunityDevelopmentFeaturedNewsCivic Center Field construction kicks off with groundbreaking ceremonyMadeleine Pauker2 years agocivic centerCivic Center Multipurpose Sports Fieldmaryanne laguardiasanta monica high schoolsports fieldThe City Council Residents who advocated for a quarter of a century to replace a large parking lot at the Civic Center with a sports field finally saw the project break ground Wednesday.Construction on the Civic Center Multipurpose Sports Field began Wednesday with a groundbreaking ceremony attended by local officials and community members. The 2.3 acre sports field, which is located across 4th Street from Santa Monica High School, is slated to open next summer and will provide space for Santa Monicans of all ages to play soccer, rugby and lacrosse.The $8.6 million field will replace 3.8 acres of the Civic Center parking lot, removing almost 700 parking spaces. The City Council approved the proposal to turn the parking lot into a field in June 2018 after more than a decade of lobbying by Samohi families, who argued that the high school did not have sufficient space for outdoor sports.“We’ll have a field that will serve many sports, many cultural events and thousands of community members. It’s a very public use of public land,” said Maryanne Laguardia, vice president of the Recreation and Parks Commission. Laguardia, who pushed for the field for 25 years, said the field’s supporters withstood a multitude of setbacks and delays while fighting to bring the project to fruition.“The community never gave up,” she said.The field will also include artistic and educational components that commemorate the history of the Belmar neighborhood, an African-American community that thrived in the first half of the 20th century before the city of Santa Monica took control of it through eminent domain in the 1950s to build the Civic Center.The city will work with community leaders, artists and historian Dr. Alison Rose Jefferson to create artwork, signage and educational materials that increase awareness of the legacy of the Belmar neighborhood and the impact of its displacement on the greater Santa Monica community, said city spokesperson Constance Farrell.At Jefferson’s suggestion, the Coastal Commission required that the sports field commemorate the Belmar neighborhood when it approved the project in March.“Telling the history of the area and the rich legacy of African Americans’ contributions to Santa Monica life helps make the history of the African-American experience in California more visible,” Jefferson said.The Coastal Commission also required that the city create a transportation demand management plan with the goal of reducing parking demand on the site over the long term. The city will have to monitor parking occupancy at the Civic Center after the field is completed.The synthetic turf field will be encircled by an eight-foot-high perimeter chain-link fence and 24-foot-high netting. The fencing will be screened by a landscape buffer.The field will be illuminated by 60-foot-tall lights at night.The City Council approved in May about $4.8 million with C.S. Legacy Construction for building the field, about $98,000 with AECOM for testing and inspection services and about $417,000 with Simpson & Simpson Management Consulting for construction management [email protected] :civic centerCivic Center Multipurpose Sports Fieldmaryanne laguardiasanta monica high schoolsports fieldThe City Councilshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentMurder suspect identifiedNOT ONLY SLOW, BUT THOSE HIDDEN AGENDASYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall7 hours agoNewsCouncil picks new City ManagerBrennon Dixson18 hours agoFeaturedNewsProtesting parents and Snapchat remain in disagreement over child protection policiesClara Harter18 hours agoFeaturedNewsDowntown grocery to become mixed use developmenteditor18 hours agoNewsBruised but unbowed, meme stock investors are back for moreAssociated Press18 hours agoNewsWedding boom is on in the US as vendors scramble to keep upAssociated Press18 hours agolast_img read more

Culture Watch – Looks Like I’m a Moron

first_imgHomeOpinionColumnsCulture Watch – Looks Like I’m a Moron Sep. 12, 2019 at 6:00 amColumnsCulture WatchFeaturedNewsCulture Watch – Looks Like I’m a MoronSarah A. Spitz2 years agoahmanson theatreJohn LeguizamoLatin History for Moronslatinx historyJohn Leguizamo in “Latin History for Morons,” at The Ahmanson Theatre through October 20. Photo by Matthew Murphy John Leguizamo is a ball of fiery, funny energy, and as a father he’s concerned about what his son isn’t learning about the history of his Latinx culture. “Latin History for Morons” at The Ahmanson Theatre made me laugh a lot but taught me even more. Leguizamo deserves applause for his dynamic one-man show (1 hour, 50 minutes, non-stop), an incredibly entertaining, important and edifying lesson in unrecognized history.The stage is a messy schoolroom, backed by a brick wall slathered with flyers, and a revolving blackboard where Leguizamo draws freehand maps and posts statistics that every school child—and every adult—ought to know, but doesn’t. “We’ve got a lot to learn and not a lot of time to learn it,” he tells us.He calls himself a “ghetto nerd” who suffered the “racial rites of passage,” including a teacher who kept a rearview mirror on the chalkboard to keep an eye on the “beaners”; the cops and robbers shows on TV portrayed brown, black and red-skinned kids as “pervs and criminals.” He was raised among “feral latchkey kids, like Lord of the Flies without adults.”To prevent his son from experiencing hardship and discrimination, Leguizamo sends him to a “respectable private school.” But his son’s bullied by another student who says he comes from a line of Civil War generals, and that his people don’t belong here; his son, whom he describes as “a gentle genius,” has no comeback.That starts Leguizamo on the path to help his son find heroes from his own culture for the perfect comeback and for a school project. He quotes philosopher George Santayana’s aphorism, “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.” He begins his self-education with Howard Zinn’s “A People’s History of the United States,” which opens his eyes to what’s missing from his every kid’s textbook.He draws a timeline, 1000 BCE to today – and points out that between the two dates, Latinx culture is invisible even though, “Latin history is American history.” He shows us the percentages that make up his Latinx genetics: “We are a bastardly people,” he says, as he puts 40% native Indian, 25% black, some percentage Jewish, some Lebanese and the remainder, “I don’t know WTF it is” on the chalkboard. And why is this?Because long before the Roman and Christian empires, in territory larger than the Russian empire, the Mayans, Aztecs and Incas who inhabited the Americas created massive advanced empires of their own. All it took was a fleet of Spanish conquistadors who committed “ethnocide” against “the pagan savages” by bringing weapons like cannons, germs like smallpox to decimate their populations and rape their little girls.Not to mention the gold they stole, centuries-old “masterpieces of art” melted down to provide “Larry with a lovely kitchen counter” back home in Spain; “more than 500,000 tons of gold, and twice that in silver.” But that, he points out, is a whole other lecture.He talks about the Tainos, whose 1000-year reign was completely peaceful. They didn’t stand a chance. He calls Tenochtitlan, the capital of the Aztec empire, with pyramids and hundred-room palaces surrounded by a lake, “The Venice of the West.” He acts out (humorously but painfully) the murder of Emperor Moctezuma by Spanish invader Hernan Cortes, who had convinced his people that Cortes was a god.He then acts out how Pizarro, with just 160 Spanish soldiers, overpowered the Incan empire (Peru, Ecuador, Chile, Bolivia and Colombia), ruled by Atahualpa. Engaged in civil war, and weakened after his victory, Atahualpa agreed to meet with the Spaniards but was ambushed. Millions died, thanks not only to weapons but to the germs they could not fight.Exemplified by Horace Greeley’s “Go West young man,” American history is equally destructive. “Columbus was the Donald J. Trump of the New World,” who brought syphilis to the Native Americans, subjecting them to the “Caribbean holocaust.” Not to mention (he does) Andrew Jackson’s Indian Removal Act and the Trail of Tears in 1830; the huge wave of deportations of Mexicans in the 1930s; and today’s attacks on immigration. Hundreds of thousands of Latinos fought for America in the Revolution, the Civil War, World Wars 1 and 2, Vietnam and more.Leguizamo’s faith is called into question; “How can a God that’s all merciful let people do this to each other,” he asks. And he goes to therapy, where the doctor says he’s suffering a case of “repressed ghetto rage” and “ancestral PTSD.”Unable to persuade his son that emperors who lost their empires are heroes (“Dad, you make s**t up, I’m not gonna believe you again”), he gets a call from school that his son hit another boy in response to being taunted. His grades dropping, he’s put on probation with no repercussion for the bully; “his rich parents probably paid for the school library.” The world’s unfair when you’re treated as a second-class citizen.But it’s his son who surprises everyone. His teacher selects him to speak at graduation, adapting his school project about his cultural heroes. And the upshot isn’t what you’re expecting; I won’t give away the uplifting, surprise ending but it’s completely satisfying.Trust me. Learning what should never have been left out of history is not painful in this context. I highly recommend “Latin History for Morons,” now through October 20 at The Ahmanson Theatre. https://www.centertheatregroup.org/tickets/ahmanson-theatre/2019-20/latin-history-for-morons/Sarah A. Spitz is an award-winning public radio producer, retired from KCRW, where she also produced arts stories for NPR. She writes features and reviews for various print and online publications.Tags :ahmanson theatreJohn LeguizamoLatin History for Moronslatinx historyshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a comment9/11 CeremonyNTSB: Entire crew was asleep when fatal boat fire startedYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall7 hours agoColumnsOpinionYour Column HereBring Back Library ServicesGuest Author13 hours agoFeaturedNewsProtesting parents and Snapchat remain in disagreement over child protection policiesClara Harter18 hours agoFeaturedNewsDowntown grocery to become mixed use developmenteditor18 hours agoNewsBruised but unbowed, meme stock investors are back for moreAssociated Press18 hours agoNewsWedding boom is on in the US as vendors scramble to keep upAssociated Press18 hours agolast_img read more

City of Malibu Receives Climate Change Resilience and Adaptation Grant from SoCalGas

first_imgHomeBriefsCity of Malibu Receives Climate Change Resilience and Adaptation Grant from SoCalGas Jan. 13, 2020 at 5:00 amBriefsEarthEnvironmentNewsCity of Malibu Receives Climate Change Resilience and Adaptation Grant from SoCalGasGuest Author1 year agoclimate changeClimate Change Resiliencekaren farrersocalgas The City of Malibu received a SoCalGas 2019 Resilience and Adaptation Planning Grant to help fund the Community Resilience and Adaptation Plan that the City is developing to address the local impacts of climate change.   “The City Council recognizes we are in a state of climate emergency, and we must take positive steps toward reducing the impacts of climate change on the City of Malibu’s population and infrastructure,” Mayor Karen Farrer said. “We sincerely appreciate the support of SoCalGas to create a comprehensive plan to become a more resilient community.”Malibu’s mountainous coastal landscape is especially vulnerable to climate change, including extreme weather, wildfire and sea level rise. The City, one of only three 2019 grant recipients, will use the $50,000 grant funds to help develop an actionable Community Resilience and Adaptation Plan.The Plan will build upon the City’s environmental policy and efforts to address climate change, including purchasing 100% renewable energy through the Clean Power Alliance, retrofitting municipal buildings with LED lighting and installing electrical vehicle charging stations.The Plan will also be guided by the Las Virgines-Malibu Council of Governments’ Hazard Mitigation Plan, Malibu’s Greenhouse Gas Inventory, which was completed in 2019 by the L.A. County Office of Sustainability, and Malibu’s Coastal Vulnerability Assessment, which is expected to be complete by the end of 2020.Central aspects of the planning process will include community stakeholder engagement and building regional collaborations with neighboring cities, L.A. County, community organizations, neighborhood groups and subject matter experts.The Plan will have a special focus on identifying solutions to challenges that seniors face. Seniors comprise more than 22% of the City’s population and are considered particularly vulnerable to climate change.The Plan will be incorporated in the update of the City’s General Plan Safety and Housing Elements scheduled for the fall of 2021, ensuring compliance with California Senate Bill 379.Submitted by Grace SmithTags :climate changeClimate Change Resiliencekaren farrersocalgasshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentEnrolling Next Year’s Kindergarteners in SMMUSDConversations: Scenes from Film and TheaterYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall7 hours agoBriefsLos Angeles Sheriff’s deputy accused of destroying evidence of 2019 assaultAssociated Press10 hours agoBriefsCalifornia State Treasurer Fiona Ma to Speak at Online Santa Monica College Commencement Ceremony June 25Guest Author10 hours agoNewsCouncil picks new City ManagerBrennon Dixson17 hours agoFeaturedNewsProtesting parents and Snapchat remain in disagreement over child protection policiesClara Harter17 hours agoFeaturedNewsDowntown grocery to become mixed use developmenteditor17 hours agolast_img read more

Vandenberg Air Force Base to be renamed Space Force Base

first_imgVandenberg’s host unit, the 30th Space Wing, will be redesignated Space Launch Delta 30, under Space Operations Command. Vandenberg was originally established in 1941 as Camp Cooke, an Army garrison for tank, infantry and artillery training. HomeBriefsVandenberg Air Force Base to be renamed Space Force Base May. 15, 2021 at 1:00 pmBriefsNewsVandenberg Air Force Base to be renamed Space Force BaseGuest Author4 weeks agoNo tags California’s Vandenberg Air Force Base will be renamed as a U.S. Space Force Base. “Redesignating Air Force installations as Space Force installations is critical to establishing a distinct culture and identity for the Space Force,” a base statement said. The name will be changed to Vandenberg Space Force Base during an afternoon ceremony on the parade field at the sprawling base on the state’s Central Coast, which tests ballistic missiles and conducts orbital launches for defense, science and commercial purposes. The Space Force was created as the sixth uniformed military branch in 2019 during the administration of former President Donald Trump. Personnel assigned to the Air Force Space Command were reassigned to the Space Force, ending its Air Force lineage. Its geographical location made it ideal for missile tests and launches into polar orbit. During the Cold War, it was redesignated as Cooke Air Force Base and then Vandenberg in honor of Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenberg, the second chief of staff of the Air Force. Associated Pressshare on Facebookshare on Twitteradd a commentCar flips in crash on I-10 freeway slowing trafficBrush fire above Pacific Palisades prompts Topanga evacuationsYou Might Also LikeFeaturedNewsBobadilla rejects Santa Monica City Manager positionMatthew Hall5 hours agoBriefsLos Angeles Sheriff’s deputy accused of destroying evidence of 2019 assaultAssociated Press8 hours agoBriefsCalifornia State Treasurer Fiona Ma to Speak at Online Santa Monica College Commencement Ceremony June 25Guest Author8 hours agoNewsBruised but unbowed, meme stock investors are back for moreAssociated Press15 hours agoNewsWedding boom is on in the US as vendors scramble to keep upAssociated Press15 hours agoNewsCouncil picks new City ManagerBrennon Dixson15 hours agolast_img read more

T-Mobile Austria appeals 3/Orange spectrum plan

first_img T-Mobile US readies 5G FWA business move T-Mobile has lodged an appeal against the reallocation of radio frequencies that will take place as a result of the proposed merger of Hutchison Whampoa’s 3 Austria and Orange Austria, Reuters reports.The merger was approved by the European Commission in December but the appeal by Austria’s number-two operator could potentially delay the successful completion of the EUR1.3 billion deal.Austria’s telecom control commission, the TKK, approved the transfer of frequencies alongside the merger but T-Mobile has lodged an appeal against the decision in Austria’s higher administrative court.A Reuters source said in December that T-Mobile Austria’s parent company Deutsche Telekom planned to appeal the spectrum transfer due to fears that it would give Austrian rivals a significant head-start in building LTE networks.T-Mobile’s current frequency holdings are unsuitable for LTE, meaning it will have to wait until after a spectrum auction in 2014 before it can build its next-generation network.The operator said it will have to invest EUR90 million and rack up significant operating costs if its standard UMTS frequencies are to cope with rising data demand.According to Reuters, T-Mobile expects the court to quickly decide whether to grant an injunction in the case which could last until March or April, delaying the deal for Hutchison Whampoa to acquire Orange Austria from France Telecom and Mid Europa Partners.The merger of 3 and Orange — which would reduce the number of operators in Austria from four to three — was approved by the European Commission in December after Austria’s competition authority dropped its opposition.The EC’s concerns were allayed as Hutchison has agreed to divest spectrum to a new entrant in the market and provide wholesale access to up to 30 percent of its network capacity for up to 16 MVNOs over the next 10 years.Telekom Austria is also due to acquire frequencies from Orange as part of a related EUR390 million deal to buy budget mobile brand YESSS. Austria’s competition regulator was reported in December to be preparing to oppose the deal. AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 03 JAN 2013 Previous ArticleUbuntu set to move to mobile phonesNext ArticleFrench authorities veto Free-SFR tie-up – report Orange Ventures injects €30M into new fund Tags Author Related Home T-Mobile Austria appeals 3/Orange spectrum plan Orange makes secure cloud pact for French market Tim joined Mobile World Live in August 2011 and works across all channels, with a particular focus on apps. He came to the GSMA with five years of tech journalism experience, having started his career as a reporter… More Read more 3AustriaFinancialOrangeRegulatoryT-Mobile Tim Ferguson last_img read more

Nokia reports highs and lows in Q1 results

first_img AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 18 APR 2013 Steve works across all of Mobile World Live’s channels and played a lead role in the launch and ongoing success of our apps and devices services. He has been a journalist…More Read more Nokia warns of jump in IoT device infections Previous ArticleChina Mobile backs out of Far EasTone investmentNext ArticleVisa Europe boosts P2P payments service Nokia announced mixed results for the first quarter of 2013, with its mass market Mobile Phones unit taking its turn to weigh on the company’s numbers.In a statement, Stephen Elop, its CEO, said: “People are responding positively to the Lumia portfolio, and our volumes are increasing quarter over quarter. Nokia Siemens Networks delivered another strong quarter and contributed to an overall improvement in Nokia’s cash position.”“On the other hand, our Mobile Phones business faces a difficult competitive environment, and we are taking tactical actions and bringing new innovation to market to address the challenges,” he continued.In the company’s core Devices & Services business, it saw an operating loss of EUR42 million, compared with a prior year loss of EUR218 million, on sales of EUR2.89 billion, down from EUR4.25 billion. Its total device volume fell by 25 per cent to 61.9 million units.In its smartphone unit, sales fell 32 per cent year-on-year to EUR1.16 billion. Some 6.1 million units shipped, down 49 per cent year-on-year, including 5.6 million Lumia devices and 0.5 million Symbian handsets.In its Mobile Phones unit, sales fell 31 per cent year-on-year to EUR1.59 billion. Shipment volumes were 55.8 million, down 21 per cent. Average selling price also slid to EUR28 from EUR33.However, compared with the prior sequential quarter, while smartphone sales fell by 5 per cent and volumes by 8 percent, for Mobile Phones sales fell 36 per cent and volumes 30 per cent.While some of this can be accounted for by seasonality (calendar Q4 is traditionally strong for handset makers), there is a clear sign that it is in mass-market devices where the company is currently suffering most.Significantly, the company’s Asha Touch devices – designed to rival entry level Android devices and filling part of the gap left by the demise of Symbian – saw Q1 volumes of 5 million units, down 46 per cent over the prior quarter, “reflecting intense competitive industry dynamics as well as lower seasonal demand”.At Nokia Siemens Networks, there was an operating profit of EUR3 million for the quarter, compared with a prior-year loss of EUR1 billion, on sales which fell 5 per cent to EUR2.8 billion.This was “primarily due to divestments of businesses not consistent with Nokia Siemens Networks’ strategic focus as well as the exiting of certain customer contracts”.Otherwise, falling sales in Global Services were “almost entirely offset” by growth in mobile broadband.On a group level, the company reported a loss attributable to equity holders of EUR272 million, compared with EUR928 million in the first quarter of 2012, on sales of EUR5.85 billion, down from EUR7.35 billion.The company claimed “underlying profitability for the third consecutive quarter”, with a non-IFRS Q1 operating margin of 3.1 per cent.Looking forward, Nokia expects its Devices & Services non-IFRS operating margin in the current quarter to be “negative 2 per cent, plus or minus four percentage points”. It expects to see further traction in its Lumia business, with a volume increase “higher than the 27 per cent sequential growth in the first quarter 2013”.Nokia Siemens Networks’ operating margin in the second quarter of 2013 is expected to be “approximately positive 5 per cent, plus or minus four percentage points”. Steve Costello HMD Global upgrades value-focused Nokia range Authorcenter_img Related Devices HMD expands connectivity efforts Tags HomeDevicesNews Nokia reports highs and lows in Q1 results AshaFinancialLumiaNokiaNokia Siemens NetworksSymbianlast_img read more

BT readying quad-play strategy — report

first_img Asia BT mulls options for sports TV service Tim joined Mobile World Live in August 2011 and works across all channels, with a particular focus on apps. He came to the GSMA with five years of tech journalism experience, having started his career as a reporter… More Read more BTMVNOquad playServicesUK Author Previous ArticleVodacom, MTN losers in SA termination rate spat – for nowNext ArticleBlackBerry enterprise boss claims customers embracing return to roots Tags Relatedcenter_img BT preps renewed 5G push, pandemic hits earnings MVNOs mount South Korea 5G pricing challenge Tim Ferguson AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 01 APR 2014 BT reportedly plans to provide consumer mobile services in the UK as part of a quad-play strategy which would make use of 4G spectrum it acquired last year, along with its broadband network and pay-TV service.Sources told Financial Times that the company will be able to compete with mobile operators by offering low-cost bundles that include mobile services alongside fixed phone services, broadband and TV.Offers will apparently be launched for businesses by the end of 2014, with consumer services following soon after.BT recently signed a long-awaited MVNO agreement with EE, which will see the UK’s largest mobile operator offer “various MVNO” services to BT’s customers and employees in the UK on an exclusive basis. BT said it will also build up its Wi-Fi presence for consumers through the partnership.In addition, sources said BT is looking to make its mobile proposition an extension of its superfast broadband by upgrading its existing Wi-Fi home hubs to use femtocell technology based on the 4G spectrum it acquired last year.BT is also believed to be in early talks with handset makers regarding the supply of devices.The company could cross-subsidise bundled offers on services, allowing it to offer lower prices for its mobile services than operators.BT Vision, the pay-TV service, is in a strong position, having secured the rights to broadcast Premier League football, while BT fixed home lines are still widely used, despite a decline in demand.Analyst firm Berenberg believes BT could offer a SIM-only deal with unlimited voice and SMS for as little as £3 per month, with £4 charged for every gigabyte of data.BT is also likely to offer longer-term contracts which include smartphones and mobile data bundles covering the home, according to the sources.The UK telco hasn’t offered consumer mobile services since its 2002 spin off of Cellnet, which became O2 and was subsequently acquired by Telefonica. Home BT readying quad-play strategy — reportlast_img read more

T-Mobile US starts three-day blitz of ‘un-carrier’ initiatives; Legere slams rivals again

first_img Ken has been part of the MWC Mobile World Daily editorial team for the last three years, and is now contributing regularly to Mobile World Live. He has been a telecoms journalist for over 15 years, which includes eight…More Read more T-Mobile US announced on 9 April a new 4G plan targeting entry-level users, which is to be followed by a “rapid-fire roll-out of multiple initiatives” over the next two days as the operator continues its self-styled ‘un-carrier revolution’.And in a blog berating rivals for lame responses to previous un-carrier measures undertaken by T-Mobile US, CEO John Legere (pictured) warned “we’ve hardly gotten started” in shaking up what he calls an “arrogant” and “out-of-touch” US wireless industry.Under the Simple Starter plan, to be launched 12 April, T-Mobile US customers get unlimited talk and text – and up to 500MB 4G LTE data and tethering – for $40 a month.The plan, emphasised T-Mobile US, has no data overage charges since it caps the 500MB limit.“We are freeing consumers from the predatory practices of traditional US wireless companies, and that includes these plans that start with a low price and a low data limit but then hit you with insane fees if you send one too many emails,” said Legere. “It’s wrong! And I personally want to drive those ridiculous schemes out of this industry.”Legere pointed to AT&T’s entry-level plan, whose costs immediately jump by $20 increments if customers exceed its 300MB limit. “That amounts to an obscene 44 per cent price hike on those customers least able to absorb overages and bill shock,” he said.On what he saw as pale (and short-lived) imitation offers from rivals, Legere said he “didn’t know whether to laugh or cringe as they try to present themselves as anything other than the merciless greedy utilities they are”.The CEO added that when Q1 2014 results are announced it will be “plain as day that we have got it right and they haven’t figured it out”. AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 09 APR 2014 T-Mobile US chief predicts market rebound Author Home T-Mobile US starts three-day blitz of ‘un-carrier’ initiatives; Legere slams rivals again Related FinancialLegereServicesT-Mobile US Ken Wieland Tags Previous ArticleOrange completes Dominican dealNext ArticleFacebook set for Messenger push Deutsche Telekom, SoftBank tipped for T-Mobile trade Amazon reels in MGMlast_img read more

Debt-laden Reliance pulls in $800M to fight debt

first_img Richard Handford India’s fourth-largest operator Reliance Communications raised $800 million from a share issue, according to Bloomberg.The proceeds from the sale to institutional investors will be used primarily for repaying some of the company’s debts and deleveraging its balance sheet, the company said.Reliance Communications, which is controlled by Anil Ambani, had net debt of $6.7 billion at end-March 2014.The company received more than $2 billion of orders from investors in the sale that started yesterday (24 June).It will also raise up to $217 million by issuing warrants to its founders, including Ambani.In other debt-reduction moves, Reliance is also negotiating to sell a 50 per cent stake in its undersea cable business to China’s Citic, following a failed attempt at a flotation of the same unit and an unsuccessful private-equity sale.It was reported earlier this year that the company was considering a split of its GSM and CDMA business, with the latter marked for sale.And the company has also looked at selling a stake in its satellite TV business.Worse still, it will face heightened competition when Reliance Jio Infocomm – controlled by brother Mukesh Ambani – launches a 4G service in 2015.Reliance Jio Infocomm was a major bidder in the country’s spectrum auction earlier this year. In contrast, Reliance was not among the leading bidders, highlighting its debt pressures. Tags Home Debt-laden Reliance pulls in $800M to fight debt Previous ArticleEC mulling Apple-Beats dealNext Article2014 نقطة تحول لسوق الأجهزة اللوحية Bharti-AirtelReliance CommunicationsReliance Jio InfocommVodafone Richard is the editor of Mobile World Live’s money channel and a contributor to the daily news service. He is an experienced technology and business journalist who previously worked as a freelancer for many publications over the last decade including… Read more Author Operators back Qualcomm role in open RAN path Las operadoras respaldan el papel de Qualcomm en la RAN abierta Related AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 25 JUN 2014 Vodafone, Safaricom beat MTN to Ethiopia licencelast_img read more

EC hits back at reports of softer line on roaming

first_imgHome EC hits back at reports of softer line on roaming EC moves forward with 5G spectrum plan The European Commission has denied that a delay is being contemplated to the current policy to end roaming rates in the EU.Earlier in the week, two media reports said a leaked paper from the Italian presidency of the EU moderated the current stance on retail and wholesale rates.“The Italians are not suggesting a delay to ending roaming charges,” the commission responded.“They are just trying to move the other elements of the package forward as details of how to end roaming are worked out, it is normal that not every detail would be on paper at this stage.”The Italian document made no mention of the 15 December 2015 end date proposed by the European Parliament, which was viewed as significant.The Italian paper also seemed to contain a new measure – a fair use allowance for roaming. If a user exceeded the allowance then they would be charged extra, which was presented as a concession to operators.“The existence of a ‘fair use’ clause is not a loophole – it has always been in the proposal and does not mean you would pay extra to roam except in extreme circumstances, and even then that clause would only exist temporarily,” added the commission.The commission said all three EU institutions – commission, parliament and national governments – are united in calling for an end to roaming charges.“They will soon begin negotiations on how to end them,” it said. Negotiations are expected to be completed this year.Finally, the commission denied a link between roaming income and broadband investment.“Even if roaming was ten times as expensive there still would not be nearly enough roaming income to pay for those upgrades. Meanwhile current roaming income is not used to pay for those upgrades – it is mostly used to pay dividends to shareholders.” Richard is the editor of Mobile World Live’s money channel and a contributor to the daily news service. He is an experienced technology and business journalist who previously worked as a freelancer for many publications over the last decade including… Read more Apple hits back in Spotify spat Previous ArticleHuawei reveals how to build the world’s best 4G network in 4 easy stepsNext ArticleOrange set to appeal French network sharing ruling AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 26 SEP 2014 Related EC puts people in driving seat of AI ethics Richard Handford Tags Author ECRegulatorylast_img read more

Apple extends iPhone 6 availability, plays down bending issue

first_img AppleiOS 8iPhone 6iPhone 6 PlusTechnology Previous ArticleOrange set to appeal French network sharing rulingNext ArticleTeliaSonera takes further hit on Eurasia Tim Ferguson HomeDevicesNews Apple extends iPhone 6 availability, plays down bending issue AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 26 SEP 2014 Author Tim joined Mobile World Live in August 2011 and works across all channels, with a particular focus on apps. He came to the GSMA with five years of tech journalism experience, having started his career as a reporter… More Read more Devices center_img Related Apple faces 5G modem wait Tags Google taps retail with NYC store KT makes LG Electronics trade-in move Apple hit back at criticism it received over reports the iPhone 6 Plus model can be misshapen if kept in users’ pockets, as it rolled the new devices out to 22 additional markets.In a statement, reported by several publications, Apple said that the warping issue was “extremely rare,” with only nine customers having complained about bending their iPhone 6 Plus.The tech giant also noted that the enclosure of the iPhone 6 models is constructed with a special anodised aluminium tempered for extra strength. It added that rigorous tests are performed throughout the development cycle, including three-point bending, sit, torsion and user studies.“iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus meet or exceed all of our high quality standards to endure everyday, real life use,” the statement added. The company urged consumers to get in touch if they experience problems.iPhone 6 devices are now available in Apple Stores and retail outlets, as well as online, in Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Ireland, Isle of Man, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Qatar, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Turkey and the United Arab Emirates.China, however, is notable by its continued absence, although reports have suggested the new Apple smartphones are in the final stages of approval for sale in what is an increasingly critical market.The initial launch on 19 September encompassed nine countries: Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Puerto Rico, Singapore and the UK. The company aims to get the new iPhones to 115 countries by the end of the year.The company claimed to have sold a record 10 million units of its iPhone 6 and larger iPhone 6 Plus sibling over the first weekend of availability (but didn’t break out the numbers per model).In related news, Apple started to roll out its iOS 8.0.2 update after an initial refresh caused issues with iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus devices connecting to mobile networks and the TouchID fingerprint recognition technology.iOS 8.0.1 was rolled out earlier this week as the company sought to address a glitch with third party apps connecting to its Health app via the HealthKit API.However, it was pulled after the problems emerged, with Apple apologising for “the great inconvenience experienced by users”. The company claimed that less than 40,000 people were affected by the bugs in iOS 8.0.1.last_img read more

Telstra lays out Asian strategy backed by A$5B-plus cash pile

first_imgHomeAsiaNews Telstra lays out Asian strategy backed by A$5B-plus cash pile Tags Previous ArticleLG moves into application processor gameNext ArticleTI agrees tweaks to Argentina deal Telstra earmarks $116M to boost rural coverage Telstra to delist from New Zealand exchange Australia completes 26GHz auction Author Telstra’s mobile strategy in Asia will involve network investment as well as more consultancy-style arrangements, said CFO Andre Penn.The operator, which has a cash pile of more than A$5 billion (US$4.4 billion), has three pillars to its strategy in Asia.The three areas are leveraging its core capability in networks, as well as offering enterprise services to multinational companies and developing some of its long-term investments, such as eHealth or Autohome, a Chinese online car sales business in which Telstra has invested.Speaking during an investor day last week, CFO Andrew Penn (pictured) was asked about Telstra’s strategy for mobile networks in Asia. Would it involve an investment in operators, or more of a consultancy type arrangement?Acknowledging foreign investment restrictions and high priced-assets, Penn said Telstra was also looking at advising Asian operators.“So in summary I would say it could involve some infrastructure investment and it could involve some consultancy and other softer involvements as well,” he said.Telstra has significant resources at its disposal having offloaded a controlling stake in Hong Kong operator CSL, as well as selling struggling Australian directories business Sensis.The operator has already committed to returning some of the cashpile to shareholders via an increased dividend, as well as a share buyback.center_img Richard is the editor of Mobile World Live’s money channel and a contributor to the daily news service. He is an experienced technology and business journalist who previously worked as a freelancer for many publications over the last decade including… Read more Related AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 27 OCT 2014 Asia Richard Handford Telstralast_img read more

EC set to approve Orange’s purchase of Jazztel – report

first_imgHome EC set to approve Orange’s purchase of Jazztel – report Orange makes secure cloud pact for French market Related AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 30 APR 2015 Español Richard Handford Richard is the editor of Mobile World Live’s money channel and a contributor to the daily news service. He is an experienced technology and business journalist who previously worked as a freelancer for many publications over the last decade including… Read more The European Commission is set to approve Orange’s €3.4 billion takeover of Spanish fixed operator Jazztel now that Orange has agreed to sell assets that overlap with Jazztel and offer wholesale capacity to rivals, according to a Reuters report.The deal will enable Orange to better compete with rivals in the country who are ahead in offering converged, fixed-mobile packages. Incumbent Telefonica has a built-in advantage in that regard and Vodafone acquired cable operator Ono in 2014.In addition to selling overlapping assets, such as Jazztel’s fibre optic network, Orange is prepared to offer wholesale broadband capacity to rivals on its target’s ADSL network.Jazztel also offers mobile services as an MVNO.The EC and Orange both declined to comment. The Commission has previously set a 1 June deadline for its decision.In March, Orange gave ground over Jazztel to the EC, according to a media report. It was not revealed at the time what had been offered, although the commission’s website noted that commitments had been made by Orange.center_img Orange Ventures injects €30M into new fund Tags Las grandes operadoras europeas ponen condiciones a las RAN abiertas JazztelOrange Previous ArticleTV advertising on the rise for appsNext ArticleVodafone Brasil hopes to be part of Brazilian consolidation Authorlast_img read more

Disruption can come from inside as well as out — Televisa

first_img Previous ArticleIdea Cellular looks to offload tower business for $1.2B – reportNext ArticleUber seeks $1B credit line from banks — report Related LIVE FROM WEDO WORLDWIDE USER GROUP 2015: The “first disruption” to have a big effect on Mexican cable player Televisa came from within the company rather than externally.Noting that the multimedia giant had grown through the combination of various businesses, Federico Valdez reflected on how it ended up with a number of different teams who had been “working there for many years”. It wasn’t until the appointment of a new marketing head that a significant weakness of this approach was identified.“They had many detailed offers, offers by city, they used to have offers for little towns. When this guy came, the first thing he said was ‘I am a telco customer. And for us it is complex to buy from you, because you have many offers, you have many plans. I have to spend half an hour just understanding the plans to make a good decision.’ That was the first disruptive idea we had within the company,” Valdez said.This “changed totally what they were thinking in the last 20 years”, he continued, and led to a new customer proposition focused on no-contract plans, unlimited voice bundles, and a shift away from selling connections by speed. “If I can download my internet movie, or access my services fast enough, for me I don’t care,” he said.The company is also working to interact with “users who are saying bad things about us, not only those saying good things.”“Especially today, when you have bloggers and YouTubers who can have millions of followers. Those are the ones we are trying to bring into the company to give us feedback, to see what we can do,” he continued.Televisa is the largest broadcaster in Latin America. At the beginning of this year Televisa exited Mexico’s mobile market by announcing the sale of its 50 per cent stake in the number three mobile operator Iusacell to its joint venture partners Grupo Salinas, preparing the way for AT&T to later acquire the mobile operator. Tags Operators urged to embrace roaming innovation Author TelevisaWedo AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 22 MAY 2015 Televisa mounts mobile challenge to America Movil Mobileum inks deal to acquire WeDo Technologies Steve Costello Home Disruption can come from inside as well as out — Televisa Steve works across all of Mobile World Live’s channels and played a lead role in the launch and ongoing success of our apps and devices services. He has been a journalist…More Read more last_img read more

Government divided over Telekom Srbija sale – report

first_img Telekom Srbija AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 11 DEC 2015 Telekom Srbija eyes expansion with Albania buy Ex-Telenor Serbia and Montenegro unit attracts bids Serbia’s government is agonising over the sale of Telekom Srbija, with a final decision on the future of the company reportedly due later today (11 December).Six companies placed binding offers for the 58 per cent majority stake in the operator in November, which included a joint offer by Slovenia’s Telekom Slovenije and US private equity fund Apollo, as well as a bid from the Abu Dhabi investment authority, according to Reuters.The biggest offer on the table so far has reportedly been from the US Apollo fund at €1.2 billion, which falls just short of a €1.4 billion government valuation.Serbia’s prime minister Aleksandar Vucic is set to consult with financial adviser Lazard one more time before making a final decision.“I’m doing this because opinions are divided among ministers, it’s not easy to take such a decision,” he’s quoted as saying.Vucic has said in the past the government will not sell the stake unless its valuation is met, and it remains unclear whether ministers are divided about whether to sell at all, or who to sell to.Telekom Austria, which had a failed bid for the company in 2011, and Deutsche Telekom both emerged as interested parties when the sale process began, but have since pulled out of the running.Telekom Srbija owns a majority stake in Bosnia’s Telekom Srpske and also controls Montenegro’s M:Tel.According to GSMA Intelligence, the company has 4.8 million mobile connections, almost half of all overall connections in the country. Kavit Majithia Minister rules out Telekom Srbija sale in 2019 Related Previous ArticlePakistan’s regulator to replace Zong’s 3G spectrum this monthNext ArticleFrench minister sounds flexible note on Orange-Bouygues bid Home Government divided over Telekom Srbija sale – report Tags Kavit joined Mobile World Live in May 2015 as Content Editor. He started his journalism career at the Press Association before joining Euromoney’s graduate scheme in April 2010. Read More >> Read more Authorlast_img read more

Blog: Google adds to a dampening forecast for next US spectrum auction

first_imgHomeBlog Blog: Google adds to a dampening forecast for next US spectrum auction Blog: Survival of the Fitbit Verizon$5 billion2×5 MHz block nationwide 600MHzFCCGooglespectrumUS auction Blog Author T-Mobile USA$6-8 billion2×10 MHz block nationwide Related Kavit joined Mobile World Live in May 2015 as Content Editor. He started his journalism career at the Press Association before joining Euromoney’s graduate scheme in April 2010. Read More >> Read more Kavit Majithia Total Bids$25-30 billion AT&T$8-10 billion2×10 MHz block nationwide BidderLikely BidResult Other Bidders$5-7 billion2×10 MHz of 600 MHz spectrum in many markets The editorial views expressed in this article are solely those of the author and will not necessarily reflect the views of the GSMA, its Members or Associate Members. Intelligence Brief: Have 6GHz decisions been hasty? Previous ArticleAxiata profit jumps 8% as Celcom, XL return to growth in Q4Next ArticleVodafone partners with top tech players for 5G AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 17 FEB 2016 Google has decided to look on, but not touch, when vast amounts of 600MHz spectrum hits the shelves at the next Federal Communications Commission (FCC) run incentive auction, scheduled to kick off on 29 March.The internet giant will “follow the upcoming spectrum auction closely”, but confirmed it will not participate, announcing the decision two days after prospective bidders filed their applications to the US regulator.While not officially confirmed, heavy hitters like Verizon, AT&T, T-Mobile US and Comcast are almost certainly going to be involved, and a number of investment firms are also reportedly looking to cash in on the opportunity.Tom Wheeler, FCC chairman, for a long time now has been particularly bullish about the potential of 600MHz, boldly predicting last month that the upcoming auction will be the largest sale of frequencies to date globally.Not only will 600MHz provide a much needed boost to connectivity, the spectrum has been earmarked by Wheeler to help with the country’s heightening ambitions around 5G, with Verizon, and now AT&T, planning field trials to test the technology this year.And if it’s anything to go by, the regulator could allow itself to be optimistic after last year’s AWS-3 spectrum raised a mammoth $44.9 billion.This time round however, the situation is a lot more complex. This so called ‘reverse auction’ will see the country’s broadcasters sell off unwanted spectrum for the first time, and has been in the making for four years, if you were to believe Wheeler.It also comes around when “carriers are relatively cash strapped”, Craig Moffett, senior research analyst at MoffettNathanson, told Mobile World Live.“Logistically, this is also an incredibly complex undertaking and there are a tremendous amount of moving parts,” he said. “The FCC deserves kudos for doing a remarkable job with the parts of the auction they can control. The wildcards are in the parts they can’t,” he added.In the grand scheme of things, Google’s omission could be of little impact, but,keep in mind, we are talking about a company with a lot of cash on the hip.Arguably, as Moffett suggests, operators likely to be involved are not in exactly the same position.Berge Ayvazian, senior analyst at Wireless 20/20, agrees, telling Mobile World Live “operators are now considering what they can spend on new spectrum, in light of available capital and debt they took on in the last auction”.“AT&T is highly leveraged after investments in DirecTV and Mexico, while Verizon and T-Mobile US have been selling off towers and other assets to help finance licence payments. This will undoubtedly affect their abilities to invest in the auction,” he added.Dampening expectations Operator woes aside, perhaps more worryingly for the FCC is the fact that Google is not the only high profile company to say it won’t be involved. Troubled Sprint said last year it would sit out, while cableco Charter Communication, in the midst of buying Time Warner Cable, also doesn’t seem to have the cash for new spectrum.Inevitably, forecasts for the auction are now taking a hit.Wireless 20/20 predicts it will fall well short of the AWS-3 figure, at a $25 billion to $30 billion spend, “now that Google, Sprint and Charter have announced they will not participate”.The analyst firm forecasts AT&T to be the highest bidder, spending up to $10 billion, with T-Mobile US in second, spending up to $8 billion.Ayvazian said there has been too much hype around 600MHz to begin with, mainly driven by the “FCC’s need to keep up momentum and reassure broadcasters there will be sufficient interest from carriers in buying the spectrum”.Financial services firm JP Morgan also made a similar prediction last week, predicting up to a $35 billion spend.Moffett agrees that “expectations have become somewhat inflated”, but still argues that the result of the auction really depends on the US’ two leading players.“Ultimately, what matters most is what Verizon and AT&T choose to spend. If Verizon’s cautious statements can be taken at face value, and I think they can, then we are likely to see a somewhat disappointing result.”Indeed, there have too been questions and concerns regarding FCC’s future plans for spectrum, from 29 March up to 2020, given the “insatiable” demand for spectrum that exists, as Ayvazian puts it, in the US for mobile data services.Controversially, industry group CTIA claimed last year there is no plan for spectrum after this very upcoming auction, a suggestion which Wheeler swiftly denied, and Moffett believes these questions could equally be directed to the government.“The questions about what spectrum we can expect to see next are in the hands of congress at least as much as they are in the hands of the FCC.”He also did not rule out another ‘dark horse’, as Google was expected to be, entering the fray late and pushing up the auction price.“It’s the nature of a dark horse that you don’t see them coming,” he said. “Even after filing the deadline, we don’t know who will turn out to be the big winner and who won’t, so there is always a chance that in six months we’ll all be taking about a big surprise winner.”Wireless 20/20 forecast:  Tags Blog: Is balloon-powered internet a loony idea?last_img read more

Daimler confirms talks with Amazon, Microsoft about HERE stake

first_img A senior executive from Daimler said Amazon and Microsoft are in talks about taking minority stakes in HERE, according to The Wall Street Journal.“We are talking to Amazon, Microsoft and many auto makers,” said Thomas Weber, a Daimler board member in charge of research and development.“We need a cloud provider to handle the huge amounts of data created by HERE and its users. We haven’t taken any decisions yet,” he added.Daimiler co-owns the mapping service with Audi and BMW and has been looking for an investor with cloud expertise since purchasing HERE from Nokia last summer.A report last week said Amazon was in talks with HERE about taking a stake but now the negotiations are confirmed.It was known that since last year’s purchase the new owners had been approaching other firms about becoming investors, although the only names to become public were from the auto industry, such as Continental.Amazon and Microsoft would both fit the profile of suitable backers for the German car markers. In addition to their technical prowess, both are also arch rivals of Google, about whom the car firms are nervous. They are scared about the search giant getting inside their vehicle and harvesting drivers’ data for its own ends. AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 06 APR 2016 Richard Handford Author Richard is the editor of Mobile World Live’s money channel and a contributor to the daily news service. He is an experienced technology and business journalist who previously worked as a freelancer for many publications over the last decade including… Read more Alianza sobre IA entre Nokia y Microsoft Home Daimler confirms talks with Amazon, Microsoft about HERE stake Previous ArticleFrance set for Apple competition suit – reportNext ArticleWhatsApp intros end-to-end encryption center_img Related AmazonAudiBMWDaimlerGoogleHEREMicrosoft Nokia makes AI move with Microsoft Amazon reels in MGM Tags Español last_img read more

Xiaomi’s valuation plunges as shipments dive

first_img Xiaomi off the hook in the US Xiaomi smartphone surge bears fruits Previous ArticleLG to make chips at Intel factoriesNext ArticleCisco lines up massive job cuts within weeks Joseph Waring joins Mobile World Live as the Asia editor for its new Asia channel. Before joining the GSMA, Joseph was group editor for Telecom Asia for more than ten years. In addition to writing features, news and blogs, he… Read more Joseph Waring Author Devices Relatedcenter_img Chinese vendor Xiaomi suffered a dismal quarter, with total shipments falling sharply, its market share down and its valuation plunging.The once fast-rising smartphone maker was valued at $46 billion a year ago and was thought of as the world’s most valuable startup. After Q2 smartphone rankings were released, Richard Windsor wrote in his Radio Free Mobile blog that the company’s current revenue level values it at just $3.6 billion. He expects the vendor’s revenue to fall 10-20 per cent this year.Xiaomi’s smartphone market share in China fell to 9.5 per cent in Q2 from 16.1 per cent a year ago, as shipments contracted 38 per cent to 10.5 million units, according to IDC. Local rivals Huawei, Oppo and Vivo all posted double-digit growth.Counterpoint Research was more kind; it had Xiaomi’s shipments in China down only 26 per cent to 12.6 million units. It put its global shipments as falling 24 per cent to 14.5 million units.Xiaomi itself does not release official financial information.Despite a strong overseas push in India and a few other markets, non-China shipments accounted for just 13 per cent of total shipments.While TrendForce in March forecast Chinese branded vendors to expand total shipments 16 per cent this year, Xiaomi’s target was 12.5 per cent. But after a flat Q1 and the sharp decline last quarter, there are no signs the six-year-old firm will return to high growth anytime soon.Windsor forecasts Xiaomi will ship 59.7 million units this year, which will give it revenue of $14.9 billion based on an average selling price of $250. “I find myself struggling to value the company anywhere near $5 billion,” he said. smartphoneXiaomi Smartphone shipments to ride 5G wave HomeDevicesNews Xiaomi’s valuation plunges as shipments dive Tags AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 17 AUG 2016 last_img read more

Ericsson embarks on industrial tech push

first_img Related Ericsson launched a mobile connectivity solution for industries, to provide factories and warehouses with 4G and eventually help them move to 5G.The offering, called Industry Connect, “strengthens Ericsson’s private networks and IoT portfolios by making 4G and 5G technologies accessible to new industrial markets,” the company said in a statement.It explained the service is purpose-built for industrial environments, and will provide reliable coverage with high device density and predictable latency, adding it can enable innovative Industry 4.0 use cases such as collision avoidance and remote control for autonomous guided vehicles.Asa Tamsons, SVP and head of business area Technologies and New Businesses, said: “Ericsson Industry Connect is built on design thinking to meet industrial customers’ requirements on speed, reliability and security, while being easy to install and manage.”Earlier this year the vendor bulked-up efforts to help operators address a larger chunk of the cellular IoT market, launching new solutions and support for use cases across a range of verticals including automotive, manufacturing and utilities.Its offerings for Industrial IoT included enabling advanced industrial automation applications “with extremely demanding connectivity requirements”, offering collaborative robotics in manufacturing. Subscribe to our daily newsletter Back Ericsson, Leonardo team on 5G products Previous ArticleTelia warns of tough start to 2019Next ArticleSony shuffles mobile deckchairs MásMóvil amplía su contrato con Ericsson Español Home Ericsson embarks on industrial tech push Former Ericsson employees charged in bribery casecenter_img Tags Author Saleha joined Mobile World Live in October 2014 as a reporter and works across all e-newsletters – creating content, writing blogs and reports as well as conducting feature interviews…More Read more Saleha Riaz AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 26 MAR 2019 Ericssonlast_img read more

US judge calls for iPhone ban

first_img Diana Goovaerts AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 27 MAR 2019 Related Previous ArticleThai 700MHz auction delayed againNext ArticleIndonesia towerco lets Docomo drone system fly Author Tags Apple faced another import ban on some iPhone models after a US judge ruled the company infringed on a Qualcomm patent, although the tech giant won a decisive victory in a separate case.US International Trade Commission (ITC) judge MaryJoan McNamara recommended a block on the import and sale iPhone models infringing a Qualcomm patent related to power management. However, her decision is subject to review by a panel of judges at the agency as well as the US president.McNamara concluded Apple did not infringe on two other Qualcomm patents associated with the case, which related to radio frequency technology used for carrier aggregation.Qualcomm previously won similar cases in China and Germany which resulted in iPhone sales bans.In a statement, Qualcomm general counsel Don Rosenberg said the company “appreciate[s] Judge McNamara’s recognition of Apple’s infringement”.Trading blowsHowever, Apple scored an important win in a separate ITC case, the results of which were announced on the same day as McNamara’s recommendation.After review, the agency overturned a judge’s initial finding that Apple had infringed on a Qualcomm patent related to power saving technology, ruling the patent in question invalid.Apple reportedly said it was “pleased” with the decision, calling it “another important step to making sure American companies are able to compete fairly in the marketplace”.The pair of rulings from the ITC come as Qualcomm awaits a verdict in a legal battle with the US Federal Trade Commission and prepares to square off with Apple in court over another lawsuit next month. Subscribe to our daily newsletter Back Home US judge calls for iPhone bancenter_img Blog: How is chip shortage affecting US? Mobile Mix: AI, Android and open RAN KT makes LG Electronics trade-in move Diana is Mobile World Live’s US Editor, reporting on infrastructure and spectrum rollouts, regulatory issues, and other carrier news from the US market. Diana came to GSMA from her former role as Editor of Wireless Week and CED Magazine, digital-only… Read more Featured Content Applepatent infringementQualcommlast_img read more

UK operators make 5G strides

first_img Previous ArticleVodafone confirms tower spin-off plan, revenue dipsNext ArticleDoJ delay overshadows T-Mobile earnings Kavit joined Mobile World Live in May 2015 as Content Editor. He started his journalism career at the Press Association before joining Euromoney’s graduate scheme in April 2010. Read More >> Read more Telkomsel turns on 5G in major cities Kavit Majithia AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 26 JUL 2019 Home UK operators make 5G strides Asia Nokia scores Philippines 5G deal with Ditocenter_img There were some major developments in the UK’s 5G market, as O2’s MVNO partner Sky announced rollout plans, 3 revealed its pricing for the network and Vodafone launched 5G roaming across Europe.SkySky Mobile revealed it will launch 5G initially in six cities by November, with wider rollout planned in 20 towns and cities before the end of the year. it aims to reach a total of 50 towns and cities by the end of 2020.Sky’s launch details were indeed expected after MVNO partner O2 UK said yesterday (25 July) it was planning to launch the network in October. Sky said it would offer the network with the same benefits as it does with 4G, including its data rollover feature, zero-rated access to its Sky Go content platform and its flexible tariff swap offering.It is currently offering Huawei’s Mate 20 X 5G for £36 per month on its Swap 24 tariff, excluding a data plan. Customers can add 8GB for £10, said the company.Industry analyst Kester Mann said Sky’s 5G’s launch was “worth watching”, due to the combination with content while Paolo Pescatore at PP Foresight added “5G represents a significant opportunity for Sky to steal market share”.London, Edinburgh, Cardiff, Belfast, Leeds and Slough will be the six initial launch cities. 3 UKFollowing an aggressive marketing campaign in the lead up to launch, UK challenger brand 3 UK announced that all new and existing customers will have access to 5G with no speed caps at no extra cost on all contract and SIM only plans.The company, which will launch its mobile 5G network later this year, said it will be the first operator in the country to offer 5G at no extra cost, and it will be available across all existing tariffs.Unlimited 5G on SIM only plans start at £20, with the company offering the Huawei Mate 20 X 5G from today. The Samsung S10 5G and Mi Mix 3 5G will follow.CEO Dave Dyson, CEO of 3, said: “The forthcoming months are going to be game-changing and with our unrestricted plans, we are looking forward to unleashing the full potential of 5G to all.”VodafoneAs well as announcing its Q2 results, Vodafone said 5G roaming was now live in 55 towns and cities across Germany, Italy, Spain and the UK.It said customers won’t need to pay extra to use 5G on its monthly plans, and it has also offered the Samsung Galaxy S10 5G and the Xiaomi Mi Mix 3 on its network.Vodafone UK CEO Nick Jeffery said it had “accelerated the availability of 5G roaming just as schools break up for the summer holidays”. Subscribe to our daily newsletter Back Tags Author Related Mobile Mix: Buzzing for Barcelona 3 UK5GRoamingSky MobileVodafonelast_img read more

Cellnex strikes €800M Portugal tower deal

first_img Cellnex estimula la llegada a Europa de las empresas de torres de EEUU Author Previous ArticleSwantee quits Sunrise in wake of failed cable dealNext ArticleInterview: LG Uplus Home Cellnex strikes €800M Portugal tower deal Kavit joined Mobile World Live in May 2015 as Content Editor. He started his journalism career at the Press Association before joining Euromoney’s graduate scheme in April 2010. Read More >> Read more Cellnex catalysing US tower moves in Europe Kavit Majithia Related Cellnex Tags Infrastructure company Cellnex agreed to acquire Portuguese tower operator Omtel for €800 million, deepening its footprint across Europe.In a statement, Cellnex said its entry into Portugal means it has a presence across eight European markets as it assumes control of Omtel’s 3,000 sites in the country.It agreed to acquire the company from Altice Europe and Belmont Infra Holding’s.Going forward, Cellnex plans to roll out 400 sites in the next four years, and keeping in mind the market’s evolution, including 5G rollout, it could build another 350 sites by 2027.It estimated making an investment of around €140 million to fulfil its plan.Omtel’s current sites represent 25 per cent of the total telecoms towers in the Portuguese market, and the company counts Portugal Telecom as one of its major customers.Cellnex continues marchCellnex CEO Tobias Martinez said the push into Portugal “naturally extends” its current geographical coverage, and it could see operational synergies with its operations in Spain.Marking the start of 2020 with another deal, Cellnex has picked up where it left off in 2019, a year when it made several acquisitions and strategic moves in the tower space.The company struck deals with Iliad in France and Italy, Salt in Switzerland, BT in the UK, Orange in Spain among others.Since its IPO in 2015, Cellnex said it has committed to investments to the tune of around €12 billion up to 2027, for the acquisition or construction of up to 48,000 telecoms infrastructures. Subscribe to our daily newsletter Back AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 03 JAN 2020 UK examines Cellnex tower buylast_img read more

Facebook pumps $5.7B into Reliance Jio stake

first_img Jio to acquire 800MHz spectrum from Airtel for $204M Jio profit soars on subscriber gains FacebookReliance jio Related Asia Facebook acquired a 9.99 per cent stake in Reliance Jio Platforms for INR435.7 billion ($5.7 billion), making the social media giant the largest minority shareholder in the Indian company.Jio Platforms is the tech subsidiary of multinational conglomerate Reliance Industries. Jio Platforms operates broadband and online commerce services, including Reliance Jio, India’s largest mobile operator with 388 million subscribers.The deal is Facebook’s largest overseas investment and gives it the opportunity to bring its services into closer partnership with one of India’s biggest telecom operators.The operator also noted this is the largest investment for a minority stake by a technology company anywhere in the world and the largest foreign direct investment in the technology sector in India, valuing Jio Platforms among the top-five listed companies in India by market capitalisation, within three and a half years of launching commercial services.In a statement, Facebook chief revenue officer David Fischer and MD of Facebook India Ajit Mohan said the investment underscores its commitment to India and its collaboration with Jio will focus on “creating new ways for people and businesses to operate more effectively in the growing digital economy”.For example, they said by bringing together JioMart, Jio’s small business initiative, with Facebook-owned WhatsApp, “we can enable people to connect with businesses, shop and ultimately purchase products in a seamless mobile experience.”Reliance Jio said the goal of the investment is to enable new opportunities for businesses of all sizes, “especially for small businesses across India and create new and exciting digital ecosystems”.In a separate statement, Facebook said the deal underscores its commitment to India. India is the biggest market for Facebook with 328 million monthly users and the company’s WhatsApp messaging app has 400 million users in the country, also the most in the world.“This is especially important right now, because small businesses are the core of every economy and they need our support. India has more than 60 million small businesses and millions of people rely on them for jobs,” Zuckerberg said in a Facebook post.In a statement, Mukesh Ambani, chairman and MD of Reliance Industries said: “The synergy between Jio and Facebook will help realise Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s Digital India mission with its two ambitious goals — ease of living and ease of doing business – for every single category of Indian people without exception.” Subscribe to our daily newsletter Back HomeAsiaNews Facebook pumps $5.7B into Reliance Jio stake Australia funds regulator to oversee new media lawcenter_img Joseph Waring joins Mobile World Live as the Asia editor for its new Asia channel. Before joining the GSMA, Joseph was group editor for Telecom Asia for more than ten years. In addition to writing features, news and blogs, he… Read more Tags AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore 22 APR 2020 Author Joseph Waring Previous ArticleT-Mobile US updates network expansion plansNext ArticleSpark plans company-wide cost review last_img read more

Facebook launches paid events service; takes swipe at Apple

first_imgHomeAppsNews Facebook launches paid events service; takes swipe at Apple Apple App StoreFacebook Facebook became the latest app developer to take a swipe at Apple, criticising its decision to take a cut of revenue generated by a new tool designed to enable small businesses to cash in on live broadcasts hosted on the social media platform.In a blog, head of the Facebook app Fidji Simo said a new paid online events feature allows eligible business owners in 20 countries to broadcast live events and charge users a one-time fee when they register to join the session.Simo noted that during testing businesses used the tool to host “expert talks, trivia events, podcast recordings, boxing matches, cooking classes, intimate meet-and-greets, fitness classes and more”.Facebook will not collect a fee for paid events “for at least the next year” because “many businesses are struggling and every cent matters”.But while businesses will get to keep all of the revenue they generate from registration transactions processed on Android and the web, she noted Apple refused to “reduce its 30 per cent App Store tax or allow us to offer Facebook Pay so we could absorb all costs for businesses struggling” due to the Covid-19 (coronavirus) pandemic.As a result, she said businesses will “only be paid 70 per cent of their hard-earned revenue” stemming from iOS transactions.The swipe comes as Apple faces intense scrutiny of its app store practices, most recently facing a lawsuit from Fortnite creator Epic Games. Subscribe to our daily newsletter Back AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore2 17 AUG 2020 Tags Previous ArticleTelegram dials in to video chat demandNext ArticleStarHub opens non-standalone 5G trial service Facebook continues content crusade Authorcenter_img Apps Diana Goovaerts Related Facebook to pay News Corp for Australia content Diana is Mobile World Live’s US Editor, reporting on infrastructure and spectrum rollouts, regulatory issues, and other carrier news from the US market. Diana came to GSMA from her former role as Editor of Wireless Week and CED Magazine, digital-only… Read more Facebook trials feature to connect neighbourslast_img read more

Italian market continues to weigh on CK Hutchison unit

first_img Italia investiga la venta de las torres de CK Hutchison a Cellnex Author AddThis Sharing ButtonsShare to LinkedInLinkedInLinkedInShare to TwitterTwitterTwitterShare to FacebookFacebookFacebookShare to MoreAddThisMore1 18 MAR 2021 CK Hutchison’s 3 Europe business reported a drop in Q4 2020 revenue as competition from MVNOs and Iliad Italia continued to hamper its largest unit Wind Tre, though the parent company’s profit was boosted by a lucrative deal to sell tower assets to Cellnex.3 Europe comprises CK Hutchison Group Telecom Holdings assets in Italy, the UK, Republic of Ireland, Austria, Denmark and Sweden.The division’s revenue fell 4 per cent year-on-year to €2.7 billion as its Italian Wind Tre unit, which makes up more than 40 per cent its takings, continued to suffer.Wind Tre’s revenue dropped 5 per cent to €1.1 billion, attributed to continued “aggressive competition” from challenger Iliad Italia and MVNOs. In its results presentation, 3 Europe added this market environment had especially hit its prepaid base.In the UK, its second largest revenue generator, the company highlighted a “volatile market landscape” due to the resurgence of Covid-19 (coronavirus) restrictions towards the end of 2020, though it recorded a 2 per cent revenue boost.Net profit was not disclosed.For the whole year, CK Hutchison Group Telecom Holdings, which also includes the multinational’s telecoms units in Hong Kong and Macau, booked an 85 per cent increase in net profit to €3.2 billion.It attributed the rapid boost in earnings to gains from the sale of some of its European tower assets to Cellnex. Annual revenue was €10.2 billion, down 4 per cent.The company noted while some of the cash from the Cellnex deal was received in 2020, several parts of the transaction were still outstanding at the close of the year.In the current quarter, the Swedish part of the transaction closed, with the operator receiving €800 million. The sale of its towers in Italy is expected to be completed in Q2, with disposal of assets related to 3 UK anticipated to be finalised in Q4. Subscribe to our daily newsletter Back Español Italy woes continue to hamper CK Hutchison unit Tags UK examines Cellnex tower buycenter_img 3 EuropeCK Hutchison Chris Donkin Previous ArticleFacebook keeps watch on computer interaction techNext ArticleNokia scores C-Band deal with AT&T Chris joined the Mobile World Live team in November 2016 having previously worked at a number of UK media outlets including Trinity Mirror, The Press Association and UK telecoms publication Mobile News. After spending 10 years in journalism, he moved… Read more Home Italian market continues to weigh on CK Hutchison unit Relatedlast_img read more

Bjorn leads after course-record 62 at BMW PGA

first_imgVIRGINIA WATER, England – Thomas Bjorn set a course record at Wentworth with a 10-under-par 62 on the opening day of the BMW PGA Championship on Thursday. Bjorn grabbed an eagle and seven birdies to end his round two shots clear of Shane Lowry of Ireland, who shot 64 on the West Course. However, poor weather forced two separate delays totaling nearly two hours in the European Tour’s flagship event, and darkness halted play with 33 in the 150-man field yet to complete their first round. It is the third occasion in Bjorn’s 21-year European Tour career he’s shot a round of 62, and the Dane rated it the best in his 434 tournaments. ”Absolutely,” he said. ”You can’t ask for much more.” BMW PGA Championship full-field leaderboard BMW PGA Championship: Articles, videos and photos Bjorn is contesting his 17th BMW PGA, with his best finish being a share of fifth in 1988, and comes after he missed the cut in the Spanish Open last week with 75-78. ”Last week was awful, and I was starting to feel a bit frustrated with things, and to be honest in practice, it hasn’t been great, either,” he said. ”So … today is a little bit surprising. ”I haven’t had the best record here. I haven’t had the best round here. It’s been a long time since I’ve actually had any sort of result on this golf course. It’s not a place when I come in here, I think, ‘Oh, this is going to be a great week.’ I guess I’ve got to start sticking my head down for the rest of the week.” Lowry produced his best round since a Carnoustie course-record 64 last October in the Alfred Dunhill Links Championship. He made only 25 putts with an old putter he found in his Dublin apartment. ”I have been messing about here and there with putters, and pulled this one out, got the cobwebs off it,” he said. Rafa Cabrera-Bello of Spain was alone in third place with a 65, and Gary Stal of France made the most of his last minute call-up by shooting a 66. Stal was first reserve for the event, and took the place of countryman Victor Dubuisson, who pulled out injured. Rory McIlroy’s 4-under 68 included holing his second shot for eagle at the par-four seventh hole, and landing his second shot to within six inches for eagle at the par-five 12th. ”The two eagles helped, and it’s a good round for me around this place,” he said. ”It’s a place I’ve notoriously struggled on, but it was good to shoot something in the sixties.” Henrik Stenson, who can become the new world No. 1 with a good result, also carded 68. However, defending champion Matteo Manassero of Italy slumped to an 8-over 80 that included a quadruple-bogey nine at the 17th.last_img read more

Davies heads to Mizuno final round with share of lead

first_imgSHIMA, Japan – Laura Davies of Britain shot a 5-under 67 to share the Mizuno Classic lead with Ai Suzuki of Japan and Ilhee Lee of South Korea after Saturday’s second round. The 51-year-old Davies offset two bogeys with seven birdies at the Kintetsu Kashikojima course for a 9-under 135 total. The English player won the most recent of her 20 LPGA Tour titles in 2001. ”I’ve been playing well but my results have been horrendous,” Davies said. ”If you don’t hole putts, you can’t compete out here anymore. It’s not like it’s a shock to me but it’s a nice surprise.” Davies has a chance to become the oldest winner in LPGA history at the age of 51 if she can close out the tournament for the 21st LPGA victory of her career. ”Obviously, it’s a bad thing, really, because it means I’m really old,” Davies said of the possibility of being the oldest winner. ”But it would be a nice thing too because it would mean I have a good record.” Suzuki finished with four straight birdies to record the day’s lowest score of 64 while Lee shot a bogey-free 66. Suzuki became the youngest winner of the Japan LPGA Championship in September at age 20 and is competing in her first LPGA event. ”I won’t be thinking about the win,” Suzuki said. ”l’ll just try my best and see how I can do in an LPGA tournament.” Japan’s Kotono Kozuma fired a 67 and was one stroke back with South Koreans Mi Hyang Lee (67) and Chella Choi (68). Second-ranked Stacy Lewis, the 2012 winner, shot 72 and was tied for 27th while defending champion Teresa Lu of Taiwan (67) was five strokes back. Lee Na Ri of South Korea had eight birdies against a lone bogey for a 65 and is two strokes back. Karrie Webb of Australia shot a 68 and is tied for eighth place at 6-under with Jessica Korda (67) of the United States and Japan’s Ayako Uehara (68). Overnight leader Morgan Pressel of the United States had an even-par 72 to fall into a tie for 11th place.last_img read more

Reliving Tiger’s PGA Tour debut

first_imgBefore “Hello, world,” there was an even more audacious introduction. It began in the fall of 1990. Preparations were already underway for the Nissan Los Angeles Open, to be played the following February at glamorous Riviera Country Club, and tournament officials grappled with how to allocate the sponsor exemptions. Rather than burn one of their precious invites on an aging warrior in need of a competitive lifeline, tournament director Greg McLaughlin zeroed in on a local 14-year-old who was a former child celebrity and current junior world-beater. Here was a chance not only to raise awareness regionally but also make a splash nationally – offering a spot in one of the PGA Tour’s premier events in one of the country’s biggest markets to a black prodigy who would make history as the youngest to appear in a tournament. It was a brilliant public-relations move. The golf equivalent, McLaughlin would say later, of giving Picasso a paintbrush at age 12 … except the rest of the committee, including chairman Mark Kuperstock, scoffed at the idea. Tiger Woods? Pass. “There were a bunch of people saying, ‘Are you out of your mind?’” McLaughlin says. “It took a bit of a leap of faith.” And 69 strokes of serendipity. The week of the ’91 event, McLaughlin read in the Los Angeles Times how Woods, then a freshman at Western High in Anaheim, had nearly earned his own way through a 132-man qualifier. On the par-5 18th hole at Los Serranos, Woods was told that a closing birdie would secure one of the two available spots. From a tight, downhill lie, he needed to carry his second shot 250 yards to clear the pond fronting the green. A lay-up was the prudent choice, but he instead grabbed 3-wood. He caught it fat, and his ball one-hopped into the water. His 5-under 69 on the par-74 layout wasn’t enough to qualify, but it didn’t go unnoticed. “Look at this!” McLaughlin hollered at tournament headquarters. “He almost qualified at 15!” Now, even Kuperstock was convinced. And so, in the fall of ’91, a year later than he wanted, McLaughlin finally extended the invitation to Woods’ father, Earl. There was a long pause on the phone. “Sir,” Earl Woods said, “my son would be honored to play in the Los Angeles Open.” Photo gallery: Tiger’s pro debut at the ’92 L.A. Open THE GOLF COMMUNITY IN Southern California was well aware of the kid from Cypress with the 1-iron build and massive trophy collection. After all, it was legendary KCBS sportscaster Jim Hill who first put Woods on camera, in 1978, after Earl called the station and raved about his 2-year-old son’s singular talent. Tiger played a hole at the Navy Golf Course near Long Beach, and at the conclusion of his piece, Hill declared, “This young man is going to be to golf what Jimmy Connors and Chris Evert are to tennis.” “People say that Tiger had natural ability, that God gave him the ability to play golf,” says Don Crosby, Woods’ high school coach at Western. “No. God gave him a work ethic, and he put that work ethic to good use. Even at a young age he was the hardest worker I’d ever seen.” That extensive preparation carried over to Woods’ Tour debut. In 1992, Peter Oosterhuis, who later became an analyst for CBS Sports, was the director of golf at Riviera. Before the L.A. Open, he hosted Woods and his sports psychologist, Jay Brunza, for a casual round. “My first impression was, This kid is focused,” Oosterhuis wrote in Golf Digest in 2015. “He was polite but talked very little. He studied the green complexes intently; hit drives to different parts of the fairways. It was exactly the way an experienced pro prepares for a tournament. He hit the ball a mile, he hit it high, and he knew what he was doing. He was the most confident 16-year-old I’d ever seen.” By tournament week, players in the locker room were buzzing about the high school sophomore. “There was resentment to the attention he was getting, probably more than anything,” says Mark Carnevale, the 1992 PGA Tour Rookie of the Year. “Some of the guys were like, ‘Who the hell is this guy and why he is playing in this event?’ You could sense there was some of that.” Says McLaughlin: “A lot of it was the curiosity factor. It’s hard to move the needle in that town, but once tournament week began, it was a really big story nationally within golf, and to some extent sports.” Woods was scheduled to play with Paul Azinger and actor Peter Falk during the Wednesday pro-am, but Azinger withdrew because of an injury. A Tour official asked Gary Hallberg if he would cancel his afternoon plans and fill the spot. “I thought it would be kinda cool,” he says now. “Tiger was almost like this fictitious figure.” Tucked next to the clubhouse, Riviera’s first tee is one of the most grandiose settings in golf, and fans crammed onto the veranda to watch the precocious talent. Sam Snead had flown into town that day as the tournament’s special honoree, and he posted up behind the tee to offer some encouragement to Woods. “He wasn’t nervous at all,” says his caddie from that day, Ron “Graphite” Matthews. “He looked at it as just another day at a tournament.” Hallberg teed off on the short par-5 opener and noticed that Woods was also about to start from the tips. “Tiger, you get to tee off way down there,” Hallberg said, pointing to the lower tee about 60 yards ahead. “I know,” Woods said, “but I’m going to play back here with you.” “Really? But we could do well as a team if you just play back there.” “No, Gary,” Woods insisted. “I’m playing here with you.” Of course, moments later, Woods hit a long, towering hook that sailed into the corporate tents, out of bounds. He pulled 3-wood the rest of the week. Even in his first big-league start, Woods understood all of the Tour’s unwritten rules: how to act, where to stand, when to finish out. “At 16, he was like a pro,” says Hallberg, even if Woods didn’t look like one, sporting a clip-on credential on his left pants pocket, like the Monday qualifiers. “My expectation was that he was going to be really something else,” says Hallberg, 58, “and he was even more than I thought.” At one point, Hallberg, in his 13th season on Tour, decided to share some life advice with the aspiring pro – unsolicited. “I said, ‘Tiger, you’re 16, you’re still a young man, you’re going to discover girls, and life is going to throw a lot at you, so you’ve just got to stay focused. Golf is a lifetime game. Keep your nose to the grindstone and you’re going to do just fine.’ “And he was staring at me like, ‘Hey, old man, I’ve got this, OK?’” According to newspaper reports, Woods shot 76 in the pro-am, though Hallberg remembers a hotly contested match with both players around even par. Either way, as Woods signed autographs afterward he was asked by a reporter if he’d be intimidated in his Tour debut. “By who?” Woods said. “This isn’t that big a tournament, like the Masters or the U.S. Open, and I’m trying to keep it that way. It’s a regular tournament. And I’m just the local hero, or guy.” Though Tiger possessed a quiet assuredness, his father, a former Green Beret lieutenant colonel, was a fierce promoter. On the eve of the tournament, Earl told The New York Times of his son: “He’s going to blow a lot of people’s minds.” WHEN THE PAIRINGS FOR the L.A. Open were unveiled on Tuesday, Bob Friend immediately began to fret. As a Tour rookie, each early-season start was crucial, because he needed to earn enough money to survive the first reshuffle. His year had gotten off to a rocky start, with a pair of missed cuts and two other finishes outside the top 40. And now he was grouped with Woods, along with second-year pro Dicky Thompson. “What had me concerned had nothing to do with Tiger,” Friend says, “but the people who were going to be following him. They’re not going to have the highest golf IQ. It was kind of the John Daly effect: Every week he played, he brought with him the NASCAR crowd. They didn’t know how to act at a tournament, and the other two playing partners were like vapors. “I’m thinking to myself, Am I going to be able to get my work done? Is it going to be a zoo? And it sure was.” In the opening round, Woods teed off at 8:28 a.m. – during advanced geometry, the high school class he was skipping. Riviera was teeming with fans of all ages, roughly 2,000 in all, including some of his teammates and classmates. “He had a whole fan club at Western,” says Crosby, 75.